0% found this document useful (0 votes)
364 views1,321 pages

2011 Basketball Coaches Clinic Notes Volume 2 Mergedfiles

The document discusses strategies used by the Houston Rockets in their game against the Brooklyn Nets, noting how they targeted Travis Outlaw on defense and ran many of their offensive sets through Chase Budinger. It also describes a triple screen set run by the Rockets that puts the defense in a difficult position and is likely effective at multiple levels of basketball. Lastly, it provides an overview of 1-3-1 zone basics and drills to work on rotations and defending screens within that zone defense.

Uploaded by

abilodeau
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
364 views1,321 pages

2011 Basketball Coaches Clinic Notes Volume 2 Mergedfiles

The document discusses strategies used by the Houston Rockets in their game against the Brooklyn Nets, noting how they targeted Travis Outlaw on defense and ran many of their offensive sets through Chase Budinger. It also describes a triple screen set run by the Rockets that puts the defense in a difficult position and is likely effective at multiple levels of basketball. Lastly, it provides an overview of 1-3-1 zone basics and drills to work on rotations and defending screens within that zone defense.

Uploaded by

abilodeau
Copyright
© © All Rights Reserved
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 1321

Rockets-Nets notes 3/29

Emphasis: Rockets O

Coaches –

I’ve attached a couple sets from the Rockets-Nets game I recorded Tuesday night to breakdown. The
first is an excellent misdirection set out of a 2-3 high alignment and the second is a triple screen out of a
“Horns” alignment that has two secondary options, one being a clever action I will discuss more in a
second.

Quick thoughts on the game that may help….

It was clear that Rockets’ coach Rick Adelman (and the assistant with the scout) put a target on gangly
Travis Outlaw’s back in his pre-game preparation. Outlaw was assigned to Rocket’s three-man Chase
Budinger for much of the game and spent much of the first half going through a multitude screening
actions on the defensive end. Budinger’s strength as a catch and shoot player who excels moving
without the ball was an awful mismatch for the ungraceful Outlaw. So despite having a red-hot Kyle
Lowry, a scoring post presence in Luis Scola, and an offensive juggernaut in Kevin Martin, much of the
offensive emphasis ran through Budinger early on.

While Budinger’s game line was rather unimpressive (4-11, 10pts) he missed a few open looks, passed
up a few he should have taken, and garnered 3asts in game that was over by the end of the third
quarter. Other beneficiaries of this strategy would be Patrick Patterson (13pts, two assisted baskets
from Budinger) as well as Chuck Hayes and Jordan Hill (combined 12 offensive rebounds a few came as a
direct result of crashing the glass while their defenders helped out on Budinger’s cut).

Another team concept that caught my attention wasn’t so much something that was plainly evident, but
more the absence of something. In an NBA game where ball screens are used somewhere in the
neighborhood of 70% of all offensive possessions, the Rockets had three possessions in the first half
(according to my unofficial count) in which they used them. Two of which, came when point guard
Goran Dragic (formerly of the ball screen heavy Phoenix Suns) entered the game for starter Kyle Lowry.
Those two most likely are a result of Adelman wanting to help put Dragic in comfortable spots given he
was a mid-season acquisition.

The Rockets currently rank 6th in offensive efficiency despite not having multiple, dominate
isolation/post players or a heavy use of ball screens.

One final note: The triple screen (“Red 3”) that I’ve attached has an action that I think is quite hard to
defend at the NBA level and could perhaps be used at all levels depend on skill sets and basketball IQ.
After the initial action has left the 1 and 4 on the weak side, the 4 moves to screen down for the 1 who
comes off in a curl or straight cut to receive the ball from the 3 at or near the right wing.

With the vast majority of the teams at the college level (and most at the NBA level I’m sure) requiring
their defenders to trail on screens, this puts the opposing defense in a tough spot (especially X4, the 4’s
defender). With X1 trailing the 1 through the screen, X4 must offer curl protection toward the midline of
the court. With the 4 simply pivoting and re-screening for the step-up ball screen, X4 is now unable to
hedge or even soft contain with any effectiveness. With a rolling 4 man, the defense is probably in least
vulnerable spot as X4 will most likely stay high (assuming the 5 on the left block roll-replaces) and X5
looking to try and both contain the 1’s unimpeded drive to the basket and the 4’s roll as shown below:

However, what made this action particularly tough to defend is Patrick Patterson’s ability to shoot
effectively from 18-20ft. In the Houston game, Patterson screens X1 then pops high. Now the defense is
in a real scramble mode. If X4 is unable to recover from his curl protection to cut off the 1’s drive, X5
must slide over and X2 must come down to cover the 5 on the left block. Lobs and rebound put-backs
are now a huge concern for the defense.

If X4 can recover, the Rockets ability to space the floor with deadly 3pt shooting wings (Courtney Lee –
43%, Kevin Martin – 39%, Chase Budinger – 35%) still causes major problems for the defense. If the 1’s
penetration is stopped by X4, the ball will most likely be kicked out to the popping 4 man…and now
comes decision time for X2 and X3.

With good ball movement, the defense will most


likely end up surroundering one of the following:

A) – A wide open 20ft jumper to Patrick


Patterson (No long 2%...sorry)
B) A wide open 3pt shot from Chase
Budinger (35%)
C) A wide open corner three from Courtney
Lee/Kevin Martin (43%/39%)

Not fun to be a defensive coach in this spot!


1-3-1 ZONE BASICS
5 RULES:
1. Stand in the correct stance (hands out and legs wide)
2. Watch the eyes of the passer (following the eyes will often lead you to the next pass)
3. Move when the ball is in the air (air time allows you the defender to be in the correct position/alignment)
4. Look for deflections from teammates (offense will look to make a pass overhead, get it tipped, and come right to you for a steal)
5. Hit the boards MAD (everyone crashes the boards like a “WILD MAN”, in our case “WOMAN”)

BASE ALIGNMENT(S):

EACH DEFENSIVE POSITION, IN THE 1-3-1, CAN GUARD MORE THAN ONE OPPONENT AT THE SAME TIME

X1 = is on the baseline (bottom) of the zone and main defense area are the corners of the court (FORCE MIDDLE FOR HELP)
-when ball is on either wing, X1 is one step from the lane and one step from the baseline, protecting the paint

X5 = is in the middle of the zone, covering whomever comes into the lane (FORCE MIDDLE FOR HELP)
-X5 always maintains a “between the ball and hoop” stance
-X5 will occasionally (rarely) offer help to X1 in a corner (if the shooter from the other team is there and X5 can get there 1ST

X4 = is on the top of the zone making it hard for a reversal pass of any kind (FORCE MIDDLE FOR HELP)
-X4 also makes sure to protect the elbows when the ball is on the wing and/or in the corner
-X4 stays in the lane line extended area, maintaining a position in passing lanes when no high post is a threat
-X4 needs to crash weakside rebounds when shot is put up from wings

X2 and X3 = have similar jobs and they are on the wings (FORCE MIDDLE FOR HELP) (in stance similar to X4 when on ball)
-when the ball is on their wing, they force to the middle--pinch w/#4 to keep out of middle (sometimes looking for a weak hand)
-while the opposite wing, in this scenario, is playing the opposite block area, not quite in the lane

-when the ball is in the corner, the wing assumes a stance making it difficult for ball reversal (denying the pass)
-wings opposite the corner scenario, offer weakside help in the post if necessary (closer on good posts, further towards the top
of the key when they read a possible weakness in the players, allowing for a quicker sprint to their wing side on a skip)

WINGS, WHEN ON THE WEAKSIDE, CRASH THE BOARDS VERY HARD---BOX OUT BIG TIME!!!

RULES OF THUMB: (for 1-3-1 defense)


1. Always four defenders on one side of the floor when the ball is on the wing
2. Closeout with hands high and quickly
3. Stay in your stance (don’t stand) and pressure the ball handler
4. Active hands and alert eyes
5. Communication with teammates
1-3-1 BREAKDOWN DRILLS
SHELL DRILL: (3 players on top of zone #2, #3, #4 run a shell drill 3 vs. 5)
--work on zone rotations
--wings always drop to opposite low block when the ball is on the other side of the floor or in the corner
( can cheat up to anticipate pass---comfort level or they can cheat over to help on a strong post player)

SHELL DRILL: (2players in the middle of the zone #1 and #5 run a shell drill 2 vs. 5)
--work on zone rotations
--bottom stays in until the pass goes to the corner

VS. AN OVERLOAD:
--work in a Shell Drill here (5 on 7) and work on rotations vs. an overload

5 VS. 7 DRILL:
-- work in a Shell Drill here (5 on 7) and work on rotations (vs. lobs, skips, reversal, etc…)
--try to get ball in specific areas to work on the specific rotations/reads

ROTATIONAL DRILLS:
Middle 3 rotations drill Wing rotation drill Bang the bottom drill

Pass to diagonal no shot Wings force to middle Bottom offense screens the defense
Pass from coach to corner, can shoot Coaches drive gap, make wings/top pinch Bottom screeners-hold, move,etc…

In each of these scenarios, make the players on defense react to the passes, drives, and shots during the drill---keep drilling until the players know the rotations…
1-3-1VS. SCREENS
AWAY FROM BALL (SCREENS):
--cheat thru the screen, anticipate it
--WATCH for diagonal pass when wing is screened, help with the middle person (#5) to fill the space

ON THE BALL (SCREENS):


--help on the screen thru a rotation and once thru the screen rotate back into position

ANY OF THESE SCENARIOS FORMS A “NATURAL” TRAP ON THE SIDES OR IN THE CORNERS!!!

TRAPS
HALF COURT TRAP SCENARIO: (RED)
--trap (sprinting) the corners near half court with #4 and (#2 or #3) vs. the wing/guard of the offensive team
--hands high and feet active
--#1 plays 2-3 steps off the lane/baseline
--#5 looks to dead front in the post or side front (ball side only)
--opposite wings (#2 or #3) plays centerfield and anticipates by watching the offenses eyes
--rotation as follows:

HALF COURT TRAP SCENARIO: (BLACK)


--trap (sprinting) the corners near the baseline with #1 and (#2 or #3) vs. the wing/guard of the offensive team
--hands high and feet active
--rotation as follows:
MIDDLE OPTION: watching the high post presence (dominate post—hurting us on offense)

X4–-drops back into the lane to watch the HIGH post (if hurting us in the post)
Defense will let the pass go from wing to wing (make them take an outside shot)
at which time the X4 defender can look (anticipate) to pick off the pass on reversal

SLOUGH: watching the medium post presence (dominate post---hurting us on offense)

X4—drops back into the medium post area and helps defend the post

SHADOW: vs. a STAR player (defense maintains a position in which they are one step closer to the STAR player)

X4---in this situation needs to shadow or be one step closer to the STAR player, it
may be someone else on defense that needs to take a step closer to the STAR player too
Blair Academy Coaches Clinic 6/21/11

Mike Dunlap St. John’s

• Don’t trust winning/ Find out about yourself when you lose
• Be who you are/ What do you believe in?
• Pete Newell- “Keep an open mind”
• Innovate within your system
• NBA- 9 ways to defend a pick & roll
• Assistant coaches want to change things prematurely

Sideline Pin
• Keep the ball on the sideline
• Push the ball baseline/ 2 on the ball

St. John’s Defensive Branding


• Ball pressure- make them uncomfortable
• Rotation without hesitation
• Rebounding

• You find out what your players learn when they talk to the media
• Mistakes happen on 3rd reversal pass
• Opinions must be supported with facts & #’s
• Get the ball to the sideline- “ 4 in the box”
• “Repetition leads to clarity”
• Watching more video leads to the game slowing down in your mind
• There is a 17% decline in shooting % on contested shots
• If you’re late on closeout, it’s okay to fly by a shooter
• Get “perfect” out of your coaching vocabulary
• Over coaching takes away from aggressiveness

Fronting Low Post


• They will settle for ¾ front
• Ass to knee caps
• Trap on drive
• Corner to top ball movement- get on top of offense

• Stunt- attack the dribble on help situations


• Run your head thru the ball

Rotations Situations
• Advantage/disadvantage drills- 5 vs 4/ 4 vs 3
• They keep their bigs under the rim & don’t rotate up in the back of their zone
Negatives of Zone
• Rebounding- How many on weakside?
• Larry Brown- cover boxes & elbows
• Box out your “spots”
• Pursue the ball- seek the collision
• Cover the 3 point line
• Transition Defense- closest man stops the ball

Pluses of Zone
• Team Mindset
• Disruption- What are you doing to disrupt your opponent? Practice
• Less actions run vs zones/ Allows you to work on your fundamentals in practice
• Protect your great players
• Fastbreak
• Practice time for your opponent is less

General Thoughts
• Elbow coverage is crucial
• Trap ball at elbow
• Guards are on a pulley system
• They do all M-M drills in practice
• Teach slowly
• Energy level as a teacher must be high/ Focus/Stay on point

4 on 5
• Must dribble ball across ½ court
• Once pass is made in ½ ct- no dribble
• Shoot it any time
• Work on shot selection
• Ball pressure
• Natural rotations
• Rebounding/ Run in transition

Drills & Random Thoughts


• Part/Whole or Whole/part teaching?
• John Chaney was a whole- very little parts
• NBA guys are whole
• Scrimmage early- provides evidence in what you see
• Must defend pick & rolls in zone
• “Devil is in the details”- what do you stand for?
• Hands/ Closeout with proper hand high
• Talk
• Jump to pass
• Spot rebounding

1-1-3
• Can be used as a secondary defense
• Would play 2-3 as secondary defense if you’re primarily a M-M coach
• It’s easier to be lazy in a 2-3 zone then a 1-1-3 zone

Deflection Chart
• What are your values?
• 50/50 balls
• Deny post
• Tipped passes

• When coaching- “Praise, prompt & leave”

Trapping
• What are your automatics?
• Makes you more aggressive
• Coach to aggression & you can pull back later

• Positional meetings with staff- football concepts

• Bad practices are usually a reflection on the head coach


1. Attitude
2. Energy
3. Bad planning

• When doing individual improvement- be specific


• Assistant coaches must be positive & have energy
• Video should be short & sharp
• Allow players to like watching video- you can’t kill them every time they watch
video or it will become a negative for them

Coaches Roundtable after Mike Dunlop spoke


• Do you run pick & roll at end of shot clock? Several coaches said no as they are
afraid of late trap

Low Post Double Team concepts


• Box to box- Spurs do this
• From the top
• “Yo-Yo’- Fake double team- takes away aggressiveness of post player
• On catch/ on dribble
Conditioning
• Dips, pull-ups, pushups,crunches
• Assign a # to each exercise that must be made
• How many rounds can you get in an assigned # of minutes?
Free Throws
• 2 at a basket
• Basket can’t miss 2 in a row
• Give them a set # of minutes to shoot
• Shoot 1 & 1’s

Bob Hurley concept


• Play it through the net
• On a score, fight for the ball & play it live, offense can score right away
• Don’t take the ball out of bounds if the defense gets ball after a score

Do situations at the end of a drill to validate the winner of a drill


Playbook - pg. 1

Chapter
Red 3
Horns

2 3

4 5

The action starts with the 1 entering the ball into the 4 high on the left elbow.

The 1 and 5 then move to screen down for the the 3 in the corner. The 3 moves off the screen toward
the 4 at the left elbow.

All Contents Proprietary


Playbook - pg. 2

Chapter
Red 3
Horns

2
1
5
4
3

The 4 then moves to perfrom a DHO with the 3 creating a third screening action for his defender to get
through.

The 5 has already slipped toward the basket and after performing the handoff, the 4 spaces high on the
perimeter.

All Contents Proprietary


Playbook - pg. 3

Chapter
Red 3
Horns

2
5 1

3 4

If the 3 does not have a shot coming off the screens. He look to enter the ball into the 5 (if the 5 is a
post threat or has a seal) or hit the 1 coming off the 4's wide pin down.

All Contents Proprietary


Playbook - pg. 4

Chapter
Red 3
Horns

2 5

4
3
1

The final action of this set is the 4 turning back around for the 1 and setting a step-up screen toward the
baseline and either rolling to the basket or staying high behind the 3pt line depending on his skill set.

Note: If the 4 rolls, the 5 should look to come high in classic roll replace action.

All Contents Proprietary


Playbook - pg. 5

Chapter
Red 3
Horns

2 5 x5 x4 1
x2 x1

x3

3 4

All Contents Proprietary


Playbook - pg. 6

Chapter
Houston
2-3 High

5 4 3

2 1

The play starts with the 1 entering into the 3 on the wing and making a shallow cut thru to the corner

All Contents Proprietary


Playbook - pg. 7

Chapter
Houston
2-3 High

5 4 3

The 3 enters the ball into the 4 at the high post then looks to downscreen for the 1 in the corner.

The 2 has now moved from the seam on the left side to the top of the key

All Contents Proprietary


Playbook - pg. 8

Chapter
Houston
2-3 High

3
1
5 4

The 1 continues his cut around the 4 and should take the handoff if possible. If it's not there, the 1 tight
curls around the 4 toward the basket

All Contents Proprietary


Playbook - pg. 9

Chapter
Houston
2-3 High

1 3

5 4

As the 1 clears 4, the 5 steps up and looks to set a flare screen for the 2 who moves to the left wing to
receive a pass from the 4.

All Contents Proprietary


Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

2011 Rising Coaches Elite Conference


July 20-21, 2011
Notes Included:
Earl Grant – Clemson Matt McCall – Florida
Ryan Marks – Texas Pan American Kevin O’Neill – Southern California
Chris Caputo – Miami (FL) Anthony Grant – Alabama
John Cooper – Tennessee State Bobby Lutz – North Carolina State
Josh Pastner – Memphis Jeff Goodman, Gary Parrish – CBS Sports
Jerrance Howard – Illinois Dwayne Killings – Temple
Chris Mack – Xavier Billy Schmidt – Georgia Tech
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Earl Grant – Clemson

You should want to be a head coach within 8-10 years


o The level shouldn’t matter – NAIA, D2, JUCO, or D1
Be prepared for whatever your next job will be
o Don’t let the job become open and you’re not prepared
o Every day we work, we should be preparing!
Keep a notepad in places around the house – by the TV, etc.
o While you’re watching games on TV, be prepared to write notes, ideas, plays you like,
etc. Keep them in the pad so you know where they are
Start creating practice plans for your first head coaching job
o Plan your first practices, and constantly adjust them as you see fit
When the opportunity presents itself, you need to be ready!
Recruiting:
o Develop Lasting Relationships
 With AAU, High School Coaches
 If you’re a manager or in charge of travel, develop relationships with restaurants
& hotels in cities you’ll be traveling to
o So many times you have a relationship with a guy when you need something
 Even if you don’t get the kid, keep the relationship
o Become a better coach
 Don’t have the label “He’s just a recruiter, he can’t coach”
 Get in the business for the right reasons
o Appearance
 Be well groomed, dress well, and be in good physical condition
o Help your fellow man – help other coaches
o Learn how to develop kids and get them excited about the process
 In individual workouts, sweat with them!
 Skill development is the key in successful programs with limited talent
o Don’t promise a player – just promise to work hard and be loyal
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Don’t be so concerned with what the next move is – just prepare for it every day
There are no secrets in this business
o Hard work, loyalty, and relationships are the key to success
What do you look for in a player?
o Hard worker
o Good motor
o Good teammate
Get kids in the office, and close the door
o Bring yourself down to their level
 Share your own experiences, mistakes, etc…get them to see that you’re human
This will help them open up
o Have a pulse with your players
o The players need to know what you’re about
o They can be your boy but you have to be able to hold them accountable!
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Ryan Marks – Texas Pan American

View on the NBA Lockout


o How are we going to use this time to get better at what we do?
If you’re in coaching for the long haul you will experience the following:
o You’re going to finish last place in your conference
o You’re going to finish first place in your conference
o You’re going to do a good job coaching and that will lead you to a better job
o You’re going to do a good job coaching and you will get fired anyways
Coaches need to stop looking at each other as competitors, we instead need to view coaching as
a fraternity
In this profession, there are going to be plenty of things that you don’t want to hear, you’re just
going to have to deal with them
Career Path:
o Started coaching JV team while still in HS
o Intern for player development with LA Clippers
o Head Freshman Coach.Varsity Assistant in Pasadena
o First NCAA job at D2 Central Missouri State
o Went to Northern Illinois, new coach came in and fired everyone
o Went on to coach D3 Basketball and Baseball in Vermont
If you get a chance to be a head coach, don’t be concerned with the level
Work hard, work diligently, and remember why we’re in this
In order to get the next job, you have to do the best job at what you have right now
Recruiting Philosophies:
o Develop relationships that are real
 Kids can tell if you’re fake
o In mailouts, personal relationships are paramount.
o Email players daily to build that relationship
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Chris Caputo – Miami

Make the place you’re at right now the “big time”


Make your own personal brand/reputation
If you make your job important, it just might return the favor
Even if recruiting isn’t your job, find some way to get involved in recruiting
o Read about every player on the internet
o Give ideas to coaches about players to watch
Networking:
o You need to network up, down, and across
o Never Eat Alone – book at networking
o Good to build a relationship with someone when you don’t need anything from them
You need to get “adopted” by a Coach
Ask people you network with for advice
o Whether or not you follow their advice, they become invested in you and your decision
Make friends with people who have no friends, and you’ll have a friend forever
When meeting someone, say “nice to see you” instead of “nice to meet you”
o You may have met them before, but it makes them feel good
You need to be a PR machine for the guys you work with
Look the part of a coach! Stay in shape, stay well groomed
Know the game
o “How can I get to know the game better?”
Try to become indispensable
o Do extra work – do the tough work, not the easy work
Be the person they call when they need something and they’re not in the office
Be proud of what you’re doing
o “Blessed to have a desk”
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Josh Pastner – Memphis

Follow up, follow through


Always return letters and phone calls – it’s the right thing to do
You just don’t know when you’re going to get your opportunity
o On car driving to Kentucky to begin work with Coach Calipari, phone call from the AD at
Memphis came and offered him the job
Things to do when you get the job:
o Constantly think of situations that could come up and how you would handle them
 Think of every possible player, staff, game situation and find a solution
o You’re dealing with people in this business, so don’t lose focus of that
o Hiring of staff
 Don’t rush the process
 Find the right guys that fit you, just like recruiting players
o Be hard on the players early, and let up as the year goes on
 Motivate through respect, not through yelling
In timeouts during the game
o Remind players, and repeat yourself 5-6 times so players understand what you’re
saying, especially late in the game
o This helps win close games!
Only run something – offense or defense – that you know. And keep it simple!
Don’t disconnect from the community. Embrace and connect
o Call boosters, alumni, keep a relationship
Before you make a big decision on a disciplinary action, sleep on it. Don’t rush a rash decision
Keep the profession in perspective
o See the big picture
o Love and have fun with what you’re doing
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Jerrance Howard – Illinois

Energy and passion sets you apart from the pack


Pick someone on your staff who you can follow, and do what they do
If you want to be able to recruit, recruit your own players
o How? Help them
o Players have to check in with a coach every day
Be an all-purpose guy
Separate yourself somehow
o “I’m not going to have a bad day”
When recruiting, get someone on the phone and listen
o Mom, dad, girlfriend, coach, best friend
“Getting on the babies”
o Go to 8th grade exposure camps - Know the best players in the state in the 5th-8th grade
Ask your players why they chose your school, or why they didn’t choose to go somewhere else
When talking to a kid, when you touch them or call them by their nickname, it goes a long way
Find out who the secretary and janitor of the High School are and send them some t-shirts!
o They can be very valuable in your recruiting of the kid, and give you information
Spend more time at gyms when they don’t have a player, and when they do they will send him
to you
Make a list everyday:
o Things to do:
o People to call:
o People to write:
Study 3 different coaches over the summer
o It can be from other sports, or other successful people
o Think outside the box and learn from them
Life is not that bad! Live with passion every day!
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Chris Mack – Xavier

Make sure the person you work for has character


Greatest thing you can do is do the best job
o Don’t audition for the next job
o Be the best at your job
Be a hard worker
o When you pass responsibilities on, stay accountable
Be detail oriented
o Misspellings, pronunciations, errors on scouting reports
Be loyal, be a team player
o Are you supporting the head coach’s message?
o Staff must be unified
Do it the right way
o Doesn’t just mean play by the rules
o Act how you would want your players to act
o Have balance
Be innovative
o Find new ways to do things
Get to know players and coaches
o How can you help them? Form relationships
Too many guys are auditioning for the next job
o Recruit your butt off
o Develop relationships with players
o Scout like it’s the last game of the NCAA Tournament
o Support your coach
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Matt McCall – Florida

Understand your role


o Be extremely reliable, have a great work ethic, be trustworthy, and always be available
Cherish the job you have right now
o Nothing is guaranteed, and it’s the only job you have!
You will get out of the job what you put into it
Pay attention to the details
Find a way to get things done, no matter the task
Always try to be around
No matter what or where you are, no job is beneath you!
Build your phonebook
o Take pride in continuing to stay in contact with people
Build relationships within current staff
o Always say “We”
 We recruited a player, we won, we lost
You have to fear not trying as much as you fear failure
o Worst thing that can happen is you hear “no”
Always be engaging in conversations
Take pride in your appearance
There is no substitution for hard work
Be upfront with your friends, this is a business. Be happy if they get a job
Kids use social media to communicate – Hammer it away!
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

John Cooper - Tennessee State

Don’t let money determine your job


You have to have a vision
o Good coaches dream big
o Value yourself
Who can you work for and thrive?
o Know who you are
o Success comes from within. You must believe in yourself
o 85% of all jobs are based off of one reference
You need a head coach who is going to champion you, and who is going to make that call for you
Serve your assistant coaches
o Help them get jobs, don’t require time commitments, just demand hard work
You need a “board of directors” who will tell you the truth and not make you feel good about
yourself
Interview:
o Study and do homework
 Know important people, but don’t overload yourself
o Don’t talk about the coach you’re coming from
o Energy and passion – keep engaged
o Don’t get too excited, and don’t have 100 people call on the job for you
o Don’t leave a lot of paper material
Managing your career:
o Do you have technology skills?
o Can you communicate?
o Can you handle the pressure, are you cool under pressure?
 Story about manager who took team to wrong airport but stayed cool and calm
under the pressure. Says a lot about character
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Managing your career:


o Can you think like a head coach?
o Be involved in every aspect of the program
o Treat people the right way
o Can you motivate?
o Are you organized?
Be willing to take risks
Be willing to give back to the profession
Get to know your AD and your Associate AD
Leaders don’t expect people to serve them, they serve their people
You have to be able to accept criticism
You always have to be growing
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Kevin O’Neill – Southern California

Take your own path


Don’t be an ego-maniac! Be a good person
As a Young Coach:
o Be willing to work for no money
 Don’t get caught up in titles
 Don’t be in a hurry
o Do you want your voice heard?
 Know when to shut up and sit down on the bench.
Don’t be that guy who stands up when the camera is on him
 Know what you’re talking about. Know every play.
Decide what your philosophy is now, and stick with it under pressure
o Are you going to be known as a cheater?
o Are you going to doubt your head coach when your players come to you?
What are your recruiting philosophies?
How are you going to deal with parents and boosters?
o Zero communication, or will you open the doors to communication?
o Coach talks to parents 2-3 times per week, and returns every booster’s email and call
Coach O’Neill writes down and rehearses what he’s going to say to players in brief meetings and
pre game talks
Doesn’t believe in meetings, not much gets accomplished in daily meetings
Only has a few rules for team:
o Respect the game
o Don’t be late
o Don’t be an asshole
When you’re coaching, make it about the team
What are you going to do when you don’t believe in what the boss is doing?
o Negative talk from assistant coaches poisons the water
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Make sure there is only one voice


Coach demands the following from the team:
o Guard First
o Rebound
o Take good shots
o Don’t turn the ball over
o Be a team player
o Overall, respect the game!
Some decisions are going to be hard to deal with, but you need to decide how to deal with them
o If your best player makes a mistake, will you suspend him for the game? Or win the
game and make your point afterwards
As a head coach you have to manage your staff
o Don’t hire all the same guys
You have to reach out on your campus
Take out professors, support staff, other coaches to dinner during the year
Doesn’t give postgame speeches after games
Give the opposing coach credit in a loss, don’t blame your team
If you make it about your team in the media, the more they’ll make it about you
Compliance hangs out with USC basketball everywhere – Embrace them!
Have a great strength coach! This can really help your guys mentally
Have a war mentality! Watch war movies, use war terminology
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Anthony Grant - Alabama

Every day, you must have passion and energy – these are the key
Excel at the current responsibilities you have!
o If you don’t know, find out
 No one wants to know that you don’t know how to do something
You will achieve success when you are willing to help others achieve success
Don’t dwell on mistakes
o All you can do is plan, prepare, and just “ride the wave”
It is imperative with your players that they all buy in, have trust, and want to be successful
Recruiting:
o Think like a head coach
o There is a difference between just recruiting a guy and knowing you can sign versus
bringing in guys that can help win a championship
o What are you doing everyday to make each player better?
o Think outside the box
With a job, make sure resources are in place for you to be successful
o Look at getting the right guys on the bus, but also getting them on the right seats on the
bus.
o Always look for opportunities to try to make somebody else’s job a little bit easier.
o When joining a new staff, get clear expectations about your role. Your job is to make
everybody else look good
After the season, do you watch film of other teams who are really good in areas you want to
learn more about?
o Watch top five defensive teams in the country and break down what they do and bring
it to your coach
Sometimes guys try so hard to get the job that they forget to do the job.
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Bobby Lutz – North Carolina State

Why are you here?


o Ask yourself why you want to be a coach
o As long as I wake up and am excited about what I do, I never work.
3 C’s for success
o Commitment to excellence – Prioritize your life. Balance of basketball and family.
o Courage to do the right thing – What would your grandmother think about your
decisions?
o Compassion/care for who you coach and who you work with
Get a hold of and understand all the great ideas, even if you can’t use them all
Be who you is, not who you ain’t
Don’t ever lose your dream…Dream big dreams. If you ever lose the dream, quit.
o Stay focused, don’t be afraid to fail
 Coach Lutz quit law school at UNC to coach JV Boys/Girls for $200 a year in 1980
If somebody has to tell you what to do, you’re already behind the ball! Be a self-starter
Recruiting
o Who is the key person in the decision? Who is going to help them make the decision?
o Who has the power to veto?
 There is usually somebody who can’t deliver them to you, but they can stop
them from coming to you
o Someone always has the lead—nothing is “wide open”
o If you’re not sure it’s you, it’s not you
Practice cutting down the nets at the beginning of each year
o Start to change a losing culture and tradition
Scouting
o Staff knows everything about competition
o Players know top 3 things about competition and what you’re trying to take away
o Everything else relies on the offensive and defensive
principles of your team
Don’t forget who “packs your parachute”
o Don’t ever take them for granted
Changing the culture of a losing program:
o You have to get the wrong people off the bus before
you can get the right people on the bus
The more talented you are, the more you need to push the
tempo.
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Jeff Goodman, Gary Parrish – CBS College Sports

Everything is magnified now in the age of technology


There is a right way to deal with the media
o There is also a wrong way
Too many people don’t trust the media
o It’s painted with a broad brush that the media is evil
The media can work for if you allow it to
o Guys with a good relationship with the media get the benefit of the doubt many times
You want someone that can defend you especially in times of need professionally
o Too many examples of coaches who had personal problems who could have used the
media to help them out, and paint a better picture to the public
Be honest
o Even if you have to tell media “I can’t talk” or “I don’t want to comment” it’s better
than lying or dodging the story
Sometimes you just need to do your job
o Realize that for yourself
o Realize that because sometimes the media also has to report things
 Stories where media has to report when a coach didn’t do his job
Bruce Pearl at Wisconsin-Milwaukee
Good friends with reporter, but reporter had to do his job and Pearl
didn’t
Be proactive & find ways to make your program more visible
o Jeff Goodman following Coach Ryan Marks to help UTPA
Never be too good to ask questions
o No one has it all figured out!
o Even the best coaches ask questions
Make sure you know who you are talking to when you’re talking
o Credible writers with morals and values
o Do they respect “off the record” comments?
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Dwayne Killings - Temple

Relationships and networks are deep, and need to always be growing


Work for a guy who will push you to better yourself
Recruit out of your league
o You need to in order to win championships
If you know you want to work in basketball, get to know all aspects of the game
Get to know people above you, below you, and next to you
o Your peers included
o USE your relationships
People want to know that they can invest in you
You need to be driven
o Not just a hard worker, but a worker with a purpose
o Set goals
 Short, long term, daily
Dealing with the management side of basketball helps you focus on your organizational skills
Build relationships early
o Invest your time in those relationships
o If you’re on the road, call someone that you may have met once that lives in that city
o Go to lunch or grab a drink with them
o Stay connected
1st call to a recruit:
o Get answers to questions that you have
o Get to know their mindset
o Get to know who they are as a person
o After that, it’s all follow-up
o Don’t overload them with information
o It’s up to you to follow up
When current players help you recruit, you will have success
o Makes recruiting more family like
Understand the challenges of every day so that you can be
a problem-solver for your organization
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Billy Schmidt – Georgia Tech

Coaching is an art, not a science


o Your system needs to be a reflection of who you are
 Coaching
 Who you’re recruiting
 Who you’re playing against
2 things a young coach needs
o Humility
 The best teachers of the game are your players. You have to be receptive and
ask them questions.
o Perspective –have a sense of who you are
 Your perspective and background is drastically different than what players and
other coaches on your staff bring to the table
It’s not your show
o It’s about the players
o You are here to serve the players - It’s their four years
o “I didn’t have to be a great player to know how much the game means to a player,
because it meant everything to me.”
“Coaching is the most fair and equitable thing I know”
o The moment you walk into a gym, kids are sizing you up.
o If you don’t know your stuff, the players will see right through you.
o You have to fight for credibility every day!
 Every day, you must be on time, energetic, and prepared
 You’ve got to be on top of things
 Don’t ever ask a player to do something you aren’t willing to do
 Be on time
Kids don’t care how much you know until they know how much you care
o Kids must know that everything you teach and ask them to do is to help them get better
Kids want to know who they can trust you and count on you.
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

These days, there are a lot of people that will bail out on them You have to develop your own
voice - You can’t be somebody else.
You have to know your age, you have to know your role, and you have to know yourself
o A sense of humor can go a long way
o Your voice can’t be a gimmick
o Stand for something
o Hold kids accountable
 If you don’t hold them accountable, they’ll see right through you
It’s amazing how much you can demand of people if you demand what’s right and fair
Keep it simple
o Gave the example of Kevin O’Neill demanding that players go to class, work hard, and be
on time
Qualities of Head Coaches
o Have the same DNA
o They have an unbelievable attention to detail
 No detail is too trivial to them
o Are intense competitors
o They have tremendous pride in what they do
o They do not want to look bad, look unprepared, or be caught off guard
 This is not only on game day
2 most important things from an assistant coach
o Work hard
o Be loyal
o Our job is to make the head coach’s job easier
o Don’t do it your way. Find out how your superior wants it done
o Don’t do it well. Do it exceptionally well
o If you hand them something you’ve been working on, you better make sure it’s great
o You have to be proactive. Show some initiative.
o If you need to be told what to do all the time, you’re bad and should be fired
o Create projects all the time
Wherever you are, you are auditioning for your next job
o If you are a 24-year-old graduate assistant, you carry yourself like a 26-year-old assistant
coach
o The worst feeling for an assistant coach is to have to do something because you know a
GA won’t have the same quality work or attention to detail as you
o The best feel for an assistant coach is to be able to trust someone to do things the way
the head coach wants them done
Being a head coach is lonely. It’s a tremendous amount of stress and responsibility.
It means a lot to a head coach that there is someone there giving the program his all and that is
loyal
Rising Coaches Elite Conference – Las Vegas, NV – July 20-21, 2011
Taylor Harris – Metro State College – tharri54@mscd.edu

Coach tells GA’s that if they do a bad job, we should fire them
We are in the opportunity business, not the success business
o If you forget that and don’t take advantage of your opportunity, that’s on you!
“In my mind, I associate GA’s with two people: Lawrence Frank and Brian Gregory”
o If you can’t work like them, you don’t deserve it
If you want to survive, you better work harder, work longer
The youngest guy on the staff should be the first one there and the last one to leave
If you’re not reading books in the off season, what are you doing with your free time?
Order clinic tapes all the time. Watch one every night.
If the mother’s with you in the recruiting process, there isn’t much against you
Villa 6 Clinic Notes – sent from Luke Wicks at U San Fran

Villa 6 Coaches Clinic

Date: July 22, 2011

Location: Las Vegas, NV

Speakers:

1. Jeff Capel - Duke

2. Ricthie McKay - Virginia

3. Tom Moore - Quinnipac

4. King Rice - Monmouth

5. Pat Skerry - Townson

6. Shane Beamer - Virgnia Tech

7. Archie Miller - Dayton

8. Wood Selig - Old Dominion AD

9. Jack Hayes - Hofstra AD

10. Bubba Cunningham - Tulsa AD

Jeff Capel - Duke

• Always use plural nouns with your team, organization.... we, us, etc...

• 10% of being a head coach is coaching, 90% is being a great CEO (leader, organizer)

• 1st thing that hit him the hardest at VCU (1st year as a head coach) - very overwhelming, every decision now
comes through you.

• No job is easy.

• Take time hiring your staff, looks at your needs, likes, dislikes, weaknesses. Do not hire your staff and expect
them to be "Yes" people.

• A good human being always worries and cares about their staff and wants their families to be OK.

• 1st Items he did on the job as a head coach:


1. Met with his players, set a standard of excellence and understanding right away.

2. Got involved in the University Community.

3. Took time hiring his staff and once they were hired spent lots of time with them and their families.

• Every coach must have a great relationship with their AD, President, Admissions people and people in general on
campus.

• An 18 year is an 18 year old that is who he is. It is hard to change 18 years, it can't completely be done.

• The only thing that prepares you for being a head coach is being a head coach.

• Assistants must live up to the their responsibility, if they do not, no matter if they are your friend you have to talk
to them.

• Be POSITIVE, we already work in a highly competitive profession surrounded by negativity.

• It is important to have guys on your staff not exactly like you.

Bubba Cunningham - Tulsa A.D.

• Doug Wojick is a great HC cause he has integrity,work ethic and his personal qualities are his work ethic.

• He likes agents cause of the information they give.

• If you want a job, let it be known by building relationships ahead of time. A small note goes a long way. Do not
hesitate. Once a job open it is to late to let a person know that you are interested in a job. Do your work early. Get
on that short list early. Every AD has one right now.

Jack Hayes - Hofstra A.D.

• Make sure you interact with all sports coaches, faculty and the people in the trenches.

• Know information about other schools in your league, etc.

• The initial conversation when interested in a job needs to come from the source, not a friend, assistant, etc... Make
that initial contact in person or by phone. The person that waits does not get hired.

• Everything in life is about relationships and people.

• If you are going to be successful in anything in life it can't be 8am - 5pm daily.

• It is OK for your agent to call and express your interest in a position, after that do your own work, make your own
calls, negotiate your own contract to the point it needs to be read for legality.
• When going for an interview, everything is looked at in depth, even the ride with the grad assistant or manager
from the airport to campus.

Wood Selig - Old Dominion A.D.

• Tubby Smith was the best as an assistant coach to stop by all different areas of the department to say thank you,
show support or ask if help is needed. When he went for his first job it was the Assistant Director of Marketing the
he spoke with briefly but checked on showing he cared that got him the job. The Assistant Director of Marketing at
Kentucky called VCU's Assistant Director of Marketing about Tubby. He spoke highly of Tubby cause he always
stopped by to say hello.

• 620 Coaches in the last 10 years have coached at their Alma Mater.

• Agents do more harm then good. They are fine to bounce information off of but the coach and AD can negotiate
the final contract.

Norwood Teague - VCU A.D.

• When you get your first job, be a detective, don't jump in and try to change everything immediately. Learn and
move slow.

• Develop relationships in your departments and on campus. Search committees call these people.

• AD's want to know more about their possible HC then just hoops. Talk about family, family goals, values, etc.

• Get to know people when jobs are not open. (Talk to people at shootarounds, conference commissioners, etc)

• Your should spend 80% of your time networking and 20% of your time on your job. It is all about relationships.

• Get to know your school President, you go for a job they will be involved.

• Check out the Winthrop Group for all coaches contracts, etc....

Shane Beamer - Associate HC for Virginia Tech Football

• 7 stops as a coach and is 34 years old.

• Be a bulldog in recruiting.

• Networking is #1.

• Have a notebook and grow that coaching tree yearly.

• Allow the recruit to talk, do not oversell. Kids like to talk once you get them to crack. Getting them to laugh first
is huge.
• Know what other schools use against you in recruiting.

• Use your GA's to recruit as much as possible, give them jobs and hold them accountable.

• Read the Bear Bryant Book

• A good head coach always keep his staff's families involved. A happy wife = a happy life. A happy life = a great
assistant.

• Take Notes all of the times.

• You must have stability in your coaches and staff to be successful. This correlates to wins. Build staff unity just
like you have to with your players.

• Carry over is good within staffs.

• Treat people right and respect them.

• Big Questions to ask a recruit?

1. Who on your coaching staff are you closest to?

2. Who in your family are you closest to?

Coaches Panel: Archie Miller (Dayton), Tom Moore (Quinnipac), King Rice (Monmouth), Pat Skerry (Towson)

• When Miller interviewed at Dayton there were 2 people on the committee. (AD & President)

• Take control of the interview early in the meeting. Have questions ready, etc... Be Prepared.

• Have a coaches book but do not give it till the conclusion of the interview. You only want to give it to the
committee so they have a reference of everything you spoke about. Make sure every person on the committee gets a
book.

• When Rice interviewed at Monmouth, 3 people were on committee (AD, Assoc AD, President)

• When Moore interviewed at Quinnipac, 8 people were on committee (AD, President, Board of Regents, Vice
President, Senior Assoc AD)

• The minute you get a head coaching job you are on 24/7.

• 1st line of priority is meeting your players and their families ASAP!

• 1st 100 days is very rough.

• Items you need to be on your game with in an interview is:

1. Understanding how to schedule and trends from your league and past teams. What does it take to win the league
and go to the NCAA Tournament?
2. Style of Play (Make sure it is fun).

3. Your academic and community plan.

4. You have never called a timeout, what are you gonna do?

5. You have never been a HC, how do you know you are ready?

6. Be very prepared to discuss your staff and what your plans on with them. They will follow up on the people you
might hire before they hire you. Be smart!

7. Explain how you are going to reach the key alumni/donors of your program. Do this ASAP!

8. Be careful with the media and agents.

• The higher the recruit the more people are involved.

• You should know and develop relationships with commissioners in your conference.

• Know the people in your league office.

• Understand what you can recruit to your school.

• Study your league the styles of play and how they recruit.

• Do not spend time in the culture of envy, be positive!

Ritchie McKay - Virginia Assoc HS

• You must answer these 3 questions before looking at being an HC.

1. Who and what defines you?

2. Why did I get into coaching?

3. Am I fulfilling my purpose in life and my career? (Being a great husband, father, etc)

• Do you ever feel a calling in your job?

• You must know who you are as a person before becoming an HC.

• Believe in the LORD, never neglect your family.

• 3 Keys to Success:

1. You must have a balance, can't think about hoops 24/7. What is my outlet? McKay's was faith.

2. Use your relationship currency. Make an investment in people/players lives. Do not expect returns.
3. Build into people's lives, Who speaks into my life?

• Do not think you are not successful if you are not in a certain position or job title.

• Look up Pistol Pete Maravich letter to Larry King in 1996.

• If winning is more of a relief then a joy, then you are in a bad situation.

• Do a great job where you are and the rest will take care of itself.

• All that matters is today.

• Build in your life, wife, Children and your players.

• Do not fear getting fired.

• Really care about your assistants and their families.

• As an Assistant take items (tasks) from the mind of your head coach. They have thousands of items going through
their mind.

• Look for these 4 items in hiring an Assistant.

1. Is he a family man? Hopefully yes.

2. Is he loyal to his past program and coach?

3. Hire positive guys!

4. Hire guys that can deal with their pride and are earthy.

Kevin Eastman Clinic Notes – sent from Luke Wicks at U San Fran

Sneakers Squeak on 5 on 0 Offense


- No such thing as Dummy Offense

Fist Fight to get Open - Foot Fight to Score

Offensive Post Teaching Point - On the Block/Off the Block I agree


- Pause for Poise
- Let the Crap Clear
- Always Add Free Throws to Post Work!

Cutters:
- Cutters Over the Top = Touch Elbow, Touch Rim, Open to See and Get Out to Spacing
- See Ball All the Way to the Rim
- Cutters: Eyes Make Lay Ups....Feet Make Jumpers
- Shooting Teaching Points: Coach the Beginning (Footwork) and End (Follow Thru)

Running Team
- Fast Break or Sprint Break? Sprint is Faster

Do U Look at the Ball or Do you See the Game?

Main Keys to Shooting


- Shot Selection
- Being Ready on the Catch
- Game is played Low to High

The Floor Shrinks with each Level!


- Speed, Quickness and Length cause this.
- Got to go by your Defender...not around him
- Must Introduce Players to their Feet - Pete Carill

Ball Screen Offense


- Ball Handler: Feel Him (Defender) - See His (Show Defender) - Read Help

Best Offensive Players have ball in hand as long as they need to...not as long as you want to.

Post Players: Only Give up Position for Possession.


- Dead Dribble = Post Player Bring Baseline Foot Up to Create Passing Angle

Shooters on Pin Down - Point Fist at the Passer


- Stop and Go
- Step on Foot

Don't Post Up....Post Across


- Mini Lane! Post Up in Mini Lane (We have to tape it on the Court)

The Best Post Players Own the Mid Line

Ball Screener
- Goal is to Arrive without your Defender

Shooting Turnovers = Bad Decision Shots

What Happened the Last 3 Possessions?


- Good Ones Love the Game and KNOW!
- Boston Charts Touches!

The Play may be Yours....but the Shot may not!!

Rebounding Logic...more u go after...more you get.


- Coaches never yell at you for being selfish with ur rebounding.

What 3 Things do we have to do to win this game


- PG's
- Wing's
- Posts

Vs. Great Shot Blocker!


- Follow the Penetration when the Shot Blocker Goes after it.
Best Shooters: Ten Toes to the Rim!

Screening Rules
- Don't Screen Air
- Unless they are Switching....don't screen ur own man
- Don't screen ur own teammate.

Touch Right Shoulders (Both) - 2 guys coming off Floppy

A Scorer has a Great Responsibility to make Great Decisions

Vs. Switches
- Cut with Speed

When in Doubt...Spread Out


- Smalls get outside the 3
- Bigs: Home Base = Short Corner? High Post? Where are they comfortable?

Go To Guys can't turn into Force It Guys!

Direct Correlation to Ball Reversals and Defensive Breakdowns.

No Dancing! Is Isolation And 1 Mix Tape BH...Have to Stress "We Want Direct Drives!!!"

Someone Violates Culture


- Winning - Personal Sacrifice - Accountability
- Any Violation must be addressed IMMEDIATELY

Championship Teams have Truth!


Truth = Live it, Tell it, Take It

BC always emphasizes: Best Position to Score....the Weakside of the Floor!

Force teams to be in Constant Closeouts!

Best place to back door...the Corners!

Read the Head...Read the Depth (Corner Back Door Cut)

Double Bury Him - Post Players

Green Light....really a Lime Light.

Cutter's Responsibility is to get Open...Screener's Responsibility is to get Cutter Open!

Design ur offense based on Skill Set.


Brandon Rosenthal – St. Edward’s University
www.twitter.com/CoachRosenthal
7/7/11 Daily Chalkboard

3 OUT 2 IN
TRANSITION OFFENSE

CoachRosenthal.com
5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Tim Cleuss
Iona College
“Transition Offense”
• Got his sideline break from his high school coach, Coach Morris
• Coach Morris was a lacrosse coach
• He took his sideline break from lacrosse and used it for basketball
• Pitino used to go to Coach Morris' practices to learn his fast break
• Makes every player run a 5 minute 30 second mile
• You run every day until you make it in 5 minutes and 30 seconds
• Fast break is not a play, it is a mindset
• You have to trust it and believe in it
◦ You're going to throw the ball away a little bit
◦ You're going to give up some easy baskets
◦ It's going to wear your opponent out
• He has used it at every level and it has worked at every level
• Puts challenging time and a certain amount of made baskets on each drill
• If they don't make the time or # of baskets, the drill does not count and they have to run
• Doesn't yell at players for screwing up, just tells them to do it again
• Likes to train rebounder to take 1 dribble before outletting the ball – it gets him running and
prevents him from standing and watching
• Likes to train the inbounder to turn his head and scan the floor as he steps out of bounds

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 1


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 2


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 3


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 4


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 5


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 6


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 7


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 8


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 9


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 10


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 11


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 12


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 13


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 14


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 15


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 16


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 17


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 18


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 19


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 20


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 21


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry
LIU
“LIU Offensive Sets”

• All of these plays work great if you have great players


• You can use these plays to play to your strengths
• 4th in the country in offense this year
• Scored 84 points against UNC in NCAA tournament
• Very aggressive on offense
◦ 1st way to score is transition
◦ 2nd way to score is secondary break
◦ 3rd way to score is half-court entry
◦ 4th way to score is late clock plays
◦ 5th way to score is at the foul line
• If there are 3 or more defenders back, fan out and get to spots
• 2 and 3 are interc hangeable, the wings
• 4 and 5 are interchangeable
◦ First one down the floor runs to the rim
◦ Second one down trails
• Force movement
◦ try to get the defense to change sides of the floor twice before attacking

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 22


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets


• Shuffle – play is initiated with a dribble handoff

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 23


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets


• Toss – play is initiated off 1 passing to 4

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 24


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets


• Stacks – if a team denies, invert the stacks and have 4 and 5 curl screen

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 25


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 26


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 27


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 28


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 29


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 30


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 31


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets


• Zone Offense
◦ identifies weakest defender and tries to attack him in the zone
◦ sends 4 to 5 guys to the boards against zone to take advantage of open lanes
◦ offensive rebounding forces teams out of the zone

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 32


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Jim Ferry - LIU Offensive Sets

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 33


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

• Focus on the things you can control


• You can control offensive rebounding
• Must hold guys accountable for getting to the glass
• Shot 47% from the field, but they got back 46% of their misses back
• Make them do something they don't want to do or haven't done before
• Sends 4 guys to the glass
• Uses football terminology to make guys think they are tough
• Refers to rebounding as tailbacking
• If the 1 does not shoot the ball, he is the fullback. He gets fully back.
• If the 1 shoots, then the 2 is the fullback.
• Shooter is the halfback, he gets to the foul line area.
• The other 3 guys are tailbacks. They attack the offensive glass like animals. If they don't get
the rebound, they must get their tails back on defense.
• Manager charts rebounding responsibilities every possession in practice.
• If you miss an assignment, it is -1. You run for each one at the end.
• If someone is really struggling with their responsibility, you can make it -2 if they miss it.
• We cannot control the ball going in, but we can control getting to our spots to offensive
rebound.

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 34


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker
Williams College
“Offensive Concepts”
• Players are allowed to play freely within his structure
• Need to have a philosophy/conviction that you believe in
• Complicated or sophisticated? - It depends on how you look at it
• The glass is always half-full with my guys
• Hybrid between Beilein's 2 Guard Offense and Princeton Offense
• Foundation
◦ Spacing
◦ Skill
◦ Intelligence
• Make more free throws than the opponent attempts
• Shoot a lot of layups and free throws in practice
• Believe in dominant hand layups
• Believe in dominant foot as hot foot, weak foot as pivot foot
• At Duke practices, players talk more than coaches
• Structure practices according to facilities and academic demands
• Todd Lickliter - “Juniors and seniors cheat to win. Freshmen and sophomores cheat to get by.”
• Doesn't tolerate poor communication.
◦ Any consequence is a short run
◦ Could be run 2 sidelines, only a 17 if he is really pissed
• Drills teach players how to play
◦ Not married to a system
◦ Allows players to play
◦ Prepares them to play against any kind of defense (denial, sag)
• Spends most of his practice time on offense

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 35


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

• McKillop on defense
◦ Protect the President
▪ Basket is the president
▪ Defenders are the Secret Service
▪ Ball is the bomb
▪ The lane is the White House
• Guarding ball screens
◦ Hard hedge
◦ Bump
◦ High hedge
• One More – most important drill that they do
◦ Helps eliminate turnovers
◦ Gets higher percentage shots because of better passes

• Doughnut – forward pivot


• Waffle – reverse pivot
• Layups
◦ Land on 2
◦ Swoop the ball, use longer limbs
◦ Body on
◦ Ball away
• Start different ways
◦ Inside out, crossover
◦ Waffle/doughnut
◦ Shot fake

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 36


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts


• Alleys and Slots – shoot with dominant hand, it's like a reverse Mikan if you are on your weak
side

• Italian Drill – encourages 1 handed passes, feels they are less likely to be deflected

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 37


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 38


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts


• Slips
◦ The players choose what to do based on how the defense plays them
◦ They do not do things off calls from the bench
◦ Takes away low shoulder step to 10:00 cut to 2:00
◦ Takes away the high shoulder, step to 2:00 cut to 10:00

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 39


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 40


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 41


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts


• Cut and Fill
◦ Post feed
▪ P shoots or passes
▪ Perimeter shoots on kick out from post

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 42


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 43


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 44


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts


• 2 Man Game – wing should be a step off the alley, don't drift

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 45


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 46


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Mike Maker - Offensive Concepts


• Fill – If 4 is denied, he should go back door and pop back to corner. 1 keeps dribble alive and
goes to wing to take 4's place.

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 47


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 48


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 49


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Bob Hurley
St. Anthony's
“Offensive Player Development”

• April to November is for individual players to get better


• Holds exit interviews at the end of season and gives them an individual workout plan to help
them get better
• 3-on-3 makes you become a better basketball player
• Younger players get an education from playing older players
• Tapes free-throw line down on baseline
◦ feels it helps players to get the ball up over the rim
◦ 2 people shoot free-throws at the same time at the same baskets
• Steve Nash 20 Minute Shooting
1. Dribble from corner to edge of lane, raise up, shoot, get own rebound, dribble out other side
and repeat (do this for about a minute and a half)
2. Drive from wing to above block, shoot bank shot (do this for about a minute and a half)
3. Drive from slot to elbow for jumper (do this for about a minute and a half)
4. Floaters, keep guide hand on the ball (do this for about a minute and a half)
5. Back down with dribble, shoot off left shoulder (do this for about a minute and a half)
6. Same as 5, but off right shoulder (do this for about a minute and a half)
7. Hook shot coming across the middle (do this for about a minute and a half)
8. Self pass, shot fake on imaginary defender closing out, dribble by, shoot pull up (do this for
about a minute and a half)
9. Spin off defender into jump shots, end of quarter, dribble down weak hand, spin middle
bring ball away from defense for jumper (do this for about a minute and a half)
10. Pull back dribble, push back with opposite foot of dribble hand (do this for about a minute
and a half)
11. Sideline Pick and Roll (do this for about a minute and a half)
◦ Hard down sideline
◦ Pull back
◦ Square up to screen
◦ 2 dribbles, jump shot
12. Dribble down for 3 (do this for about a minute and a half)
13. Range shooting 3 – 6 feet behind your normal range (do this for about a minute and a half)
• Every player learns this at St. Anthony's
• Start all workouts with Nash Shooting
• 2 Ball Dribbling – keep head up, maintain vision
◦ pound
◦ machine gun
◦ forwards, backwards, sideways
◦ do foot fires
◦ bounding – jump, catch ball over head
◦ juggle

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 50


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 51


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 52


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 53


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 54


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 55


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 56


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 57


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

• Hockey – 3-on-3 game


◦ Whoever gets the rebound, steal, or outlet pass must dribble over half-court
◦ Everybody has to cross half-court before the offense can score
◦ Can expand to 4-on-4
• Pick and Roll Defense
◦ Hard hedge when run to right
◦ Double team when run to left

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 58


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Steve Pikiell
Stony Brook University
“From Last to First and How to Score”
• Cores
◦ Offense – spacing, ball reversal, post touch, shot selection
◦ Defense – no middle, no layup, good defense
◦ Taking ball out of bounds – we are scoring on out of bounds plays
◦ Transitions – get easy baskets
• Keep things simple
• Teach 1 thing and apply it to multiple things
• Transition
◦ Pass ahead
◦ Reverse on skip passes
• Keep terminology simple
◦ 1 word should give an automatic response
▪ Again = re-screen
▪ Opposite = run it on the opposite side
• Run Flex down (traditional Flex) and Flex up (set up screens/back screens)
• Save an out of bounds series for the end of the year
• Save an offensive series for the end of the year
• Empower your assistants
• Zone offense: Knockout
◦ guys have to hunt shots
◦ catch the ball and peek at the rim
◦ everyone has to read the knockout guy

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 59


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 60


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 61


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 62


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 63


5 Star Coaching Clinic 5/7/11
Iona College New Rochelle, NY

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 64


Jim Ponchak 8/21/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Agnes Berenato
“My Favorite Drills”
Nike Coaching Clinic
Verona, NY
May 14, 2010

1
Jim Ponchak 8/21/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

2
Jim Ponchak 8/21/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

3
Jim Ponchak 8/21/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

4
Jim Ponchak 8/21/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

5
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Alan Stein
DeMatha High School
“Off-Season Strength and Conditioning”
Nike Coaching Clinic
Verona, NY
May 14, 2010

• Championship programs are built in the off-season


• Strength is the most important emphasis in the off-season
• Strength training reduces risk of injury, increases recovery, and improves performance –
toughness, competitiveness, communication
• Rules for Strength Training
1. 3 planes of motion
• bench press
• incline press
• dips
2. Work body from the floor up
3. Work front and back of body
4. Everything you do must be safe and time efficient – maximum results in minimum amount
of time
5. Be progressive – weight and/or reps should increase
• Start every workout doing a few things without shoes on to improve ankles and feet
• Ankles and feet initiate every movement on the court
• Barefoot Exercises
1. Balance on 1 foot – start with eyes open and then close them
2. Balance on 1 foot, touch floor with 2 hands, return to top
3. Hold lunge position for 15 seconds
4. 10 squats normal feet, 10 squats double wide, and 10 squats with feet together

1
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

• Dynamic Warm-Up
1. Skip from half-court to baseline forwards there and backwards back
• touch ball belly button to back of neck
• sway side to side up high
• chin it and twist
2. Same series, but slide
3. Ball on floor – step slide as you tickle the ball back and forth
4. Side to side jumps – coach points direction; works ankles, hips, knees, and shoulders
5. Back to back jumps
6. Alternating legs
7. Heels to heels and toes to toes
8. Balance on 1 foot (stays flat), reach ball out as far as you can, other foot does not touch the
ground
• reach forward, right, and left
9. Hamstring Rocker
• staggered stance
• squat down and touch ground with all 10 fingers – right, in front, and then left
• stand up as high as you can without fingers leaving the floor
10. Spider-Man Pushups
• pushup position
• bring one foot forward to the shoulder
• rotate the opposite hand up
• Tennis Ball Drills
• Do 5 or 6 reps
• Organized chaos
• Athletic stance
◦ on power pads
◦ chest over knees, over feet
◦ plant perpendicular to the direction you are going to go
1. Throw ball in front of player from behind
2. Same as 1, but drop a second ball on the sideline for the player to sprint and get
3. Coach rolls ball, player sprints to it and runs 3 circles around the ball, plants, picks the ball

2
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

up, and sprints back


4. Sprint
• 3 ball
• Coach rolls out the 1st ball, player sprints to get it, and runs back
• Repeat 2 more times increasing the distance each time
5. 2 Ball Dance
• Coach has 2 balls
• Coach throws 1 out
• Player catches it and tosses it back to the coach
• Coach throws the next ball out and the process repeats
6. Ball Drop
• 2 players face each other
• 1 player has 2 balls
• The other player has his hands on top of his
• Player drops the ball
• The other player tries to catch it before it hits the ground
• Possible adjustments
◦ Player dropping the ball raises or lowers his hands
◦ Player trying to catch the ball starts with his hands behind his back
• 2 Types of Mental Toughness
1. Physically uncomfortable environment
2. Down 1, fouled with 1.2 seconds left, can you hit the foul shots?
• Races and Chases
1. Sprint to elbow, back pedal to baseline, defensive slide to corner, sprint to opposite foul line
2. Guy on baseline facing court, on go turns and back pedals; guy on hash above block is
facing baseline, sprints to baseline and then sprints to opposite baseline
3. Sprint to half-court, sprint around circle without going in, and then sprints to the baseline;
guy above hash mark goes when he wants, baseline guy tries to tag him
4. Play tag in a box, tag as many teammates as possible in 15 seconds, players are out if they
step out of the box, can make the person who is it dribble
5. Flip a playing card in the air, player tries to catch the card, drops it to the ground on a
successful catch, this process is repeated for a total of 10 cards, then the player moves as
quickly as possible to touch all 10 cards on the ground

3
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

4
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

5
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

6
5 MAN SPREAD AND POST DRILLS
by Bill Self

2-1-2 Sets
1. Best driver in the middle
2. Forwards want to be FT line extended (no lower)
3. Guards are at 10’ line on volleyball court
4. The more teams pressure, the more you extend
5. Want 3 near outlets and a throw over man
6. Trying to avoid throwing a pass parallel to midcourt

Action
1. When the ball goes to the middle, look back door on ballside and players on the
opposite side will interchange
2. If no backdoor is open, guards both make basket cuts and forwards fill guard spots.
You have now interchanged.
3. If the ball goes back to the guard position, you now look:
a. Backdoor for middle man
b. Backdoor for ballside forward
c. To Reverse the ball
4. Anytime the option is to shallow cut, you must interchange on the opposite side
5. If ball hits the wing, you can:
a. Drive to the basket
b. Look for a seal by the middle man
c. Interchange on the opposite side
6. If he can’t do any of those options, then guard will make a basket cut and the wing
dribbles back out (and you are reset)
7. On middle penetration, middleman rolls opposite and weak side players interchange.
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Billy Donovan
“Utilizing the 3 Point Line”
Nike Coaching Clinic
Verona, NY
May 15, 2010

• Four Ways to Get Open 3 Point Shots


1. Transition – push the ball to get early 3's
2. Dribble Penetration – drive and kick
3. Inside Outside Action – post kicks the ball back out to open shooter when doubled
4. Offensive Rebounds – defense crashes boards, shooters are left open at 3 point line

1
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

2
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

3
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

4
CONDUCTING A PRESSURE PRACTICE
by Bo Ryan
1. Partner Passing
a. After you pass you must:
i. Make at least a 2-step cut
ii. Change direction, passer ball fake
iii. Show lead hand
iv. Catch in triple threat
v. Maintain 12-15’ spacing
b. Four passes
i. Chest
ii. Overhead
iii. Bounce
iv. Roll
c. Four repetitions
i. Pass
ii. Shot fake to pass
iii. Shot fake, 1 dribble to pass
iv. Shot fake, 1 dribble, pivot to pass

2. 4 Corners
a. Working on
i. Protecting the ball
ii. Paying attention
iii. Handle direction
iv. Good delivery
v. Good hand target
vi. Communication
b. Swith directions on “change”
c.
3. Full Court Passing
a. Four passes
i. Baseball
ii. Chest
iii. Bounce
iv. Overhead to score
b. Don’t leave until the ball is caught at the spot before you
c. Last passer rebounds and outlets to sideline

4. 3 Line and 3 Weave


a. 45 degree angles
b. Catch, jump stop, look up the floor
c. 5 passes, 4 passes, 3 passes

5. Dribbling Attack: Up 2, Back 1


a. Attack with 2 dribbles, retreat 1, change direction
b. 4 moves:
i. crossover
ii. between the legs
iii. behind the back
iv. spin

6. Full Court 2 vs. 3 and 3 vs. 4


a. Defense is free to do what they want
b. Offense is trying to get across the opposite endline

7. Partner Shooting
a. Working on
i. Footwork
ii. Balance
iii. Triple Threat
iv. Shots from the inside out
b. Shots to work on
i. Jump shot
ii. Shot fake/shot
iii. Shot fake/drag dribble/shot
iv. Mix-it-up
v. All 3’s
Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/28/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Bob Hurley
St. Anthony's
“Offensive Player Development”

• April to November is for individual players to get better


• Holds exit interviews at the end of season and gives them an individual workout plan to help
them get better
• 3-on-3 makes you become a better basketball player
• Younger players get an education from playing older players
• Tapes free-throw line down on baseline
◦ feels it helps players to get the ball up over the rim
◦ 2 people shoot free-throws at the same time at the same baskets
• Steve Nash 20 Minute Shooting
1. Dribble from corner to edge of lane, raise up, shoot, get own rebound, dribble out other side
and repeat (do this for about a minute and a half)
2. Drive from wing to above block, shoot bank shot (do this for about a minute and a half)
3. Drive from slot to elbow for jumper (do this for about a minute and a half)
4. Floaters, keep guide hand on the ball (do this for about a minute and a half)
5. Back down with dribble, shoot off left shoulder (do this for about a minute and a half)
6. Same as 5, but off right shoulder (do this for about a minute and a half)
7. Hook shot coming across the middle (do this for about a minute and a half)
8. Self pass, shot fake on imaginary defender closing out, dribble by, shoot pull up (do this for
about a minute and a half)
9. Spin off defender into jump shots, end of quarter, dribble down weak hand, spin middle
bring ball away from defense for jumper (do this for about a minute and a half)
10. Pull back dribble, push back with opposite foot of dribble hand (do this for about a minute
and a half)
11. Sideline Pick and Roll (do this for about a minute and a half)
◦ Hard down sideline
◦ Pull back
◦ Square up to screen
◦ 2 dribbles, jump shot
12. Dribble down for 3 (do this for about a minute and a half)
13. Range shooting 3 – 6 feet behind your normal range (do this for about a minute and a half)
• Every player learns this at St. Anthony's
• Start all workouts with Nash Shooting

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 1


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/28/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

• 2 Ball Dribbling – keep head up, maintain vision


◦ pound
◦ machine gun
◦ forwards, backwards, sideways
◦ do foot fires
◦ bounding – jump, catch ball over head
◦ juggle

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 2


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/28/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 3


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/28/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 4


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/28/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 5


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/28/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 6


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/28/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 7


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/28/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 8


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/28/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

• Hockey – 3-on-3 game


◦ Whoever gets the rebound, steal, or outlet pass must dribble over half-court
◦ Everybody has to cross half-court before the offense can score
◦ Can expand to 4-on-4
• Pick and Roll Defense
◦ Hard hedge when run to right
◦ Double team when run to left

Notes by Jim Ponchak, coachponchak@gmail.com, www.twitter.com/coachponchak 9


Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Bob McKillop
“Davidson's Offensive Philosophy”
Nike Coaching Clinic
Verona, NY
May 15, 2010

• Fundamental keys
1. See
• Is the defense closing out?
• Is a cutter open?
2. Talk
• Defense is a traffic cop, helps teammate
3. Have an Act
• Faking
• Pivoting
4. Down and Balanced
• Low man wins
• Power is better
5. Details
• Little things are the difference between winning and losing
6. Flesh to Flesh Contact
• Have to be willing to hit flesh
• Screening
• Boxing out
• Taking charges
• Bumping cutters
7. Finish Everything
• The last part of the play has to be the strongest

1
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

• Daily Objectives
1. Get Better
• Penny jar – gave players pennies for working hard to get better, visual reminder that
they were getting better
2. Have Fun
• Play with teammates
• Beat someone in a drill
• Cheer for your teammates
3. Make Every Play Count
• There is a low margin for error
4. Play to Win
• Can't play not to lose
• Must play to win
• Can't fear making a mistake and/or getting taken out of a game
• Rules of Offense
1. Fight for Space
• Get ahead of the ball
• Get ahead of the defense
• Pivot and get space to shoot, pass, or dribble
2. Catch & See
• Don't put the ball on the floor right away
3. Help Somebody
• Sacrifice to help your teammate score – set a screen, run the floor
4. Finish Your Cut
• Run through your cut: corner, wing, top of key, low post
5. Dribble With a Purpose
• Get a score
• Center the ball
• Make an entry pass

2
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

• Offensive success based on rhythm and flow


• You can get offensive boards off of high percentage shots in transition
• Run with discipline, the defense is at a disadvantage if they're back peddling
• When you set a screen, attack the crack of his ass
• Point the crack of your ass in the direction you want your player to go
• Establish a system that you believe in, that fits you, and fits your players
• There needs to be consistency
• Coaching is not plays, it is playing
• Teach playing, not plays
• Teach decision making
• Teach unselfishness
• Seek contact first, then shoot
• Drills need to be structured to your offensive philosophy
• Don't teach a lot of drills, have a lot of drills that you make subtle changes to
• Get your hands up for the ball one pass away, “ask with 10”
• Make the first pass easy
• When you help somebody, you help yourself
• Don't throw the ball in the post if you can't see the #s on his jersey
• 360 pivot move, 3 steps to make a circle
• “Imagination is greater than knowledge.” - Albert Einstein
• Balance discipline with love
• Balance freedom with responsibility

3
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

4
Jim Ponchak 7/17/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Bob Huggins
“Our Defensive Philosophy”
Nike Coaching Clinic
Verona, NY
May 15 2010

• Puts a “help” line on the floor from rim to rim


• Divides the floor into 2 boxes
• Make the box shorter
• Lane extended is the chute; keep the ball out of the chute
• Take away direct passes
• Bounce passes and lab passes don't hurt you, direct passes do
• Off the ball defender should be in a direct line between the ball and his man; they can't throw
any pass through you
• The defense should be closer to the ball than the man you are covering
• Read shoulders, the shoulder points towards the target
• Big believer in help, you must beat more than one of us

1
Jim Ponchak 7/23/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Bob Knight
“Knight School: Defending Today's Offenses”
Nike Coaching Clinic
Verona, NY
May 15 2010

• If you get to 1 and 1 first, 2 shot bonus first, and shoot more foul shots than the other team, then
you have the advantage.
• Officiate practice and have a penalty for fouls; conditions the team to get you an advantage at
the line
• Get back before they do, don't give up layups, don't foul them, force them to set something up
• Rebounding should be worked on fundamentally every night
• Always play full-court so they have offensive and defensive conversion
• Give them 4 or 5 things to think about in a timeout situation, then give them a card and have
them write down the 4 things – do this 2 or 3 times a practice
• How do you become better?
1. See – don't look
2. Listen – don't hear
3. Be observant
• Defense starts with conversion and ends with the blockout
• Rebounding well on defense takes away easy shots and rebounding well on offense gets easy
shots
• Blockout technique
1. Elbows up to increase blockout surface
2. Crossover step, contact with arm and get butt into him
• Post Defense
1. Play behind post to take away angles
2. If there's a bad shooter on the perimeter, the defender can sink and play in front of the post

1
Jim Ponchak 7/23/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

• Ball Side Defense


1. Squared up stance
2. Force ball to corner
3. Off the ball – don't get caught above your man on the perimeter, be in position to take away
the back door cut
• Help Side Defense – try to be in position to help on drive
• Offense
1. Shot fake is the most underutilized tool
2. Shot fake on the kick out
3. Best way to drive is to attack the extended foot
• How far do you extend your defense? - It depends on the relative quickness of their offense bs
your defense.
• “If you foul him, I'm going to hit you in the balls!”
• The most important thing on defense is to stop the ball.
• You must know where the ball is in order to play defense.
• Closeout short and low
• When the ball is above the foul line extended, help defense is one step on help side of the help
line.
• When the ball is below the foul line extended, help defense is on step on the ball side of the
help line.

2
Jim Ponchak 7/23/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

3
Jim Ponchak 7/23/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

• Switch screens to take away the offensive advantage


• Defending Post Screens
1. Go under screen
2. If he goes off screen low, no switch
3. If he goes off screen high, switch
• Switch down screens
• Defending the Flex
1. Switch on down screens every time
2. Guards stay on top
3. Forwards stay on the block
• 5 on Offense and 4 on Defense
1. Switch and help to cover the open man
2. Talk to let teammates know who you have
3. Coach calls a color for team on offense
4. 1 player on the other team must drop off
5. Offense goes full-court 5 on 4
6. Everyone moves until color is called
• 5 on 5
1. Coach calls change
2. On change, player puts the ball down
3. Offense and defense switch
4. Defense can't cover the man they were just defending
5. Forces players to think and communicate

4
Jim Ponchak 7/23/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

• Try to make players think more


• Try to make it more difficult for the other team to score by diving the floor into ball side and
help side
• Utilize switches
• No unstructured shooting
• Must shoot with a partner who rebounds and passes
• Shooting drills should be quick and work players hard to get them used to shooting through
fatigue

5
Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 1

Bob Schlosser:
Comprehensive Guide to the
Flex Offense

Table of Contents

1. Continuity 2

2. Counters 4

3. Drills 9

4. Entries 18

5. Transition 29

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 2

Continuity

Table of Contents

Flex Continuity 3

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 3

Continuity
Flex Continuity

3 2 3
5 2
1

5
4 1 4

- 2 reads defender and goes high or low off of the flex - Players need to catch in triple threat, use ball fakes and
screen shot fakes
- 1 fades to the corner; does not down screen because it - Cutters need to have hands up and ready
gives better spacing within offense - Screeners need to step out on their screens
- Need to be quick but dont hurry

4 2 1 4 1
3 3

5 2 5

- Flex screener pops up to get ball reversal - Continuity continues

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 4

Counters

Table of Contents

Backdoor 5

Duck In 6

Go 7

Pass Off Elbow 8

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 5

Counters
Backdoor

3 5 2 3 2 5
x5
1

4 1 4

- Eliminating the down screen in the flex offense gives


more room to run a backdoor counter against teams who
like to deny the ball reversal

3 2 5 3 2 5
1

4 4 1

- If 5 does not get the pass, he clears to the corner and 1 - Into regular flex continuity
cuts to the top for a ball reversal

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 6

Counters
Duck In

3 5 2

4 1

- If teams start to switch the flex screen, the flex screener


can run a duck in after setting the flex screen

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 7

Counters
Go

3 5 2

4 1

- If the flex defender starts to cheat into the lane, 2 can


call a GO counter which will send 5 across the lane and
will pop 2 to the top

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 8

Counters
Pass Off Elbow

3 5 3 2 1
2

5
4 4
1

- Anytime a player passes off of the elbow down to the


corner, the top players will double stagger away for the
corner man
- 3 can look to enter the ball to the post from the corner or
hit the player coming off of the staggered screen

4
3 2 3 2

4
5

1 1 5

- 4 clears to the corner and 5 pops for ball reversal - Back into regular flex continuity
- 1 can also look for the high low feed on the post seal

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 9

Drills

Table of Contents

Pivoting Drill 10

Backdoor 11

Pull Thru 12

5-on-2 13

5-on-3 14

Cutter 3 x 3 15

5-on-0 Drive and Kick 16

Scramble to Flex 17

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 10

Drills
Pivoting Drill
232 5 32 1 232 5 32

5 3 3

5
1 4 4

- Players set dummy flex screens and then pop to the top - Run the same actions from the other side focusing on
focusing on catching with an inside pivot and getting into insidge pivots and triple threat
triple threat - New player steps in on the left side
- After the guard to guard pass, the passer fades to the
corner and then gets in back of the line

1 23 5 32 4

5 3

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 11

Drills
Backdoor
2 345

1 2
C x2

x1
C 1

- Coach denies the elbow pass - Can progress to 2 on 2


- Cutter back cuts on denial
- Cutter can use a fist hand signal for the passer

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 12

Drills
Pull Thru
5432 5432

1 C
C
C
C 1 C

- Catch the ball on an inside pivot and get into triple threat - Rip the ball thru and finish a left handed lay-up
position - Next player steps in
- Work both sides of the floor

Option: Have another coach/manager with a blocking pad


under the rim to bump the person finishing
- Players should come off of 2 feet

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 13

Drills
5-on-2

3 x3 x55 2 3 x3 2 x5 5
1

4 1 4

- Defense can guard any 2 offensive players - Work on back cuts and the rotations after back cuts
- Defense tries to deny offensive players making them
learn to work on back cuts. They do not have to worry
about playing help defense
- Need 5 passes before taking a shot

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 14

Drills
5-on-3

3 2 2
x5 5 x5 5
x3 x2 x2

4 1

x3
4 1
3

- Drill starts with a Pass Off the Elbow - Run the drill till you get a flex score from a non defender
- Run the drill till you get a flex score from a non defender offensive player
offensive player

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 15

Drills
Cutter 3 x 3

5 x5 x4 4 x2 2

- Offense tries to get a score on the flex cut


- Defense cannot switch initially
- Then allow the defense to switch forcing the offense to
make the read and counter

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 16

Drills
5-on-0 Drive and Kick

3 5 2

4 1

- Run flex offense for 5 passes


- After 5th pass run a drive and kick action on the weak
side
- All five players must get a drive and kick shot so they
need to communicate with each other to get each player
in a position to have a drive and kick shot

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 17

Drills
Scramble to Flex

2 3
5

2 3
1 4
C 5 1 4

- Players run in a circle until the coach puts the ball down - Run flex continuity
on the ground
- The closest player sprints to get the ball and everyone
scrambles to balance out the flex positions

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 18

Entries

Table of Contents

1-4 19

Invert 20

Ball Screen 21

2 Out 3 In 22

Box to Box 23

Skip Pass 24

Special 25

Double Stack 26

BLOB 27

SLOB 28

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 19

Entries
1-4

3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2

1 1

- PG choses a side which will force the opposite box up to - Pass Off Elbow
the elbow
- Can work on Pass Off Elbow, direct post entry, or basic
Flex continuity

3 4 5 2

- Direct post entry

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 20

Entries
Invert

5 3 2 5

- Posts start in the corners and wings start on the block

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 21

Entries
Ball Screen

3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2

1 1

- Pitch back option for 3 coming off of the down screen -Drive and kick option
from 4

3 4 5 2 4 2
1

1 3 5

- Into regular flex offense

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 22

Entries
2 Out 3 In

3 5 2 3 2 5

1 4 1 4

- Start in a 2 out 3 in set - 3 bottom players run continous flex action


- Flex screener always steps out to the corner after
setting the flex screen

2 3 5 2 5 3

1 4 1 4

- On a pass off the elbow, run a post to post screen - Run a shallow cut with a dribble if you cannot make a
guard to guard pass

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 23

Entries
Box to Box

3 4 5 2 3 5 2

1 4
1

- 1 can look to 5 in the post after setting the back screen, - 4 can also look for the high low feed to 5
pass off elbow to the corner or ball reversal to 4
- Run regular flex options

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 24

Entries
Skip Pass

3 5 2 3 2
5

1 4 1 4

- 2 runs a flex cut - 5 steps out to the corner and receives a skip pass from
1
- 2 sets a flex screen for 3

2 3 5

1 4

- 1 and 4 set a double staggered screen for 2

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 25

Entries
Special

3 4 5 2

- Run flex offense with just GO moves for the entire


possession instead of the regular flex cut
- This will allow you to keep a post on the blocks because
he will constantly be making a GO move across the lane

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 26

Entries
Double Stack

4
2 3 5 2
4 5

3
1

- 2 comes off a double screen for a jumper - Into flex offense


- 3 flashes to top
- 4 clears to corner

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 27

Entries
BLOB
1 1

2 3
4 2 4
5 5
3

- 3 curls tight around stack - 4 pops to get a reversal and 5 dives


- 2 comes off of a double screen from 4 and 5 to receive - 3 screens for 1
the ball in the corner - 3 clears to the corner

5 3
2

4 1

- Back into flex continuity

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 28

Entries
SLOB

2
3 1 5 4

2 4 1
3

- 5 and 2 down screen - Into flex offense


- Ball comes to 2 and then reversed to 3

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 29

Transition

Table of Contents

Right Entry 30

Left Entry 32

Dribble Thru 34

4 Trailer 35

Transition Drill 36

Transition Counter 1 37

Transition Counter 2 38

Transition Counter 3 39

Transition Counter 4 40

Blue Set 41

Red Set 42

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 30

Transition
Right Entry

3 5 2 3 5 2

1 4

4 1

- Run a numbered break - 4 reverses ball to 1


- 5 to the rim the ball side block - 2 comes off of baseline screens
- 2 right corner - 5 ducks in
- 3 left corner
- 4 trailer
- 1 pitches ball ahead to 2 and then exchanges with 4
- 4 receives ball from 2
- 3 comes in tight on block

2 3 5 2 4 5

1 4 1

- 3 diagonal screens for 4 - 1 screens for 3 to get ball reversal

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 31

Transition
Right Entry

2 4 5

- Into flex continuity

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 32

Transition
Left Entry

3 2 3
5 5 2

4
1
1 4

- Run the same options from the left side - 3 comes off of double screen
- 5 ducks in

3 5 3
5 2 4

4
1 1

- 2 diagonal screens - 1 screens for 2

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 33

Transition
Left Entry

5 3
4

1
2

- Into flex offense

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 34

Transition
Dribble Thru

3 5 2 2 3 5

1
4
4 1

- 1 can also dribble thru forcing 4 to shallow cut - Can run the same transition options

2 5
4

- Into flex offense

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 35

Transition
4 Trailer

3 5 2 2 3 5

4 1

4 1

- You can also hit the 4 man trailing - You can then run the same actions you run with a right
and left side entry

2 3 5

1 4

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 36

Transition
Transition Drill

2 1
3 5
4

- Players run in a circle


- Coach makes a shot
- 4 takes the ball out of bounds
- 2 gets wide right
- 3 gets wide left
- 5 sprints to rim
- 1 gets outlet and pitches ahead
- 4 trails
- Run flex offense

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 37

Transition
Transition Counter 1

3 5 2 3 5 2

1 4
4
1

- Regular right side entry - If 2's defender starts to cheat under the screen, he can
flash high for a jump shot

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 38

Transition
Transition Counter 2

3 5 2 3 5 2

1 4
4
1

- Regular right side entry - If 2's defender chases, he can curl cut around 3

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 39

Transition
Transition Counter 3

3 5 2 3 5 2

1 4
4
1

- Regular right side entry - If 2 wants to post up his defender he can bump out 3 to
the corner

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 40

Transition
Transition Counter 4

3 5 2 3 5 2

1 4
4
1

- Regular right side entry - 2 comes off of baseline screens from 3 and 5

2 3 5

1 4

- 4 can bump 3 back to the block and then come off of a


screen from 1

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 41

Transition
Blue Set

3 5 2 3 5 2

1 4

4 1

- Run normal right side entry - 2 comes under screen from 5


- Ball is reversed to 1

2
3 5

- 2 comes off a double staggered screen for a 3

All Contents Proprietary


Bob Schlosser: Comprehensive Guide to the Flex Offense - pg. 42

Transition
Red Set

3 5 2 3 5 2

1 4

4 1

- Run normal right side entry - 2 comes off of baseline screens

2 3 5

1 4

- Ball comes back to 4 who looks to make a post entry to


5

All Contents Proprietary


Jim Ponchak 7/16/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Chuck McBreen
Ramapo College
Coach J's Playbook - pg. 1

11
Quick Hitters - Zone
11 11

2 2

5 4 5
4

1 3
3
1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

O5 cross screens for O4 and then ducks in hard. O4 passes out to O3.

O1 cross screens for O3.. O2 steps in and receives a screen from O4. O4 can
slip the screen.
O2 looks to hit O4 or O3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 2

4 to 3
Press Offense
4 to 3 4 to 3

1 1

2 3
4 5
4

2 3

Press Offense Press Offense

OPTION 1 O2 and O3 fake in and touch hands OPTION 2: O1 passes to O2. O1 then sprints to
setting up the defense. O2 comes off of O4's screen the elbow and cuts hard to the sideline to receive a
on ball side. O3 comes off of O5's screen opposite pass back from O2. O2, O3, and O4 fill lanes.
the ball. O4 shapes up to the ball. O5 screens and
sprints the floor. O1 gets the ball in to whoever is
open and gets it right back. O2, O3, and O4 fill
lanes.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 3

4 to 3
Press Offense
4 to 3

2 3

Press Offense

OPTION 3: O1 passes in to O2. If option 2 is not


open, then O2 reverses the ball to O3. O1 then
cuts to the middle of the floor and receives a pass
from O3. O2 and O3 then fill lanes.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 4

Black
Quick Hitters - Man
Black Black

2 2
5 5

3 4 4 3

1
1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

O1takes a dribble and then passes to O3 as he O1 sets up his man and then receives a screen
cuts across the floor. from O4 for the lob.

Black Black

2 1 2
5 5
1
3
3 4
4

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

O1 clears to the corner. O4 loops in behind O3 for the shot.


O4 ball screens from O3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 5

Box
SLOB
Box

1 2

4 5

SLOB

1 sets pick for 2 then goes through double


2 goes to corner
3 finds open man for last second shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 6

BYU
Quick Hitters - Zone
BYU BYU

3 5 3 5
4 x3 x5 4 x4

x2 x1
1
1 2 2

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

1) O2 passes to O1 who dribbles to drag the zone. 2) O1 passes back to O2. On the pass O3 sprints
O3 posts off of block as a decoy. to ball side corner.
3) O4 screens the middle man of the zone.

BYU

3
5
x3 x5 4 x4

x2 x1
1
2

Quick Hitters - Zone

4) O2 passes to O5 if x4 takes O3 in the corner. If


x4 stays in and helps O2 passes to O3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 7

Celtic
Quick Hitters - Man
Celtic Celtic

5 4

3 4 3
5
1

2 1 2

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

-O1 dribbles to the wing. -O1 comes off of O5 ball screen.


-O4 backcuts to the block. -O4 comes up and sets a back screen for O5.
-O5 sprints to set a ball screen for O1. -O2 and O3 space the floor.

Celtic

3
5

2 1 4

Quick Hitters - Man

-O1 can pass to O5 or dribble at O2 and get into


the low post triangle.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 8

Corner 1
Princeton Offense
Corner 1 Corner 1

2
5 5

4 3 4 3

2 1 1

Princeton Offense Princeton Offense

-O1 passes to O2. -O5 sets a screen for O4 to go over the top.
-O2 passes to O4 and then cuts to the corner. -O5 sets a ball screen for O2 in the corner.
-O4 passes to O2.

Corner 1

2
5 4

Princeton Offense

-O2 comes off of the ball screen as O5 rolls to the


rim.
-O1 and O3 come together to set a double screen
for O4.
-O2 can hit O5 when he rolls or hit O4 coming off
the double.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 9

Corner 2
Princeton Offense
Corner 2 Corner 2

2
5 5

3 4 3 4

2 1

Princeton Offense Princeton Offense

-Play begins just as Corner 1 does. -If O3 cannot pass to O2 and he reverses the ball
to O1 we start Corner option 2.
-O3 reverses the ball to O1 and then O1 reverses
the ball to O4.

Corner 2

2
5

3 4

Princeton Offense

-O3 and O1 then set a double stagger for O2.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 10

Denver
SLOB
Denver Denver

2
5
4
3
5 2

3
1 4 1

SLOB SLOB

-O3 screens for O4 to go to ball side corner. -O2 then back screens for O3 going up for the over
-O2 screens for O5 to go to ball side block. the top pass.
-O2 then shapes up for the ball.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 11

Double
Quick Hitters - Zone
Double Double

5 4 5 1

3 2 3 2

4
1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

1) O1 passes to O2 and then O1 and O4 3) On the pass to O4, O1 sprints off the double
exchange. screen of O5 and O3.
2) O2 takes a dribble to drag the zone. 4) If the bottom man of the zone does not fight
over O5's screen O4 will pass to O1 for the
medium range jump shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 12

Double
Quick Hitters - Zone
Double

5
3
1 2

Quick Hitters - Zone

5) As O1 comes off of the double screen O3 steps


to the middle of the lane and O5 steps toward the
rim.
6) O4 reads the middle man of the zone defense. If
the middle man stays with O5 then O4 will pass to
O3. (O3 can catch and kick out to O2) If the middle
man steps up and takes away O3 then O4 lobs the
ball up to O5.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 13

Double Post
Princeton Offense
Double Post Double Post

3 2 1 2

3
4 5 4 5

Princeton Offense Princeton Offense

-O4 and O5 set double ball screen for O1. -O1 will replace O3 in the corner.
-O1 looks to turn the corner and score or if stopped -O3 then will dribble off of the double ball screen
he will hand off to O3. for O4 and O5.
-If O3 defender jumps the handoff O3 should cut -O4 and O5 have the option to roll after any screen.
back door. -The continuity will continue.

(O2 has cut back door)

Double Post

1 2

4 5

Princeton Offense

-On a backdoor cut, the cutter will sprint to the top


off of a double screen to keep the continuity going.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 14

Elbow
Quick Hitters - Man
Elbow Elbow

2 2
3 4
1
3
5 4 5

1
Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

-O1 passes to O4 as he sprints up to the elbow. -O5 sets a ball screen for O4.
-O4 fakes a hand off to O1. -O5 rolls and O3 fills in behind.
-O1 then sets a down screen for O3. This should
happen at the same time as the ball screen action
between O4 and O5.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 15

Fist
Princeton Offense
Fist Fist

5 3 4

3 4 2 1

2 1

Princeton Offense Princeton Offense

-O5 loops to receive the ball above the three point -O5 passes to either wing. After the pass he
line. recieves an UCLA screen from the player on that
-O1 passes to O5 and then O1 and O2 cut acting ball side block.
as though they are going to the block. They then -When O5 gets to the block we get into our Low
turn and screen for the wings to curl to the rim. Post offense.
-O5 can pass to either wing cutting.
-O1 and O2 then flare to the wings.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 16

Heat
Quick Hitters - Man
Heat

3 2

5 4

Quick Hitters - Man

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 17

High-Low
Press Offense
High-Low High-Low

2 2
1

3 5 3 5

Press Offense Press Offense

1) O2 screens for O1 and then steps straight back 2) O1 dribbles hard up the sideline and O2 fills in
for the ball. O4 can pass to either and then sprint behind him to give him an outlet for ball reversal.
to the middle of the press. (Spacing is important from the 2 guards. Ideal
spacing is 13-15 feet.) O4 works to get open in the
middle. O3 moves down the floor as the ball is
dribbled at him and O5 moves toward the ball on
his sideline to get himself open for a possible skip
pass.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 18

High-Low
Press Offense
High-Low

4 5

Press Offense

Players adjust on ball reversal.

3) On pass up the sideline to forward the opposite


forward should sprint to the ball side block for a
post feed.

4) On a pass to the O4 both forwards will sprint


toward the basket for a 3 on 2 or 3 on 1 fast
break.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 19

Kansas
Press Offense
Kansas Kansas

1
1 3
2
2

4 5

4 5

Press Offense Press Offense

Players set up in the High-Low press offense. O1 O2 dribbles hard up the sideline, trying to draw the
breaks ball side and O2 breaks to the opposite side. defenders. O3 gets in behind the ball and O1
(If either or both are denied they will screen for one moves up the court on the other side of the floor.
another as they do in High-Low.) O3 passes to O2 reverses the ball to O3. O3 jams the ball up the
whoever is open. O4 and O5 space down the court middle one or two dribbles and then reverses the
using their same rules as in High-Low Press ball to O1.
Offense.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 20

Kansas
Press Offense
Kansas

1 2

4 5

Press Offense

When O1 catches the reversal pass O5 flashes


middle and O2 sprints to the rim. O1 looks to hit
O2 over the top or O5 flashing in the middle. This
same action would happen on the other side of the
floor if the ball was reversed again.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 21

Low Post Triangle


Princeton Offense
Low Post Triangle Low Post Triangle

3 4
5

4 5 3
1 1

2
2

Princeton Offense Princeton Offense

-We get into the triangle when a wing is dribbled at -O4 back screens for O5 and then O2 down
and then cuts back door and stops at the block. screens for O4. (Screen the screener action)
-The post player must move up the lane line -O2 then sprints to the opposite corner.
opposite the wing with the ball. -O3 passes to O5 on the block, O4 at the top of
-Ball side corner should fill up to the vacated spot the key, or skips the ball to O1 on the opposite
to receive the pass. wing.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 22

Over
Quick Hitters - Zone
Over Over

x3 x5 x4 x3 x5 x4
4 5 4 5
3 3
x1 x2 x1 x2

2 1 2 1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

1) O1 passes to O2. O2 passes to O4. This is just 2) O4 passes to O2. O2 passes to O1 after this
as a decoy. pass O5 loops around and screens x1 as O4
screens x3.

Over

4x3 x5 x4

3
5 x1 x2

2 1

Quick Hitters - Zone

3) O1 skips the ball to O2 for the three point shot.


O5 and O4 should slip after screening.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 23

Samford
Quick Hitters - Man
Samford Samford

1
5

4 3 4 5 3
2

2 1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

-O5 receives a pass at the elbow. -O5 dribbles at O2 and will hand off to him. This
-O1 passes to O5 then cuts right off of his hip gets into double post.
acting like he's getting a handoff. -O4 moves to screening area.
-O2 cuts hard to set up his man.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 24

Special
Quick Hitters - Zone
Special Special

5 5 1
3
2 3
4
2
4
1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

1) O1 passes to O3 and then cuts through the zone 2) O3 takes a dribble to drag the zone and then
to the block. O4 pops out to ball side lane line passes to O4.
extended. On the pass O1 is sprinting off of O5 screen to the
opposite corner. O4 then passes to O2.
3) O2 looks to O5 as he seals after his screen for
O1. O2 can take the shot or pass to O1 in the
corner.
4) O1 can feed O5 in the post. (O3 has backside
offensive rebounding coverage.)

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 25

Trainer
Quick Hitters - Man
Trainer Trainer

4 2
3 3

5 2 5 1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

-O1 dribbles to the wing. -O1 reverses the ball to O4.


-O4 sets a UCLA screen for O2 and then pops out -O2 runs off a double screen from O3 and O5.
to the top of the key. -O4 looks for O2 for the three or O5 slipping to the
basket.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 26

Turtle
Quick Hitters - Zone
Turtle Turtle

5 1 5
x3 x5
x3 x5 x4
x4

3 2 3 x2 x1 2
x2 x1
4 4

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

1) O1 passes to O3 then cuts to the ballside 2) O4 sets a ball screen on x2 and O3 drives hard
corner. and attacks x1's inside shoulder.
3) O5 cuts behind the zone defense to the block.
First Option - Kick out to O2 for three pointer.
Second Option - Pass to O5 for layup.
Third Option - O4 rolling to the basket.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 27

Tyre
Press Offense
Tyre

1
2
3

Press Offense

-O1 steps to the ball and then sprints deep between


O2 and O3 screens.
-O5 takes two hard steps deep and then comes
straight back to the ball.
-After screening O2 sprints ball side and O3 sprints
opposite side.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 28

Valpo
Press Offense
Valpo

1 3

5 2

Press Offense

O1 screens for O3 as O5 screens for O2. O4 hits


O3 who catches and immediately passes to O2 for
the three point shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 29

3 Out
November 2010 FastTrade
3 Out 3 Out

4 5 5

4
3 2 3 1 2

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

4 flashes inside the FT line elbow, 1 feeds 4 and 4 has two options - 1 cutting to the goal or 3
"X-cuts" with 3. cutting to the top of the key.

3 Out 3 Out

1 5
5
2

4 4 1
2
3 3

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

1 continues to cut to the opposite wing while 5 and 5 is open for the slip sometimes, but at this time 4
2 set staggered pin screens for 1. is isolated and can attack 1 on 1. If not, any pass
to anyone will continue the R&R attack.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 30

4 Out
November 2010 FastTrade
4 Out 4 Out

5 1
5

4 3 4 3

1 2 2

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

1 passes and cuts (1st Option). If 1 is not open, If 5 is not open, 4 passes to 2 while 1 fills out and
then 1 screens for 5 in the short corner. 5 cuts to 5 fills the mid-post.
the front of the rim (2nd option)

4 Out 4 Out

4
5
1 5 1
4

2 3 2 3

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

4 cuts after the pass to 2. 5 sets a post screen 5 ducks into the lane right off the tail of 4's cut (4th
(3rd option) option). 4 fills out ball side. If 5 is not open, R&R
continues...

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 31

5 Out
November 2010 FastTrade
5 Out 5 Out

5 3 5 3
2

4 2 4
1
x4

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

1 dribbles at 2 looking for rear cut layup If 2 is not open, 2 fills out toward 3 in the short
corner. 4 fills the empty spot and looks for a "Read
Line Rear Cut" if defender crosses the Read Line.

5 Out 5 Out

2 3 3 2

5
x4
4 5
1 1
4

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

If the defender of 4 stays inside the Read Line, 5 If nothing is open, 5 and 3 fill out and the R&R
sets a pin screen for 4 and 1 looks to skip. At the continues...
same time, 2 sets a back screen for 3for a layup or
screen and pop option.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 32

Baseline
November 2010 FastTrade
Baseline Baseline

2 2

5
4 3
Delay 1 sec, then
screen the screener 3
5 4
1 1

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

4 sets a screen for 5. 3 delays one second then 4 uses the screen for the 2nd scoring option. After
sets a screen for 4. the screen, 3 cuts to the wing and 1 releases as a
safety valve.

Baseline Baseline

5 4 5 2 4

3 3

1 1

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

If 4 is not open, 2 enters to 3 and steps under the 2 can choose the pin screen by 4 or to use the
basket. 3 passes to 1 and cuts (Layer 1). double staggered provided by 5 and 3, The R&R
continues...

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 33

Baseline (New)
November 2010 FastTrade
Baseline (New) Baseline (New)

2 2

5
4 3
Delay 1 sec, then
screen the screener 3
5 4
1 1

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

4 sets a screen for 5. 3 delays one second then 4 uses the screen for the 2nd scoring option. After
sets a screen for 4. the screen, 3 cuts to the wing and 1 releases as a
safety valve.

Baseline (New) Baseline (New)

5 4 5 2 4

3 3

1 1

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

If 4 is not open, 2 enters to 3 and steps under the 2 can choose the pin screen by 4 or to use the
basket. 3 passes to 1 and cuts (Layer 1). double staggered provided by 5 and 3, The R&R
continues...

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 34

Side Out
November 2010 FastTrade
Side Out Side Out

4
1 3
5
3
5 4

2 2
1

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

5 down screens for 1, 3 back screend for 4. Lob If neither are open, 5 flashes to corner, 3 flashes to
layup for 4 or entry pass to 1. wing. 4 fills out to opposite wing.

Side Out Side Out

5 5 2

4 4
3
2 3
1
1

R&R Quickhitters R&R Quickhitters

Regardlesss of which teammate receives the entry EXAMPLE: If 1 receives the inbounds pass, 2 can
pass, the first option is a give and go basket for 2. choose to back screen out with any teammate. The
R&R attack continues...

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 35

1 (New)
North Star Prem
1 (New) 1 (New)

x4
x4 x3
x5
x3 x5 x2
x2

x1 x1 1

Defense Defense

1. Every Player must always be in Stance! The 2 man will pick up this player and shout "Ball"
2. Watch the eyes of the passer
3. Move while ball is in the air The 4 is one step off the baseline and outside key
4. Look for deflections
5. 5 Players go to Boards Mad 5 must be between ball and basket.

1 Must make ball reversal difficult


1 must make the ball handler either dribble to one
side or pass to a player on the wing.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 36

1 (New)
North Star Prem
1 (New) 1 (New)

x4 4 x5 x4 3
x3 x3
x5
x1
x2
x2
2 x1 1 2 1

Defense Defense

On a skip pass x3 must close out high, strong and If the ball hits the corner..
balanced.
x4 is closing out on ball calling "ball"
If 2 penetrates baseline x4 must be ready to step x5 is the same as usual - alwyas between ball and
up and help. If 2 penetrates middle 1 can step up basket - in this case if 4 was to move up the lane
and double team. a bit x5 would not follow him, it would be up to x1
to move down a bit. x5 is always between ball and
Even if 2 was to split those players x5 is alwyas basket!
between ball and basket and will provide another x2 Denies pass back to wing
line of defense. x1 covering high post and x3 covering low block but
ready to explode out of a skip pass

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 37

1 (New)
North Star Prem
1 (New) 1 (New)

4 x5 x4 3 4 x4 x5 3
x3 x2
x1
5 x1 5
x3
x2

2 1 2 1

Defense Defense

On a corner to corner skip pass (very difficult pass!) Once the 4 recovers we return to our strong side
box shape where we ALWAYS have 4 players ball
Impossible for x4 to cover corner to corner so x3 side.
must provide help by closing out on 4. x3 must get
on his high side, high ball hand pressure until 4 can
recover.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 38

1 (New)
North Star Prem
1 (New) 1 (New)

3 x4 3
x5 x4 x5
x3 x3
2
x2
x1 x2 x1
5 4 1 1 5 4
2

Zone SLOBs Zone SLOBs

On ball slap 3 flashes to receive inbounds and 1 As soon as 2 cuts to the key 4 and 5 turn and
peels off going away from action 2 cuts hard looking screen x1 while 1 cuts back up top for the open 3.
for give and go and trying to drag x2 with him.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 39

10 (New)
North Star Prem
10 (New) 10 (New)

1 1
x4 x4
x3 x3
x2
3 3
2
2
x2

4 4
x1 x1

x5 5 x5 5

Defense Defense

"10" is our 1-2-1-1 full court press. This is a high Trapping


tempo, high risk high reward press, the opposite of
our "20". We want to trap when the ball is inbounded ball
side. If they get a pass into the other side then we
This press will speed the opposition up and create wont trap as there is too much ground to cover.
turnovers right under the other teams basket.
Players must sprint in and sprint out of all traps.
We line up in a 1-2-1-1 formation. With a big man
at the very front and one at ther very back with First thing x2 must do in this case is have hands
guards/wings in the three other spots. In this case high to take away direct pass and ensure 2 cannot
we will put the x4 man on the ball and the x5 man dribble past him down the sideline. x2's foot should
back. actualy be out of bounds.

x4 man must do the following: When trapping, belly up but do not reach in!! Foul
All- Contents
ReactProprietary
fast and be waiting for opponent to take it with your belly because thats never called but do
out not reach in!
- Hands high on inbounders strong side to take
away homerun pass (usually passers right hand) for x4 must sprint in with hands up to take away pass
Coach J's Playbook - pg. 40

13 (New)
North Star Prem
13 (New) 13 (New)

4 4

3 5 2 3 5 2

1 1

Zone Offense Zone Offense

A very simple offense that requires quick ball The 4 man will run the baseline trying to find gaps
movement and sharp cuts in order to shift the zone. in the zone and get "behind the zone" if he cant
catch in the low block he will clear out to the
We line up in a 1-3-1 set up with a high and low corner.
post.
5 man will shadow the ball around the edge of the
We always pass to the weakside wing first. key.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 41

13 (New)
North Star Prem
13 (New) 13 (New)

4 4

3 5 2 2 1

3
1

Zone Offense Zone Offense

The 2 man will pass to the corner and cut through The ball is then reveresd QUICKLY through the
the zone. the 2 man should ALWAYS keep his eyes guard spots as 4 runs the baseline again looking to
on teh ball as he often will not be open initally but catch behind the zone near the basket and clearing
may well be open under the basket. The passer out to the corner if this is not possible.
should also be aware of this.
5 man shadows the ball around the key.
Once the 2 man clears the key the 5 man will drop
to the low block looking for the ball. We can then repeat the pattern.

The other guards will rotate filling the 3 guard spots At any stage one of the 3 guards can cut off the
up top. ball or penetrate with the ball as long as they
complete their cuts and the other guards rotate to fill
the 3 guard spots.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 42

2 (New)
North Star Prem
2 (New) 2 (New)

x3 x5 x4
4 x3
5
x5 x4

x1
x1 x2 1 x2 3
2

Defense Defense

There are various ways in which we can play our A typical look vs the 2-3 zone will be the overload
2-3 zone and it will depend on what team we are we see here.
playing and their strengths.
In this case if the ball is skipped to 3 or reversed
It may change into a 1-1-3 zone with one guard up to 3 via 2 then it will be impossible for x1 and x2
top applying ball pressure and the other guard to cover 3 effectively.
helping in to the high post.
x4's position depends on what players are around
However if a team has good outside shooters we him. If there is no offensive player behind him he
will play them more honest. Wings x3 and x4 will can afford to cheat higher up the lane like in this
have to help out to the three point line on skip example. This allows him to be ready to sprint out
passes until they are "bumped" down. to steal a skip pass and be in a better position to
close out.

It is up to x4 to close out on the wing until x2 can


recover and "bump" him down to his natural position.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 43

2 (New)
North Star Prem
2 (New)

4
x3
5 x5
x1 x4
1 x2 3
2

Defense

x1 and x2 will move while the ball is in the air and


x2 will sprint to 3 and shout "bump" as he arrives
to let x4 know he can now drop back down towards
the baseline.

x3 and x5 will have to be aware of any basline


runners (4) and provide help until x4 can recover.

It is very important for the back line of the zone to


communicate here.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 44

20 (New)
North Star Prem
20 (New)
1 20 (New)

2
x1 3
x1 x2
x2

4
x3 x4 x3 x4

x5

5
x5

Defense Defense

20 is our 3/4 court 2-2-1 press. We allow the inbounds pass.

We use this press to either speed the other team As soon as the ball is inbounded we want to force
up or slow them down, but the main thing is it lets the ball handler towards the sideline.
us play at our tempo.
In this case the offense inbound the ball to 2 so x1
It is a safe press and the number 1 priority is not steps up and forces 2 towards the sideline.
to allow a lay-up! All 5 players must always be
below the line of the ball. x2 drops below the line of the ball and towards the
middle. At this stage his job is to not allow and
We can trap in this press along the sidelines but dribble penetration middle and discourage a pass to
Allwho often
Contents and aggressively we trap will depend on
Proprietary the middle.
the game and situation.
x3 steps towards the sideline. His role depends on
Coach J's Playbook - pg. 45

20 (New)
North Star Prem
20 (New) 20 (New)

1 1
x2
2 2
x1 x1
x2

x4 x3 x4
4
4
x3

3 3

5 5
x5 x5

Defense Defense

In this diagram you can see how x1, x2, x3 and x4 x2 is now on the ball forcing towards the other
form a box shape. sideline and x1 drops below the line of the balland
helps into the middle.
The rule of this defense that as long as the ball
does't go through the "box" we cant be hurt. X4 waits for x3 to bump him out to the sidleine and
x3 takes responsibility to stop the middle pass.
We must stop and dribble penetration or pass into
the middle of the "box". Note that the skip pass from 1 to 3 looks open
now. The long diagonal pass is one which we allow
We allow them to reverse the ball and go down the for several reasons. Firstly it is a difficult pass which
other side of the court as long as it is outside the will often go out of bounds. Secondly our x5 may
All"box".
Contents Next diagram will show the shifts for a ball
Proprietary be able to intercept and thirdly even if made it gives
reversal from 1 to 1. us plenty of time to hustle back and get beind the
line of the ball again in our half court defense.
Coach J's Playbook - pg. 46

20 (New)
North Star Prem
20 (New)

x2 1
2 x4

x1

x3
4
x5
3

5
Defense

Traps

In this press we can trap anywhere along the


sideline but the premium trap area is as soon as
the ball crosses the halfcourt at the sidleline as
shown by the red areas on the diagram.

As soon as 2 players decide to trap they must


commit 100%. We cant start to trap then change
our minds.

In this case x4 must make sure that 1 cant get


All Contents Proprietary
past him on the sideline so x4s right foot should be
on the sideline. x2 must make sure that 1 cant split
Coach J's Playbook - pg. 47

23 (New)
North Star Prem
23 (New) 23 (New)

4 5 3 4 5

2 1 2 1

Man Set Plays Man Set Plays

Option 1 If the backdoor pass to 3 isnt on then 1 dribbles to


the wing as 5 comes to set a ball screen. After the
3 Man V cuts and goes backdoor to basket and 1 backdoor doesnt work 3 continues and curls off a
looks for the pass for the easy layup. double screen set by 4 and 2.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 48

23 (New)
North Star Prem
23 (New) 23 (New)

4 2

3 4 5 3
1 5

2 1

Man Set Plays Man Set Plays

At this stage 1 should have 3 options. He can drive Option 2


the ball to the basket after coming off the ball
screen, pass to 5 who is rolling to the basket or hit 1 man hits the 3 man on the wing. The 5 man
3 for the jump shot. steps up and sets a back screen for 1 to make a
UCLA cut straight to the basket. 3 should look to
see if 1 gets open for the lay-up and 5 should open
up for a split second to see if he can get an open
look if the defenders switch on the back screen.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 49

23 (New)
North Star Prem
23 (New) 23 (New)

4
1 2

4 3 1 3 5
5
2

Man Set Plays Man Set Plays

After setting the Backscreen 5 man goes to the We can now see that 3 will have three options. He
wing and sets a ball screen for 3. 1 clears out and can drive straight to the basket off the ball screen,
curls off a double screen set by 4 and 2. he can hit the 5 man who should be rolling to the
basket or he can pitch to the 1 man who should be
open for the jump shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 50

33/32 (New)
North Star Prem
33/32 (New) 33/32 (New)

x3 3 x4 x3
3
2 x5 2 x5 x4

x2 1
5 x1 x2
4 5 x1
4

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

33 if we run it for the 3 man and 32 if we run it 4 fakes the hand off to 1 and instead pivots and
for the 2 man. hits 3 with a good pass for an open three with 2
and 5 screening in.
Line up in box formation with bigs high. 1 Hits the
high post then cuts hard off the ball calling for it.

3 Starts his cut

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 51

4 Low (New)
North Star Prem
4 Low (New) 4 Low (New)

3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2

1 1

Man Set Plays Man Set Plays

If the point guard can dribble past his man then he If 1 calls the name of 4 or 5 they will sprint to top
will penetrate and go to the basket until 4 or 5's of the key to set a ball screen. In this case 1
defenders play help. At this stage he can simply called 4's name.
pass to 4 or 5 for the easy basket.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 52

4 Low (New)
North Star Prem
4 Low (New)

3 5 2

1
4

Man Set Plays

After setting the screen 4 will roll to the basket at


the same time the other post player, 5 in this case,
will flash hard to the high post to force his defender
to either play help or stick with 5.

The other other defender that should be able to help


out is 3's man in the corner 3 and 2 should slide
slightly up the lane and spot up for 3's.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 53

4-High (New)
North Star Prem
4-High (New) 4-High (New)

2 4 5 3 2 4 5 1

3
1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

Starting in a 1-4 High set 1 dribbles at 3 for the 3 takes two dribbles to the middle of the floor
dribble hand-off before hitting 2 coming off 4's screen. As soon as
the ball leaves 3's hand 5 steps up to set a back
screen for 3 to cut to the rim and 2 is looking to
throw the lob over the top.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 54

4-High (New)
North Star Prem
4-High (New)

4 1

2 5

Quick Hitters - Man

Hoping to catch x5 helping on the lob 5 quickly


turns and screens away for 1 who will be open for
the three.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 55

5 (New)
North Star Prem
5 (New) 5 (New)

5 x4 5
3 4 3 x4 4
x3 x5 x5
x3

x1 x2 x2
1 2 x1 2
1

Defense Defense

Key Points of the Defense: x1 Forces 1 to 1 side of the floor

- Keep ball on one side of floor x3 and x2 are 1 pass away and will deny forcing 2
- Ball should not enter high % area (post) and 3 to catch 1 large step outside the three point
- Make offensive players receive ball at least 1 step line
outside 3 point line
- Deny 1 pass away with strong help 2 passes As ball is above FT line x4 wil be just inside key
away
x5 will have a "step cushion" up he lane

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 56

5 (New)
North Star Prem
5 (New) 5 (New)

5 x4 5 x4
x5 4 x5 4

3 x3 3 x3

x2 x2
x1 x1
2 2
1 1

Defense Defense

Ball passed to Wing - all players jump to ball. On a skip pass

- The ball defender x3, forcing baseline. - Players that are closing out must now aim to keep
- x5 is now full fronting ball on that side of the floor, chop feet when
- x1 jumps to ball and gets hand in passing lane nearing player and force baseline with high hand
- x2 and x4 will now be on the wall playing strong pressure to discourage shot. x2 in this case.
help defense - X5 should never be below 5, bump him through
- x2 will have his back to the ball at this stage the lane.
ready to close out on 2 on a skip pass but wil turn
and play help if 3 puts ball on floor and drives.
x4 will have back to basket and will be ready to
help on any lob pass to 5

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 57

5 (New)
North Star Prem
5 (New)

x5 x4 4
x3 5
3 x2
x1
2
1

Defense

If they get a post feed (in this case to 5)

- x5 must ALWAYS stay between ball and basket.


- One pass away help in and "dig up" at the ball -
x2 and x4
x1 and x3 pinch
- Four defenders helping in must remain in a
position to close out fast.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 58

50 (New)
North Star Prem
50 (New)

1
x1

x2
2 x3
3

x4 4

x5
5

Defense

10 is our full court man to man defense. Depending


on the team and situation we may run and jump or
run and double.

However the base "10" defence will be simply man


to man extended full court where the aim is to turn
the ball handler as many times as possible and to
not let anyone get beat off the dribble.

The more decisions we make the offense make the


more likely they will make a poor decision.

As with all defense communication is important and


the players must behind must speak up and let the
Allplayers up top know what is happening.
Contents Proprietary

Similarly if a players man is setting a screen it is


up to that player to shout either "screen left" or
Coach J's Playbook - pg. 59

BOX - Double "Players Name" (New)


North Star Prem
BOX - Double "Players Name" (New) BOX - Double "Players Name" (New)

5 4 5 4
2

3 2 3

1 1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

In this case we will imagine 3 is the shooter, the 5 will set a screen and 2 will cut to the low block
point guard will call Double and 3's name. to set a double screen with 4 as 3 curls the
screens looking for the corner 3.

BOX - Double "Players Name" (New)

4 3
5 2

Quick Hitters - Man

1 will have the option of hitting 3 for the corner


three or using 5 who will be SPRINTING to set the
screen for the Pick and roll action.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 60

BOX - Post (New)


North Star Prem
BOX - Post (New) BOX - Post (New)

5 4 5 4

3 2 3 2

1 1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

On the call 2 and 3 sprint to the wings while 4 and


5 try to get position.

Depending on who we want to post up 1 will pass


to either 2 or 3 and they will look for the post feed.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 61

BOX - Spread (New)


North Star Prem
BOX - Spread (New) BOX - Spread (New)

5 4 5 4

3 2 2
3

1 1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

On the ball slap all players will cut hard to the This wheel motion can continue as cutters look to
three point line. If 1 can penetrate then he can go step behind their man and get an easy lay-up
to the basket looking for the kick out if any oppertunity.
defenders help. Otherisw 1 will hit 2 or 3 and our
"wheel" action will begin.

BOX - Spread (New)

1
4

5 2

Quick Hitters - Man

If 2 hits the corner then our second wheel motion


can begin with 2 and 3 in this case.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 62

Butler (New)
North Star Prem
Butler (New) Butler (New)

3 2 2
5 1

5 4
3
4
1

Man Set Plays Man Set Plays

Set up in a box with posts at the elbows. 3 breaks After setting the back screen 4 moves to set a wing
out of the box to make a catch on the left wing ball screen for 3. After clearing 3's shoulder, 1 has
while 2 runs to the left corner. After making the finished his cut right into a back screen for 5 who
pass to 3, 1 receives a back screen from 4 to look rolls off his strong side block position to a seal
for the pass over the top. On 3's catch, 5 moves position looking for the bounce pass from 3.
into the block area looking for the post catch.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 63

Butler (New)
North Star Prem
Butler (New)

2 5
1

4
3

Man Set Plays

4 finishes the play by setting a down screen for 2


to fill the wing area and look for the open three.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 64

Dribble Drive Attack (New)


North Star Prem
Dribble Drive Attack (New)

Rack Rack

Drag Drag

Drop Drop

Break Down Zone

Offense

Here are the zones that we will talk about when


discussing the dribble drive. There are too many
options to put on paper for this offense.

The one thing to remember is that our number one


goal is to penetrate and get to the "Rack"

Our motto is "3 or Key" - ie either a high % shot


in the key or a three pointer.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 65

Duke (New)
North Star Prem
Duke (New)

4
2
"Woof, Woof"

3
5

Trick Plays

Can be run on a BLOB or SLOB.

In this case a BLOB. On the ball slap 2 sprints to


the corner, gets down on his hands and knees and
starts to slap the floor and bark like a dog.
Important to slap the floor with palms of his hands
and bark as loud as possible to make as much
noise and disctraction as possible.

5 then cuts hard to the basket for the easy lay-up


while everyone is distracted. 4 can set a back
screen on 5's man or the middle zone defender.

3 is safety.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 66

Hot (New)
North Star Prem
Hot (New)

4 x4 x5 5

5
x3 x2

x1
1 2

Zone Offense

Incredibly simple "offense" against a 3-2 zone.


Players simply line up in a 2-1-2 alingment.

All players must be ready to receive the ball. Simply


a matter of quick passing to expose the gaps in the
zone. If we can get the ball to 3 or 4 we should
get a wide open jump shot of 5 diving to the rim.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 67

J (New)
North Star Prem
J (New) J (New)

x3 5 x5 4 x4 x3 5 x52 x4 4

x1 x2 x1 x2
3 2 3
1
1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

1 Hits 2 then 4 pops out to the corner and 2 hits 4 2 stops under the basket and 4 gives the ball back
in the corner and cuts through (same as our 13 to 1 who must do a good acting job pretending he
zone offense) is looking to dribble back to the middle. But as soon
as 4 passes the ball he walks x4 in and screens
him allowing 2 to pop for the jumper.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 68

J (New)
North Star Prem
J (New)

2
x3 5 x5 x4 4

x1 x2
3
1

Quick Hitters - Zone

Note: If x4 fights around the screen then look inside


to 4 for the post up. 5 can also flash to the high
post.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 69

Middle (New)
North Star Prem
Middle (New)

2 3

4
5

Zone BLOB

On the ball slap the guards 2 and 3 flare out to the


wings looking for the open 3.

4 and 5 will stack at the free throw line and decide


which one is going to the right block and which one
is going left.

Whoever is cutting to the weak side whould cut a


split second early to occupy the middle defender and
in this case we would be looking for 5 to get the
easy lay-up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 70

Motion (New)
North Star Prem
Motion (New) Motion (New)

x4
4 x5 4
x5
x4
5
x2
5 x2
x3 x3
x1
2 x1 3 2 3

1 1

Zone Offense Zone Offense

Motion (New) Motion (New)

x5 4 3 x5

x4 x4
5
5 4
x2 x2
x3 x3
x1 x1
2 3 2
1
1

Zone Offense Zone Offense

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 71

Numbered Break (New)


North Star Prem
Numbered Break (New) Numbered Break (New)

1 1
4 4

3 2 3 2

5 5
Fast Break Fast Break

OPTION 1 OPTION 2
5 Inbounds the ball to point guard who passes 5 Inbounds the ball to point guard who passes
ahead to 2 who is running the right lane for the ahead to 3 who is running the left lane for the
lay-up. lay-up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 72

Numbered Break (New)


North Star Prem
Numbered Break (New) Numbered Break (New)

3 2

1
4

1
4

3 2

5
Fast Break

OPTION 3
5 Inbounds the ball to point guard who passes
ahead to 2 who is running the right lane. Fast Break

OPTION 3
5
4 trails the middle and cuts to the ball side low
block for the post up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 73

Numbered Break (New)


North Star Prem
Numbered Break (New) Numbered Break (New)

3 5 2

1
4

3 2 1

5
Fast Break

OPTION 4
5 Inbounds the ball to point guard who passes
ahead to 2 who is running the right lane. Fast Break

OPTION 4
5
4 trails the middle and cuts to the ball side low
block for the post up but doesnt get the ball. 5
trails behind and receives the pass at the high post
for the shot/drive/high-low look.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 74

Numbered Break (New)


North Star Prem
Numbered Break (New) Numbered Break (New)

4 5

4
3 5 2 3 2

1 1

Fast Break

OPTION 5
5 Fast Break
5
If 4 can make the catch he should have a open
Option 5 follows on from 4. After receiving the ball shot or a good high/low oppertunity.
in the high post 5 reverses the ball to 3 and cuts
to the low block ball side while 4 flashes to the
high post looking for the catch.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 75

Phoenix (New)
North Star Prem
Phoenix (New) Phoenix (New)

2 3 2 3

4 5 4 5

1 1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

4 and 5 set up at the three point line with 2 and 3 1 Cuts hard off the staggered screens set by 4 and
spotting up in the deep corners. 5. The first screener (5) will roll hard to the basket
and the second screener will pop for the three point
look.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 76

Phoenix (New)
North Star Prem
Phoenix (New) Phoenix (New)

2 3 2 3

4 5
14
1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

1 now has loads of options. He can come hard off "Cheat Option"
the second screen and go straight to the basket or
he can look to hit 5 who has rolled to the basket Once this play has been run more than once the
or possibly kick it back to 4 for the open three. defense will sometimes cheat and either step around
the first screen or go under it early.
If 3's man plays help defense on the drive then he
is spotting up to knock down the three. In this case the point guard can fake using the first
screen and instead make a hard drive to the basket.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 77

Purdue (New)
North Star Prem
Purdue (New) Purdue (New)

1 1

4
4 2 2

3
5 3 5

Zone BLOB Zone BLOB

4 makes a hard cut out of the corner to carve out 2 follows a similar path to 3 once 3 has cleared the
space on the opposite block in front of th weakside wing area. 2 is guaranteed to be open on this as
forward. If he does a good job it draws the middle the ball side guard defender will have chased 3 the
defender towards him as well. the next guard will be caught on 5's screen.

At the same time 3 loops from the weak side elbow


to the strong side wing with 5 screening in for him.

Purdue (New)

4
2

3 5

Zone BLOB

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 78

Screen (New)
North Star Prem
Screen (New) Screen (New)

x3 4 x5 5 x4 x3 4 x5 5 x4

x1 x2 x1
x2
3 2 1 2
3
1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

Very simple quick hitter.

Line up in 1-2-2 set.

1 passes to to 2, x2 should close out on ball and 1


will pretend to cut through but set a down screen
on xx allowing 3 to curl for the open three.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 79

Seal (New)
North Star Prem
Seal (New) Seal (New)

4
4 5 3 5

3 2
2
1 1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

Action is initiated by 3 running off of 5 to loop up 1 hits 3 at the elbow who turns to hit 5 sealing the
to the left elbow while 2 cuts over the top to head bottom wing defender.
to the right wing. 4 pops to the left corner.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 80

Seal (New)
North Star Prem
Seal (New) Seal (New)

4 x3
4 5 x4 5 x4
x3
x5
3
x5
3
x1
2
2 x2
x1
x2

1 1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

Here we show the same play with the defenders in This is a good play for teams that "match-up" in
a 2-3 zone. (can also be run against a 3-2) their zones (not a match-up zone but teams that run
a more man orientated zone). What ends up
happening is that 2 and 3's cuts happening at the
same time and in opposite directions distorts the
zone and on 3's catch at the elbow it is x5 who
plays him leaving 5 to seal the bottom wing
defender.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 81

Shooter (New)
North Star Prem
Shooter (New) Shooter (New)

4 5 4 5

2 3 2 3

1 1

Zone Offense Zone Offense

Play will start with the point guard calling shooter In this example the point guard calls shooter for the
and then a players name. That player will be the 2 man. 2 makes his cut and comes off a staggered
designated player to run the baseline. Dont use the screen. The first time this is run we should get an
same player each time as it will tire them out! open corner 3.

Note that for the 5 man instead of screening in it is


better to seal his defender and post up. This will
have the same effect as a screen but will make the
5 man more dangerous.

As soon as 4 sets his screen he will turn and flash


hard to the ball side high post.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 82

Shooter (New)
North Star Prem
Shooter (New) Shooter (New)

2 2
5 5

4 4

1 3 1 3

Zone Offense Zone Offense

1 will leak to the weakside and we now have an If none of these options are on, we simply reverse
overload situation. the ball to the other side.

4 will have the option of hitting 1 in the corner or 4 and 5 will criss cross in the key while our
looking for 3 flashing to the highpost. shooter, 2, will run the baseline.

If we get the ball to 4 there is a great high-low 4 must remember to seal his defender on the low
option to 5 or if he turns 1 should be cutting block to help get 2 open.
backdoor for the easy lay-up

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 83

Shooter (New)
North Star Prem
Shooter (New)

2
4

1
3

Zone Offense

We now have an overload on the opposite side of


the floor.

The key is to have patience and run this play from


side to side a few times to find the gaps in the
zone.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 84

Slash "Player Name" (New)


North Star Prem
Slash "Player Name" (New) Slash "Player Name" (New)

1 1

2 x3
x3 x4 x4 4
5 x5 4 x5
5
x2
x1 x2
3 2 x1

Zone BLOB Zone BLOB

Point guard will inbound the ball and call slash and The key to this is that it goves us a 1 on 1 in the
then the name of the player on the weak side post. Afer screening the middle man 5 should turn
elbow. This player will cut to the strong side deep and seal looking for the inbounds pass and will be
corner yelling for the ball. in an excellent position to make a power move and
score or draw the foul.
The low man in the zone, x3, should follow 2 to the
corner or if he doesnt we will get an open three. If x5 fought around the screen ever better as 5 will
simply turn and seal him off on the basket side
5 sets a screen on the middle man in the zone as looking for the bounce pass for the easy lay-up.
2 cuts.

4 creats a diversion for x4 with a strong v-cut away


from the ball and 3 releases.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 85

Spartan (New)
North Star Prem
Spartan (New) Spartan (New)

4
x3 x5 x4 x4
x3 x5
4
x2 2
5 5
x1 x2
3 2 3 x1
1
1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

Action starts with 1 passing to 2 and then following As soon as he passes back he sprints under the
his pass. 2 Takes two dribbles occupying x2 before basket and beween the screens set by 3 and 5
passing back to 1.

Spartan (New)

x4
x3 x5
4 3 5
2 x2

x1
1

Quick Hitters - Zone

We now have unlimited options. We can get the ball


to 2 who can curl and shoot or depending on what
the defense does 4 will be fading to the corner for
the wide open three or 3 and 5 will have a lay-up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 86

Special (New)
North Star Prem
Special (New) Special (New)

x3 4 x5 x4 4 x3 x5 x4
1

3 x1 5 x2 2 x1 x2 2
3
5
1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

Line up in 1-3-1 set up. Ball is quickly reversed. As soon as ball leaves 2's
hand 1 should be sprinting to the corner and 4 will
1 hits 2 then cuts down for post up, 5 steps out. be screening in.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 87

Sprint (New)
North Star Prem
Sprint (New) Sprint (New)

1 x4 3
x3 x5 x4 x3 x5
4 5 x2

x1 5 x2 x1
2 2
3 4 1

Zone SLOBs Zone SLOBs

Play is called sprint because that is what players After down screening 5 turns and seals his man.
have to do. We inbound to 1 if he has an open shot or else hit
On ball slap: 5 for post up.
3 sprints to nearside corner.
4 sprints to far corner 2 then steps inbounds for the wide open three on
5 sprints to a downscreen on x5 and 1 sprints off the inside out pass.
screen for high catch

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 88

The Old Switcheroo... (New)


North Star Prem
The Old Switcheroo... (New)

x5
5
4 x4
x3

x1

x2

Trick Plays

To be run at the start of the second half or the


start of the third quarter.

In the diagram we are attacking the bottom basket.


But we make sure we take to the court before the
other team and we line up as if we are attacking
the top basket. Other team set up their degense on
the wrong side of the court and we pass to 2 for
theeasy lay-up. Simples.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 89

Triple (New)
North Star Prem
Triple (New) Triple (New)

x3 5 x5 x4 5 x3 x5 x4
3 4

x1 4 x2 x1 x2 2
3 2
1
1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

1 hits 2 and then 4 cuts down for the post up. 1 moves towards right side of floor and gets ball
At the same time 3 will move down getting ready to back from 2.
set the double screen with 5 4 cuts under the double screen

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 90

Triple (New)
North Star Prem
Triple (New)

4
5x3 x5 x4
3

x1 x2 2
1

Quick Hitters - Zone

IMPORTANT! 4 3 and 5 only move when all 3 are


in a line (so just as 4 passes the double screen.)

4 continues his cut looking for the three, 3 explodes


into the middle of the key and 5 looks for the lob
or high/low if 3 makes a catch.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 91

2-2 (New)
Albright College - M
2-2 (New) 2-2 (New)

2 3 2 3
5 4 5 4

1 1

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

The play starts in a 1-4 high and both the 4 and 5 1 enters to a big on the elbow and goes to ball
are interchangeable as are the 2 and 3. side corner.

2-2 (New) 2-2 (New)

1 1

2 3 2
5 4 4 5

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

5 comes over the top of 4 to screen the 3 man. 3 can take a handoff or pitchback from 4 and looks
to attack.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 92

2-2 (New)
Albright College - M
2-2 (New) 2-2 (New)

1
5
3 4
2 2
4 5

3 1

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

From this point you can roll the 4 or set a stagger If you stagger the 3 can kick out and get out while
away for the 1. a big rolls to the paint creating a 4 out 1 in.

2-2 (New)

4 3

2
5

Offense vs M2M

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 93

Butler (New)
Northern Kentucky University - M
Butler (New) Butler (New)

x35 4 x4 x35
2 4 x4
x5 1 x5

x2 x2 x1
3 x1 3
2

Offense vs Zone Offense vs Zone

1 hits 3 on the wing and than shallow cut under the 5 runs up and set ball screen for 3. You want to
ball and x2. 2 than cuts to the ball side block force x2 over the screen. Let him over. 1 fills the
behind x1. wing with drag action. 2 slips out to corner.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 94

Butler (New)
Northern Kentucky University - M
Butler (New) Butler (New)

2 2
4 x4 4 x4
x3 x5 x3 x5
1 1
5 x1 x1
x2 5 x2

3 3

Offense vs Zone Offense vs Zone

5 than turns and rescreens x2. 3 hits one (prefer Option A:


pass-almost flare action) or can even skip to 2
depending on what x3 does. 4 cuts below x5 to force him to make decision.
Screen if possible to open 2 even more. If ball is
skipped to 2 than 1 cuts ballside of x5 and 4 holds
screen for him.

5 could also dive from top instead of 1 depending


on personel.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 95

Butler (New)
Northern Kentucky University - M
Butler (New) Butler (New)

2 2
4 x4 x5 4
x3 x5 x3 x4

1 1
x1 x2 x1
5 x2

3 3

Offense vs Zone Offense vs Zone

Option C:

Option B: 4 cuts in front of x5 face to draw him up 5 rolls hard and allows x2 to take 1. 4 comes up
to high post area to force x5 to make a decision on and flares x1 and 3 flares. 2 runs baseline as 1
to take him or help with 2. dribbles up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 96

Butler (New)
Northern Kentucky University - M
Butler (New)

2
x5
x3
5 x4
x2 x14
1 3

Offense vs Zone

Option C -cont-

1 skips to 3. x4 should have to come up and take


3. This leaves 2 open. If x5 had gone out, than
look to hit 5 or 4 in post.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 97

Cyclone (New)
Concordia University (OR) - W
Cyclone (New) Cyclone (New)

4 5 3 4 5 3

2 1 1

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

1 passes to 3, 2 cuts off 5 man through the key to 5 screens opposite elbow, 4 cuts off to ballside
the basket then empties out to ballside corner block, 1 relocates

Cyclone (New) Cyclone (New)

4 2 4 2

5 3 5 3

1 1

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

3 looks to pass directly to 5, or to 1 who passes to 1 cuts off 5 for a handoff, 3 rotates up to the slot,
5 2 rotates to wing, 4 rotates to corner

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 98

Cyclone (New)
Concordia University (OR) - W
Cyclone (New) Cyclone (New)

4 1 5

5 2 4
1
3
3 2

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

1 looks to turn corner off handoff, if not then dribble 1 looks to 5 or reverses to 3 who looks to 5
drags to corner, 5 rolls to ballside block, 3 rotates
to ballside slot, 2 rotates to opposite slot, 4 rotates
to wing

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 99

Cyclone (New)
Concordia University (OR) - W
Cyclone (New) Cyclone (New)

1 5 1 5

4 4
3 3
2 2

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

For continuity of the offense, 3 looks to pass to 4 If ball is passed to 4, 3 cuts to basket then empties
or retreat dribbles and passes to 1 out to ballside corner, 5 screens opposite elbow, 1
pops to wing

Cyclone (New)

1 5 4

Offense vs M2M

5 screens opposite elbow, 1 cuts to ballside block, 2


relocates

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 100

Fake Hand-Off to Slip Screen


Hendrix College - M
Fake Hand-Off to Slip Screen Fake Hand-Off to Slip Screen

5 2 1 2

3
5
3
4 1 4

Secondary Secondary

1 passes to 4 then cuts to opposite corner off If 2 doesn't have back-door catch, 4 plays fake
back-screen set by 5. After screening, 5 steps to hand-off with 5 and then sets down-screen for 2.
ball for catch as 2 sets man up for back-door cut. The read is for 4 to slip and catch quick bounce
pass from 5 for lay-up as X4 is probably trailing and
ready to show on downscreen for 2. 1 flares for 3
weakside to help keep defense honest.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 101

Gold
Bluefield State College - W
Gold Gold

2 2
x3 x5 x4 x3 x5 x4

5 x1 4 x2 3 5 x1 4 x2 3

1 1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

This zone play is used to get open looks for the 2 1 will pass to the 3 on the wing, 3 will dribble
and 3, however depending upon how the defense down to the corner (block extended) as 1 replaces
plays the screens 5 and 4 may get open looks by on the wing
sealing after screening the zone

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 102

Gold
Bluefield State College - W
Gold Gold

2 x4 3 2 3
x3 x5 x3 x4
x5

x1 x2
x2
5 4 4x1
5
1 1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

3 will pass back to 1 and cut behind the zone to Once 3 Geys to the basket: 1 dribbles toward point
the basket making the weakside guard in the zone defend
4 screens the middleman in the zone
5 slides down and screens the weakside wing in the
zone
3 circles behind the screen and flashes the middle
of the zone

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 103

Gold
Bluefield State College - W
Gold Gold

x3 x4 5
5
x5
4 4x4
x5 x2
x2 x3
2 3 x1 2 3 x1

1 1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

1-has an option to pass to 2 or 3 If the weak side wing defender fights through the
Counter options are available for 2 and 3 screen 5 should be open on the block
If the weak side wing defender fights through the If the middle man fights through the screen to pick
screen 5 should be open on the block up 3 in the high post, 4 should look to seal X4 for
If the middle man fights through the screen to pick the dump down.
up 3 in the high post, 4 should look to seal X4 for
the dump down.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 104

Over 2
Baldwin-Wallace College - W
Over 2 Over 2

4
4 5
5

3 2 3 1

2
1

Quick Hitters - Zone Quick Hitters - Zone

Over 2

3 1

Quick Hitters - Zone

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 105

Slip (New)
McMurry University - W
Slip (New) Slip (New)

5
4 5

3 2 3 4 2

1 1

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

1 passes to 2 or 4 screens for 2 Pick and roll


1 drives and 2 and 2 shallow cuts back up to 5 goes to opposite side of lane
replace 1 1 screens opposite for 3 then relocates to corner

5 steps up to set ball screen then immediately


SLIPs screen

4 flashes high

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 106

Slip (New)
McMurry University - W
Slip (New) Slip (New)

1 1
5 5 4

4 2
3 3 2

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

2 drives off screen by 4

4 rolls to the basket

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 107

Gator (New)
Rochester Community Tech - M
Gator (New) Gator (New)

1
5

2 3 3
2

4
1
4
Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

Pt will pass to either wing pt will shuffle cut to the corner/3 man will reverse to
4

Gator (New) Gator (New)

1
1
3
5
5
4
2 3 2

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

4 will reverse to 2/5 man will diagonal screen for 3 5 and 4 will double stagger for 1

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 108

Gator (New)
Rochester Community Tech - M
Gator (New)

3 5
4

Offense vs M2M

5 and 4 double stagger for 3

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 109

Shallow (New)
Rochester Community Tech - M
Shallow (New) Shallow (New)

2 5 3

1 3
4

1 4
2 5

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

Pt guard will dribble enter at the wing 2 will cross screen for 5

Shallow (New)

5 2

1 4

Offense vs M2M

2 will get a downscreen from 4

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 110

Post Curl (New)


Southwestern College - M
Post Curl (New) Post Curl (New)

4 5 3 4 5 3

2 1 1

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

Post Curl (New) Post Curl (New)

2 2
5 5
4

1
4 1 3 3

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 111

St. Mary's (New)


UC Santa Cruz - M
St. Mary's (New) St. Mary's (New)

4 5 3 4 3

1 1
2 2

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

Start out in 5 high set. 1 screens for 4 and 2 screens for 5.


1 passes to 3 as 5 slides down to opposite block 4 cuts off of 1's screen and looks for pass from 3.

St. Mary's (New) St. Mary's (New)

4
2 4 2
1
1 3 3

5 5

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

If 3 doesn't pass to 4, 3 will reverse ball to 5 . 5 2 sets back screen for 4 to come to the ball.
reverses ball to 1 on the wing.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 112

St. Mary's (New)


UC Santa Cruz - M
St. Mary's (New) St. Mary's (New)

4 2 4
3
1 1 2
3

5 5

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

If 1 can't pass to 4, they reverse the ball to 5 who If 2 has NO shot, they look for 5 diving to block off
looks for 2 coming off 3's pin-down. 3's back-pick.
If we have No shot we go int motion.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 113

Spread Corner (New)


Trine University - M
Spread Corner (New) Spread Corner (New)

3 2 2
4 4

5 5
1
1

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

pt guard dribbles of of 5 man hig ball screen. as Alley opp pass to 3 man coming off 4 backscreen
this action is taking palce 3 man shuffles up to wing
area waiting on 4 to backscreen

Spread Corner (New)

3 2

1
5

Offense vs M2M

If alley-oop is not there pt guard looks for 4 man


coming off of 5 screen for "3"

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 114

Spread Down (New)


Trine University - M
Spread Down (New) Spread Down (New)

4 2 3 2 3
4

5 5 1

Offense vs M2M Offense vs M2M

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 115

Wing Lob (New)


University of Minnesota Duluth - M
Wing Lob (New) Wing Lob (New)

4
5 x4 x5 5
x3
3 2 x2 x1 2
3
4 1 1

Offense vs Zone Offense vs Zone

5 Screens the Middle of a 2-3 zone


Key to get Outside Bottom Defender of 2-3 up on
the 2

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 116

Big
Cockrill Cowboys
Big Big

5 5

2 2
3 3

4 1 4 1

Secondary Break Secondary Break

#1 passes to #2 on the wing. #2 hits #5 with the ball


#5 has posts up on the low block

Big Big

x5
5 5 x5
2 2
3 3

4 1 4 1

Secondary Break Secondary Break

#4 flashes to basket looking for put back or possible If #5 is being fronted we will call "Seal"
pass #3 will come across and hit #5 for the score.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 117

Butler
Cockrill Cowboys
Butler Butler

2 3 3
2

4 5 5
1
4
1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

- #4 sets a high ball screen for #1 - #2 sets a back/shuffle screen for #5


- #3 cuts hard inside and spaces the floor - #3 drifts to baseline for spacing

Butler

5
3

2
1
4

Quick Hitters - Man

- #1 searches out the wing for a post entry ISO for


#5
- If #1 drives to the rim he has #5 on a shape-up
or
#3 on a baseline drift

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 118

Crackdown
Cockrill Cowboys
Crackdown Crackdown

5 1 5
4
3 2 3 2

4 1

Secondary Break Secondary Break

1 passes to wing player and goes opposite 2 comes off pick set by 4 and looks to attack the
4 sets pick and roll and recieves back screen from basket or pass to open shooter.
post player. 1 gets down screen from 3
3 times down screen for 1 5 sets backscreen to open up 4 for shot or good
rebounding position.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 119

Debbie
Cockrill Cowboys
Debbie Debbie

3 4 5 2 3 4 5

1
1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

#2 comes off of a double screen from #4 and #5 -#5 sets a ball screen for #1 and rolls to the
and cuts to corner. basket.
- #2 gets a double staggered screen from #3 and
#4

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 120

Hawk
Cockrill Cowboys
Hawk

3 1
5 2

SLOB

#3 hits post with ball then follows looking for give


and go
#2 sets screen for 1 to get open
#5 gets out of the way

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 121

Indiana Ballscreen
Cockrill Cowboys
Indiana Ballscreen Indiana Ballscreen

4 5 4 1
2 3 2 3 5

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

#1 passes to #3 on wing and goes to the corner #3 scores, passes to #5 rolling or passes the ball
#5 sets pick and roll out for reset of the continuity

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 122

Open 1 (Basket Cut)


Cockrill Cowboys
Open 1 (Basket Cut) Open 1 (Basket Cut)

5 4 4 5

2 3 2
3

1 1

Open Open

First option in the Open Post Offense is to attack If the ball is passed from the top of the key, the
the basket to score or find an open teammate player has two options.

4 & 5 Positions go in on dribble penetration from - pass and look for the give & go and use the
top. rules to replace to end up in the weak side corner

2 & 3 men flare for open shot. - pass and look for the give & go and post up for
a 2 count then get back out to a spot.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 123

Open 1 (Basket Cut)


Cockrill Cowboys
Open 1 (Basket Cut) Open 1 (Basket Cut)

4 1 5 5
3

3 2 1 2

Open Open

Once the player at the top of the key is below the When the ball is on the wing, the player also has
free-throw line the weak-side wing (3) will utilize his two options for the basket cut.
Rules to Replace to fill the spot at the top of the
key. He can pass to the corner (which is not advised in
most situations) or pass back to the top of the key.
If defender is above 3 or follows him above the
three point line then 3 will automatically back door If the ball goes to the corner, 2 will basket cut and
his man. replace opposite.

If defender is below 3 then he will replace the top 4 will make an L cut to replace as shown above
of the key. Which will force 5 to move up to the and has the option to backdoor his man as well.
wing spot on the floor.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 124

Open 1 (Basket Cut)


Cockrill Cowboys
Open 1 (Basket Cut)

5
2

3
4

Open

When 5 has the ball he only has one option.

Post up, if he has a hard time getting rid of the


ball. The second cutter will set a pick and roll.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 125

Open 2 (Screen Away)


Cockrill Cowboys
Open 2 (Screen Away) Open 2 (Screen Away)

4 5 4
3

2 3 2 5

1 1

Open Open

#1 passes and screens away From wing


#3 sets up screen and hits shoulder and cuts to #2 will pass and screen away for #4
basket #4 will use screen and come across
#5 moves up to wing following the Rules to Replace #2 after screen will seal and come back to the ball
#1 will come back to the ball after screen #4 will replace his spot in corner

Open 2 (Screen Away)

4 5

2 3

Open

From wing to Corner


#2 passes to #4
#2 sets back cut on #1 and comes back to the ball
#3 and #5 fill due to Rules to Replace

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 126

Reversal
Cockrill Cowboys
Reversal Reversal

5
5
3 2 3 2

4 1 4 1

Secondary Break Secondary Break

#1 reversals ball to #5 then to #3 If Post up not available


#4 follows ball to midline #5 sets shuffle cut for #2
#4 screens #1

Reversal

3 5

1 4

Secondary Break

If shuffle cut is not open


#5 sets backscreen lob for #4 then comes back to
the ball.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 127

SMU
Cockrill Cowboys
SMU SMU

3 2
5
2
4 5
3

4 1 1

Secondary Break Secondary Break

#5 flashes to high post and fake pass to #2 #1 follows #2 and reads his options the first option
#1 passes the ball to high post if wing is not open is below.
and no options are open #1 sets a down screen for #2
#2 fakes and then backdoors looking for the lay up

SMU

4 1
3 2
5

Secondary Break

Hand-off to 2 for score or pass to 3 off double


screen

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 128

Trail
Cockrill Cowboys
Trail Trail

5 2

4 1

5
3 2

Secondary Break Secondary Break

The seconday break is on. The 2 and 3 fill wings The safety (4), will set a pick and roll with the
on either side of the floor while the post sets up on player with the ball (1).
the block.
The guards job is to get the ball to the rim and
Our rebounder stays behind the outlet player as a look for his shot or a shot for another player (5 off
safety. the roll, 2 or 3 on the flare, or 4 whose defender
may help).
As the ball is advanced, no players are open so the
1 dribbles the ball up the floor.

If no pass is open to the wing and the ball is on


the opposite side of the floor then trail will be run.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 129

UCLA
Cockrill Cowboys
UCLA UCLA

3 1
5 4

3 2 5 2

4
1

Secondary Break Secondary Break

1 passes the ball to the wing and recieves a back 1 goes around double screen looking for 3 point
cut from the 5 man shot.

2 Looks to pass the ball after the backcut for a lay 2 goes around pick and roll looking to shoot or
up. pass to 1 coming off double screen or 4/5's roll
after the pick.
Opposite side wing and post set up a double screen
for 1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 130

UCLA
Cockrill Cowboys
UCLA UCLA

1 3 5 3
4 1 5
4
2

Secondary Break Secondary Break

If no options are open and 2 cannot drive to the If 1 recieves the ball from 2 then the following
basket the following scenario could happen. scenarios could happen.
- 1 shoots the 3 point shot (3,4,5 rebound) 1 has
4 sets a screen for 3 and then posts up. outlet, and 2 gets back in transition.
- 1 has no shot and the following scenario is set
5 sets a screen for 1 and posts up. up.

4 sets a down screen for 3 and then posts up


looking for feed.

3 comes off screen tight with low body position


looking to shoot or duck the ball back into 3.

2 sets downscreen for 5

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 131

Barcelona Entries to Mid PNR


International
Barcelona Entries to Mid PNR Barcelona Entries to Mid PNR

1
2 4 2

5 3 4 5 3

PNR PNR

Barcelona Entries to Mid PNR Barcelona Entries to Mid PNR

1
3

4 5 4 5 3

2 1
2

PNR PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 132

Barcelona Entries to Mid PNR


International
Barcelona Entries to Mid PNR Barcelona Entries to Mid PNR

1 1
2 3

4 5 3 4 5

PNR PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 133

Barcelona Handoff
International
Barcelona Handoff Barcelona Handoff

2 2
3 3
1

5 4 4
5

PNR PNR

Barcelona Handoff

2
3 1

4
5

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 134

Barcelona Mid PNR


International
Barcelona Mid PNR Barcelona Mid PNR

2 1
3

3 4 5 4
5

2
1

PNR PNR

Barcelona Mid PNR Barcelona Mid PNR

2 1
3

4 3 4 5
5

2
1

PNR PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 135

Barcelona Mid PNR


International
Barcelona Mid PNR Barcelona Mid PNR

2 3
2

4 5 4 3
5

1 1

PNR PNR

Horns Entry into PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 136

Barcelona Side PNR


International
Barcelona Side PNR Barcelona Side PNR

2 1
4
5
4 3 3
5

2
1

PNR PNR

Barcelona Side PNR

5
1
4
2

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 137

Box Entry into Barcelona Mid PNR


International
Box Entry into Barcelona Mid PNR Box Entry into Barcelona Mid PNR

1
4 3 3

5 2 4 5 2

PNR PNR

Box Entry into Barcelona Mid PNR

1
2

4 5

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 138

Croatia 2 Up
International
Croatia 2 Up Croatia 2 Up

2 3 2
3
1
4 5

4 5
1

PNR PNR

Croatia 2 Up Croatia 2 Up

1 1 3
3

4 4

2 5 5
2

PNR PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 139

Croatia Step Up
International
Croatia Step Up Croatia Step Up

3 2
3 4

5
5 4 2

1
1

PNR PNR

2 hand off to 1

Croatia Step Up Croatia Step Up

3 3
4 4

5 5
1 1
2 2

PNR PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 140

Maccabi 1
International
Maccabi 1 Maccabi 1

2 2
3

3
5 4 5 4
1

PNR PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 141

Maccabi Middle PNR


International
Maccabi Middle PNR Maccabi Middle PNR

3 3
5 5
2 2
1 1
4 4

PNR PNR

Maccabi Middle PNR

4
3
5
2

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 142

Maccabi Zipper
International
Maccabi Zipper Maccabi Zipper

3 2 3
4

5 1
4 5
2
1

PNR PNR

Can run to either side

Maccabi Zipper

3
5

2 1

PNR

If 2 cannot penetrate, reverse and look high-low.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 143

Panathinaikos Curl
International
Panathinaikos Curl Panathinaikos Curl

3 1
3

2 4 5 2 4 5

PNR PNR

Panathinaikos Curl

1
3 5

4
2

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 144

Panathinaikos DHO
International
Panathinaikos DHO Panathinaikos DHO

2 3 4 3

1 5
4 5

2
1

PNR PNR

Panathinaikos DHO

1
5 2

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 145

Panathinakos Ball Screen


International
Panathinakos Ball Screen Panathinakos Ball Screen

2 3 3
2
5

4 5 4

1 1

PNR PNR

Panathinakos Ball Screen

2
5 3

4 1

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 146

Panathinakos High Ball Screen


International
Panathinakos High Ball Screen Panathinakos High Ball Screen

2 3 2 3

5 4 4
5 1

PNR PNR

Panathinakos High Ball Screen

2
5

3
4
1

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 147

Panathinakos Horns Action


International
Panathinakos Horns Action Panathinakos Horns Action

2 3
2 3

5 4 4 5

1
1

PNR PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 148

Real Madrid 2
International
Real Madrid 2 Real Madrid 2

4
4 5 3
2 3 2

1 5

PNR PNR

Real Madrid 2 Real Madrid 2

1 2 1 5 2

5
4 3 3 4

PNR PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 149

Real Madrid 3
International
Real Madrid 3 Real Madrid 3

3 3
4

2 5 1 5

4 2
1

PNR PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 150

Real Madrid DHO


International
Real Madrid DHO Real Madrid DHO

1
3 3
2 5

1 4
2 5
4

PNR PNR

Real Madrid DHO

1
3
5

4 2

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 151

Real Madrid Side


International
Real Madrid Side Real Madrid Side

2
2

4 5 5 3
3 4

1
1

PNR PNR

3 can cut to either wing, 2 cuts to opposite corner

Real Madrid Side

3
1 4

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 152

Scariola Mid PNR


International
Scariola Mid PNR Scariola Mid PNR

1 2

4 3
4 5 3 5

2 1

PNR PNR

Scariola Mid PNR

2 3

5
4

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 153

Scariola Side PNR


International
Scariola Side PNR Scariola Side PNR

2 4 5 3 1 4 5 3

2
1

PNR PNR

Scariola Side PNR

1 5

2 4

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 154

Transition Entry into Barcelona Mid PNR


International
Transition Entry into Barcelona Mid PNR Transition Entry into Barcelona Mid PNR

1
5
2
2 3 3
5 4

1
4

PNR PNR

Transition Entry into Barcelona Mid PNR

5 4

PNR

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 155

14
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
14 14

3 5 4 2 1 4 2
5

Quick Strikes
5 Quick Strikes

1 passes ball to 2 2 skips ball to 1


5 sets backscreen for 1 5 pops to top of key
3 dives to block 3 backscreens for 4
1 looks to 4 on post dive

14 14

4 4

1 3 2 1
3 2
5
5

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

If 4 doesn't receive pass 2 paases 5 for post up or lay-up


1 passes to 5
5 passes to 2 for reversal
3 back screens 5

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 156

14
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
14

4 5

1 2
3

Quick Strikes

If 5 doesn't get post up or lay-up 3 steps to ballside


slot and 4 sprints ti backside slot to get into 4 out
motion. 5 needs to flash middle on ball reversal.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 157

14 Flat
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
14 Flat

2 4 5 3
x2 x4 x5 x3

x1

Man Set

-Shooters get in the corners, post below the back


board
- PG dribble penetrates to get to the rack
- Posts look to seal or find open dish window
- Shooters look to find open kickout window

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 158

14 High Zone Attack


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
14 High Zone Attack 14 High Zone Attack

4 x5
x5 x4 x4
5 x3

x2
3 x24 5 x3 2 x1 3
3
x1

1
1

Zone Offense Zone Offense

Attacking the 1-2-2 - Part 1 Attacking the 1-2-2 - Part 2


- Start in a 1-4 high alignment - From the wing position, you are looking to the
- PG should enter the ball to the opposite side of short corner, the post who is pinning the middle of
your best post player the zone, and the high post flash from the opposite
- Ball side post dives to the short corner wing
- This should force the ball side post defender to - 1 fills opposite wing
match with the 4 man
Note: Whoever is diving to the middle of the zone,
needs to work very hard at pinning the middle of
zone, even if you are not getting the ball.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 159

14 High Zone Attack


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
14 High Zone Attack 14 High Zone Attack

4 x5
x4
4 x5
x4
5 x3 5 x3

x2 x2
3 x1 3
1 x1 1
2 2

Zone Offense Zone Offense

Attacking the 1-2-2 Zone - Part 3 (Short Corner Attacking the 1-2-2 Zone - Part 4 (Short Corner
Entry) High Post Look)
- If the ball goes to the short corner, he should: - If the high post (X1) starts to dig in the post
* Look to score if the post defender stays in the because you are getting good low post feeds from
lane to pinch the offensive post player in the middle the wing and the short corner, the short corner
of the lane should look to pass to the high post
* Enter the ball to the low post if his defender - 2, which is probably a good shooting guard, can
comes out to guard shoot the 15 foot jump shot, or give a high low
feed if X1 closes out hard on the shot
Note: It is important that post in the middle of the
lane be aware of the 3 second count. He needs to
leave the lane at any time to avoid this violation

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 160

14 High Zone Attack


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
14 High Zone Attack 14 High Zone Attack

4 x5
x4 4 x4
5 x3 5 x5

x2
3 3 x2 x3
x1 1 x1 1
2
2

Zone Offense Zone Offense

Attacking the 1-2-2 Zone - Part 5 (Ball Reversal) Attacking the 1-2-2 Zone - Part 6 (Rotations)
- The high post steps out for a reversal pass - Middle post cuts to the ball side short corner
- High post dives to pin the middle of the zone
- Weak side short corner flashes to the high post
- You now have the same looks as you did on the
other side

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 161

14 Pinch
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
14 Pinch 14 Pinch

3 5 4 2 3 5 4 1

Man Set Man Set

1 Dribble at 2

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 162

23 Chin
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
23 Chin 23 Chin

2 1

4 3 5 4 5

3
2 1

Man Set Man Set

- Ball gets entered to the high post - Posts set pin down screens for the guards to pop
- Guards cut to the blocks out to the wing
- Posts look for slips and high low duck in

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 163

23 Chin Cross
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
23 Chin Cross 23 Chin Cross

2 1

4 3 5 4 5

3
2 1

Man Set Man Set

- Same initial start as 23 Chin - Guards will cross and go opposite to pop out to
the wings
- Posts look to slip screens and for the high low
duck in

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 164

23 Chin Double
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
23 Chin Double 23 Chin Double

2 1

4 3 5 4 5

3
2 1

Man Set Man Set

- Same initial action as 23 Chin - The guard that made the high post entry will
receive a double staggered screen
- The other guard will use the single pin down
screen after he sets the double staggered
- Posts are looking for slips and duck in

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 165

40
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
40

4
3
2
5
1

Transition sets

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 166

A Set Argentina Post ISO


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
A Set Argentina Post ISO A Set Argentina Post ISO

3 2 2
4

1 3
5 4

5
1

Man Set Man Set

- PG uses high ball screen to dribble entry to the - If no scoring opportunity, the post and wing set a
wing staggered screen for the opposite corner man
- The corner man on the ball side sets a shuffle
screen for the opposite post to ISO on the ball side
block

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 167

A Set Double Fist


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
A Set Double Fist A Set Double Fist

3 2 3 2
5

5 4
1
4

Man Set Man Set

- PG dribble entries to a side - The second post to set the ball screen will set a
- Post players set a double staggered ball screen down screen for the opposite corner man to pop to
for the PG the key
- The first post player to set the ball screen will roll - The post player will pop back to the ball after
to the basket settting the down screen
- The PG looks to score, hit the roll man, or kick to
the shooter in the corner

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 168

A Set Fist
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
A Set Fist A Set Fist

3 2 3 2
4

1
5 4
5

Man Set Man Set

- PG can use either high ball screen from the post - If no scoring opportunitiy takes place the high post
- The post that sets the ball screen rolls to the sets a down screen for the opposite corner man to
basket pop to the key
- PG looks to score, hit the roll man or kick to the
corner

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 169

A Set Floppy
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
A Set Floppy

3 2

5 4

Man Set

- Post set down screens for the shooters


- Shooters look to pop cut, or curl cut
- Post players look to slip the screens

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 170

A Set Post Double


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
A Set Post Double A Set Post Double

3 2 3
5 4

5 4
1
2
1

Man Set Man Set

- PG dribble entries to the wing which will trigger - 2 will then dribble entry to the opposite wing
the corner man to come off a down screen from the - The corner man and the post will set a double
ball side post screen for the other post for a post ISO
- The opposite post dives to the ball side block
- The corner man will get a pass from the PG

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 171

A Set Triple
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
A Set Triple A Set Triple

3 2
4
3 1

5 4
2
5 HO
1

Man Set Man Set

- High post flashes to receive pass from PG - 5 runs a dribble hand off with 2
- PG cuts to the ball side block - 3 cuts of a triple baseline staggered screen
- The opposite post down screens for the opposite
corner

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 172

A Set Wheel
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
A Set Wheel A Set Wheel

3 2
3
4
5
5 4 1

2
1

Man Set Man Set

- PG dribble entries to the wing - If no scoring opportunity, the posts set another
- The corner man on that side cuts to the block to double staggered screen for the man on the block
post up - The ball gets reversed to 2 who can hit the cutter
- The posts set a double staggered screen for the on the staggered screen or look to hit the slip man
opposite corner man to get to the top of the key

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 173

Attacking the Box and 1


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Attacking the Box and 1

4 x4 x5 5

3 x3
x1 x2

1 2

Zone Offense

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 174

Basic
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Basic Basic

3
4 5 2 3 2

4 1
1

Man Set Man Set

1 dribble to slot 1 passes to 4


5 dive to post 4 looks to 5 flashing middle if nothing passes to 3
4 flashes to open slot 5 back screens for 1 then screens for 2
3 looks to pass to 1 1st and 2 2nd in nothing
reverses to 4
if 1 doesn't get the ball he fades to wing

Basic Basic

2 3
4
1 5
3
1
4 5 2

Man Set Man Set

4 ball reversal to 5 4 shapes up perimeter


5 ball reversal to 1 5 shapes up to ball side post to get into motion
2 screens for 3 to post up if nothing goes to corner
4 and 5 stagger screen 2 to top of key

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 175

Butler
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Butler Butler

1
5
3 3
5
2
2

4 1 4

Man Offense Man Offense

Butler Butler

2
5 5 4
3
3
2

4 1 1

Man Offense Man Offense

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 176

Butler
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Butler Butler

1 3
2 5 5
4
3 4

1 2

Man Offense Man Offense

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 177

Carolina-Kickback
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Carolina-Kickback Carolina-Kickback

3 5 2 3 2
5

4 1 4 1

Man Sets Man Sets

1 has passed ahead to 2 in the corner. 5 posts 4 breaks the line twice and 1 reverses the ball to 4.
between the ball and the basket. 1 breaks the line 5 continues to post between the ball and the basket.
twice with a V cut. 2 reverses the ball to 1 and
starts cut toward the basket.

Carolina-Kickback Carolina-Kickback

3 2 3
5 5 4

1 2 1
4

Man Sets Man Sets

4 fakes a pass to 3 and then kicks it back to 1. 2 If 1 can't hit 4 she dribbles over to wing. 4 sets
continues her cut and sets a back screen for 4 finish cross screen for 5 and then rolls to high post.
cutting to the basket. 1 hits 4 if she is open. 2 screens away for 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 178

Carolina-Kickback
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Carolina-Kickback

2 5

3 1

Man Sets

We are into our continuity.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 179

Corner Continuity Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Corner Continuity Offense Corner Continuity Offense

1
5
3 3 5
2 2

4 1 4

Man Offense Man Offense

Corner Continuity Offense Corner Continuity Offense

2 1 2
5
5

3 3 1

4 4

Man Offense Man Offense

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 180

Corner Continuity Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Corner Continuity Offense Corner Continuity Offense

2 2
3
4 4
3
1 1

5 5

Man Offense Man Offense

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 181

Dribble Entry
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Dribble Entry Dribble Entry

3 5 4 2 1 4 2

3
1

Man Sets Man Sets

1 dribbles to the wing. 3 makes a zipper cut off 5's On 3's catch 4 steps up and runs pick and roll with
downscreen. 1 looks inside to 5 then reverses the 3. 5 balances the post by flashing high. 2 clears to
ball to 3. the corner. We are into our continuity.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 182

Gooden
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Gooden Gooden

4 2 4

5
3 5 3 1

1 2

Man Set Man Set

Gooden Special Gooden cont.


-3 v-cuts to get open -if 5 curls and is open, 3 looks to get them the ball
-5 and 1 set staggered downscreens for 2 -3 passes to 2, 2 passes to one
-5 curls back into the lane -5 sets a backscreen for 4 cutting to the low block
-1 pops out to wing -is 4 doesn't receive the ball, runs a pick and roll
-4 pops out to short corner with 1
-3 hits 2 for the jumpshot -5 rolls to high post

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 183

Home Run
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Home Run

3 1 2

4
Special Situations

Home Run
- 1 cuts hard to the ball
- 2 and 3 cut hard to the ball and then make quick
cuts up the floor
- 4 makes a baseball pass trying to get 5 the ball
- 5 needs to get to the ball and look to hit 2 or 3
cutting to the basket

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 184

Horns Down
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Horns Down Horns Down

3 4 5 2 2 4 5 3

1
1

Man Sets Man Sets

1-4 High entry into Kansas. 4 and 5 set staggered As 2 clears to the wing 1 hits 4 stepping to the
screen for 2 cutting across the top of the free throw ball. 2 immediately cuts backdoor hard. 4 looks to
line. 3 crosses underneath the free throw line to the hit 2 on the backdoor cut.
opposite wing.

Horns Down

4 5 3

Man Sets

If 4 doesn't hit 2 she turns and hits 1 cutting to the


ballside wing. 4 and 2 set double stagger screen for
5 cutting to ballside block. 4 clears to top of the
key and 2 clears to 3 pt. line. We are in Kansas.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 185

Illinois
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Illinois Illinois

5 4 1 5

3 2 3 2
4
1

Man Sets Man Sets

1 hits 2 and 4 steps up to set back screen for 1. 5 2 reverses the ball to 4. 1 sets back screen for 3.
flashes across to ballside block. Any way the post 4 reverses the ball to 1.
defends this cut will be wrong. 2 looks for 1then 5.

Illinois

3 5

1 2
4

Man Sets

3 sets a cross screen for 5 who goes under. 4 sets


a downscreen for 3. 1 reverses the ball to 3 at the
top and we are back into our continuity.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 186

Indiana
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Indiana

3 1 2

4
Special Situations

Indiana
- 2 cuts to ball side corner
- 5 flashes to get the inbounds pass
- 2 sprints to middle to get pass from 5

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 187

Iowa
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Iowa

1
3 2

4
Special Situations

Full Court Quick Hitter


- 5 sprints to ball side corner to receive pass
- 2 sprints middle to receive pass from 5
- 3 sprints sideline to get pitch pass from 2

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 188

Izzo Offensive Tip 2


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Izzo Offensive Tip 2 Izzo Offensive Tip 2

2
3 4
5

4
3 2 1
5

Man Set Man Set

- Tip goes back to 1 - 2 comes off the double staggered


- Wings clear to the wing position - 4 slips
- 4 and 5 go set a double staggered screen for 2

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 189

Izzo Offensive Tip 3


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Izzo Offensive Tip 3 Izzo Offensive Tip 3

4
5 2

1
4
3 2
5

Man Set Man Set

- Tip goes back to 1 - 2 curls around the staggered screen


- 2 and 3 clear to the wings - 3 pops out off of staggered screen for a 3
- 4 and 5 set a double staggered for 2
- 3 dives to strong side block

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 190

Kentucky
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Kentucky

3 1 2

4
Special Situations

Kentucky
- 1 cuts to ball side corner
- 5 flashes to middle
- 2 C cuts deep for home run pass

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 191

Loop Zone Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Loop Zone Offense Loop Zone Offense

4 5 4 5
x3 x5 x4 x3 x5 x4

3 x2
2 3
x1
x2 x1 1
2
1

Zone Offense Zone Offense

- Guards use a loop action to get the defensive - Once the looping action has taken place, the weak
guards to match up side wing flashes to the middle
- Guard at the top of the key replaces wing flasher
- Weak side post screens the out the back of the
zone

Loop Zone Offense Loop Zone Offense

5 5
x34 x5 x4 4 x5 x4

x3
3
x1
2 x1 1 2 1
x2
x2
3

Zone Offense Zone Offense

- If the ball does not go to the flasher, the flasher - As 4 screens the middle of the zone, 5 flashes to
pops out for a ball reversal the short corner
- Once the ball is swung to the wing, the 4 man - 4 ducks in
screens the middle of the zone

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 192

Loop Zone Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Loop Zone Offense Loop Zone Offense

4
5 5 x5
x5 x4
4 x4
x3
x3

2 x1 1 2 x1 1
x2 x2

3 3

Zone Offense Zone Offense

- If no scoring opportunity, the ball gets reversed to - If the ball gets passed to the short corner, the
the top opposite post flashes middle
- 4 V cuts to the short corner - Opposite wing flares to the corner

Loop Zone Offense

2 5
x5 4
x4
x3

x1
x2 1
3

Zone Offense

- The post can come ball screen the wing for a


middle drive
- We want to have a triangle set on the back side
of the zone (corner man, short corner, and wing)
- The person with the ball needs to get middle
penetration to commit the guard defender and the
middle of the defense

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 193

Memphis SLOB
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Memphis SLOB Memphis SLOB

2 3

4 1 5 2 4 5

SLOB SLOB

- 1 breaks high and 3 passes to 1 - 1 dribbles to weakside wing


- 2 sets a back screen for 3 coming inbounds - 3 cuts to ballside block
- 4 and 5 set double stagger screen for 2
- 1 looks for 3 or 2 coming off double stagger
screen

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 194

Motion Secondary
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Motion Secondary Motion Secondary

5
3 2

1
Transition

Right Entry
- If the ball is pitched to the right wing, should look
3 to get a quick 3 or drive to the basket
- 4 and 1 exchange to keep the 2 post posts
opposite high low of each other
1 2

4
Transition

Primary Break
- 4 takes the ball out
- 5 sprints tot the

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 195

Motion Secondary
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Motion Secondary Motion Secondary

5 5

3 2 3 2

1 4 1 4

Transition Transition

- If there is no shot or driving opportunity, the ball - The wing Laker cuts through to take away help
should be skipped or reversed quickly for a post defender
entry - On the post entry, the opposite post in the slot
should dive
Note: if the ball cannot be reversed or skipped, get
in to your motion offense

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 196

Motion Secondary
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Motion Secondary Motion Secondary

5 5
3 2 2
3

4 1
4
1
Transition Transition

Left Side Entry - If no scoring opportunity is available, the ball


- Ball gets pushed to left wing should be skipped or reversed quickly for a post
- Post goes opposite entry.
- Wing looks to shoot or drive to the rim
Note: if the reversal pass is denied or the ball
cannot be skipped, you go straight into your motion
offense

Motion Secondary

3 2

4 1

Transition

- On the post entry, the wing Laker cuts through to


take away help defender
- Opposite high post dives

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 197

Northern
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Northern

2 5

Special Situations

Northern
- 5 banana screens for 1 to get the ball
- 1 uses a dribble if needed to get a better passing
angle or for a 3 point shot
- 4 back screens for 3 to get pass from 1

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 198

Offensive Tip Quick Hit


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Offensive Tip Quick Hit

x3
3
Tip 1
2 x2
x5
x1

5
x4

Man Set

Initial Tip
- Tip should go to 3
- Wings are wide. On the catch by 3, wings sprint,
3 kicks to on the wings

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 199

Purdue SLOB
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Purdue SLOB

1 5

2 3

SLOB

Purdue SLOB
- 3 and 2 set double staggered screen for 1 to pop
out to the top of the key
- 3 shapes up back to the ball after setting the
screen
- 5 sets a cross screen for 2 to pop to the corner

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 200

Quick Free Throw Quick Hitter


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Quick Free Throw Quick Hitter Quick Free Throw Quick Hitter

x3
x3
1 1
x2 x2

x1 x1

3 2 3 2
x4 x5 x5 x4
5 4 5 4

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

FT Quick Hitter - Made FT FT Quick Hitter - Miss FT


- On the make, closest post takes the ball out - On a miss, you will have the same options as you
- 2 and 3 cut to the sideline to receive pass do off a made free throw
- 1 cuts to the ball side sideline to receive pass
and then dribble attacks
- The post that does not take the ball out spints to
rim
- The opposite wing sprints to weak side 3 point
line
- The outlet guard trails to ball side slot position
- The post that takes the ball out trails to weak side
slot position

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 201

Quick Free Throw Quick Hitter


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Quick Free Throw Quick Hitter

x1
1
x2

x3

3 2
x4 x5
5 4

Quick Strikes

FT Quick Hitter - Counter 1


- If teams try to deny the pass to 1, the person
with the ball should middle dribble
- 1 should release up the sideline

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 202

Quick Strikes Playbook


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

2 2 x2

3 3
5 5
4 4

1 1

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

Twist (Option 1) Twist (Option 2)


- 1 comes off a high ball screen - If X2 cheats and goes under, 2 can pop to the
- 2 comes off double staggered screen from 3 and wing for a 3 point shot
5
- 2 sets back screen for 4

Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

5 3

3 5 4 2 1 2
4

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

Fade (part 1) Fade (part 2)


- 3 cuts hard to ball side block for a post up - On the skip pass to the 1, he can shoot, drive or
- 1 fakes a UCLA cut and then uses a flare screen hit the 5 in teh post
from 5 - 4 sets a down screen for 3
- 5 man dives immediately after setting the screen

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 203

Quick Strikes Playbook


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

4 3 4
3 2 2

5 1 5
1

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

Fist (part 1) Fist (part 2)


- 5 sets a high ball screens and shapes up - 3 comes off a screen from 4
- 2 comes off a double staggered baseline screen - Ball gets reversed or skipped to 3 for a 3
- 4 ducks in

Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

2
3
5
3 5 4 2

4
1 1

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

Fist 2 High Post Set


- 1 man attacks high ball screen from 4 - 1 fakes dribble hand off
- 2 reads defense and uses double screen from 5 - 3 man looks to curl
adn 3 - 5 man on curl will fade, on pop cut by 3, 5 man
will up cut
- 4 man looks to 2 man on back door then to weak
side action
All Contents Proprietary
Coach J's Playbook - pg. 204

Quick Strikes Playbook


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

3 5 4 2 3 5 2
4

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

High Wing Set (part 1) High Wing Set (part 2)


- Wing entry to 2 - 4 pops for ball revesal; 5 shoul WALK his
- 4 sets UCLA screen for 1 defender down to the block
- 4 pops for ball revesal; 5 shoul WALK his - Looks for 5 on low post seal
defender down to the block - If no low post entry, swing the ball to 3 and then
- Looks for 5 on low post seal into 5
- If no low post entry, swing the ball to 3 and then
into 5

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 205

Quick Strikes Playbook


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

3 4 2 3 2
5 5
4

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

High Ball Screen (part 1) High Ball Screen (part 2)


- 1 passes to the wing and UCLA cuts off the 4 - 4 goes and ball screens for the wing (4 can
man shape up or dive)
- 5 sets a down screen for 3

Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

3 5 5
3
2
2

4 4
1 1

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

Open Dribble Out


- 4 sets a high ball screen - 2 comes off a series of screens to the top of the
- 5 comes and head hunts 4's man for a back key for a 3
screen lob from 2 - Look for 3's defender to cheat where the ball can
- If 2's defender starts to cheat in, 1 can skip to 2 be skipped to 3
for a 3 - Post players should read defense for slips and
seals
All Contents Proprietary
Coach J's Playbook - pg. 206

Quick Strikes Playbook


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

4 3 4 5 2
5

2
3 1
1

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

3 Man ISO (Option 1) 3 Man ISO (Option 2)


- 3 cuts up the middle to receive the pass from 1 - 4 comes and sets a high ball screen for a 2 man
- 3 looks to create game

Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

5 2 5 2
4
1

3
1 4
3

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

3 Man ISO (Option 3) 3 Man ISO (Option 3)


- 4 comes and sets a flare screen for the ball to be - 2 can go high or low depending on how his
skipped defender plays the screens
- 5 and 1 set a double for 2

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 207

Quick Strikes Playbook


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

5 2 3

3 4 4
2 5

1 1

Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

Return Stagger
- 1 passes to 2 and reads defense and uses a - 2 sets a cross scree for 3
re-screen from 4 - 4 and 5 set a double staggered screen for 2 to
- 3 uses back screen to cut to ball side block for pop to the key
post up - 1 dribble entries to the wing
- 5 looks to post up on the ball side block after
setting screen

Quick Strikes Playbook Quick Strikes Playbook

2 3 3 2

4 5 4 5
1

1
Quick Strikes Quick Strikes

Red Post (part 1) Red Post (part 2)


- 3 cuts to corner off of cross scree from 2 - 2 then sets back screen for 5 for lob look
- 2 then sets back screen for 5 for lob look - 4 then screens for 2 to pop up for a 3

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 208

Quick Strikes Playbook


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Quick Strikes Playbook

4 5
3
2

1
Quick Strikes

Triple
- 1 dribbles at a wing, that wing will come off a
triple staggered screen
- The other wing will come out the back end off a
screen from the post
- Post players look to slip and pin their man after
the guards clear out

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 209

Shuffle
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Shuffle Shuffle

4 5 1 5

3 2 3 2
4
1

Man Sets Man Sets

1 hits 2 and cuts to the weakside corner. 4 steps 2 reverses the ball to 3. 3 reverses it to 1. 5 posts
across and then flashes to the high post. between the ball and the basket.

Shuffle Shuffle

1 1 4 3
5

3 2 5
4 2

Man Sets Man Sets

On 3's pass to 1, 5 sets a back screen for 3. 4 5 and 1 run a side pick and roll. We are back into
screens away for 2 then rolls to the basket. 3 out, 2 in continuity.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 210

Tap
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Tap

3 2
4 5

Man Set

5 man spins for lob from 1

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 211

Titan
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Titan Titan

2 1
3 5 4 2 4

5
1

Man Set Man Set

1 dribble to opposite slot 5 passes back to 1


2 runs thru to opposite wing 4 screens 5 and cots to basket for lay-up or post
4 and 5 set stagger screen up
3 uses stagger and dives to middle of hoop 4 down screens for 3 and pops top of key
5 pop out to receive pass from 1 1 passes to 5 or 3 if open

Titan Titan

4
5
4
2 5
2 1
1
3
3

Man Set Man Set

5 back screens for 4 If we don't get the ball to the post 5 flashes to slot
1 passes 4 if open and we get into motion.
5 seals on switch
5 flashes to high post on no switch and we look for
the high low action

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 212

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2

4 1 4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Initial Set Up Motion Cut to Get Open (V-Cut)


- PG fills the right slot - Players can use a V-Cut to receive a pass
- 4 fills the left slot - Take defender down and pop back in the direction
- 2 and 3 fill the wings free throw line extended of the pass
- Post is ball side - Need to use a change of speed and change of
direction
-Strong Side = Ball is on the side with a slot - Get tight to the defender
man, wing man, and post man - Give a target for the pass
- Naked Side = Ball is on the side a slot man,
wing man (no post on the ball side)

Notes
- Perimeter players need to maintain high and wide
spacing (15 feet apart)
- On every catch, look to score, enter the ball to
the post, or make an action pass
- All cuts and screens should be made to create
scoring opportunities or to get out of a trouble
situation
- Use the dribble to score, create a scoring
opportunity for a teammate, to create a better
passing angle, or get out of trouble
- Pass the ball to teammates where they can do
something with the ball
- Post player should not chase the ball, wait for it
to come back and pin
- Offense is designed to create post scores, lay-ups
and rhythm jump shots

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 213

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2

4 1 4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Motion Cut to Get Open (V-Cut) Motion Cut to Get Open (V-Cut)
- The opposite slot man should use a V-cut to - The low post can use a V-cut to receive a pass
receive a pass from the slot from the wing

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2
x4 x3

4 1 4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Motion Cut to Get Open (7-Cut) Motion Cut to Get Open (Back Cut)
- Cut away from the ball and then quick cut towards - If the defender is denying the pass, you can look
the ball to the defender 2 steps higher and then back cut to
- Be sure to have a change of speed and a change the rim
of direction
- This cut will primarily be used when

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 214

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

3
5 5
3 2 2
1

4 1 4

Man Offense Man Offense

Strong Side Slot To Wing Pass (Ball Screen) Strong Side Slot To Wing Pass (Ball Screen)
- On teh strong side wing pass, the slot man can - On the kick out, fill the 4 perimeter slots
ball screen for the wing
- The opposite slot man needs to sit for a kick out
- The opposite wing drifts with the driving trying to
find the kick out window
- The strong side post should try to seal his man
for a low post feed

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 215

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2

4 1
4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Strong Side Slot To Wing Pass (Screen Away) Naked Post Slot To Wing Pass (Quick Cut)
- On the strong side wing entry, the slot man can - On the wing entry to the naked side, the player
screen away for the weak side slot who passed the ball can look to make a quick cut
- The man receiving the screen needs to V-cut prior to the basket for a score
to receiving the screen and use a change of speed - If the defender jumps the pass, rear quick cut the
and change of direction defender
- The man setting the screen should always show - If the defender drops on the pass, front quick cut
back to the ball for a pass the defender

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 216

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2

4 1 4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Naked Post Slot To Wing Pass (Screen Away) Naked Post Slot To Wing Pass (Ball Screen)
- If the side stays naked, the player using the - On the ball screen, the player driving should look
screen can look to curl cut to kick to perimeter shooters, dump to the post, or
- The man setting the screen should show back to hit the screen man on the roll or pop
the ball - The perimeter shooters need to find the kick out
windows
- If the post happens to slide ball side on the wing
pass, the player using the screen should pop cut off
of the screen instead of curl cut

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 217

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2
x1

4 1 4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Strong Side Wing to Post Pass (Laker Cut) Strong Side Wing to Post Pass (Pinch Post)
- On the post entry, the wing can Laker cut high or - The wing can also come screen the elbow for a
low off of the post Pinch Post action for the strong side slot man
- The opposite slot man reads his man. If his - If the screeners man
defender turns his head, he dives to the opposite
block
- The ball side slot man can drift to the wing

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2

4 1 4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Strong Side Wing to Slot Pass (V-Cut Replace) Strong Side Wing to Slot Pass (Back Screen
- On the strong side wing to slot pass, the wing Re-Screen)
can V cut to replace himself -The post can back screen the wing for a pass

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 218

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

2 5

3 5 3 2

4 1 4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Strong Side Wing to Slot Pass (Back Screen Naked Side Wing to Slot Pass (Ball Screen)
Re-Screen) - The wing can set a ball screen
- If there is no scoring opportunity, the post can - The screener can roll or pop
then re-screen for the wing to pop back out - If the screener rolls, the opposite post should flash
- The naked side can work with each other during mid post
this action to free each other to get open with either
an elbow screen or a down screen

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2

4 1 4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Naked Side Wing to Slot Pass (V-Cut Replace Strong Side Slot to Post Pass (Pinch Post)
- The wing can V-cut replace himself -

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 219

Titan 4 Out Motion Offense


Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Titan 4 Out Motion Offense Titan 4 Out Motion Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2

4 1 4 1

Man Offense Man Offense

Slot to Slot Pass (Screen Away) Slot to Slot Pass (Ball Screen)
- On the slot to slot pass, the slot can screen away - The slot man can set a ball screen for the other
for the wing slot
- The wing needs to V cut before receiving the - The screener can roll to the basket. The opposite
screen post should flash mid lane behind the roller
- The naked side wing should drift with the drive

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 220

UCLA
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
UCLA UCLA

4 1

3 4 2 3 2
5
5
1

Man Set Man Set

1 passes to 2 2 passes to 5
5 backscreen 1 2 down screen for 1
4 dive to post 3 and 4 stagger screen

UCLA UCLA

1 1
4 2 4 2
3 3

5 5

Man Set Man Set

1 uses single screen of 2 2nd option


2 uses double screen of 3 and 4
4 flashes middle 1 uses staggered screen
3 flashes short corner 2 pop back out
5 passes to 1,2 or 4 4 flashes middle
3 flashes short corner
5 passes to 1,2 or 4

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 221

Victory
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Victory

1 2

4 5

SLOB

1 sets pick for 2 then goes through double


2 goes to corner
3 finds open man for last second shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 222

Wing entry
Tea Area Titans Boys Basketball
Wing entry

3 5 4 2

Man Sets

1 hits the wing and cuts through to either the


ballside corner or weakside corner. 4 screens away
for 5. 5 can cut high or low and then 4 goes
opposite. We are into our continuity.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 223

Hand-Up
Butler Bulldogs
Hand-Up Hand-Up

3 5 4 2 3 5 4

1 1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

O1 passes to O4. O1 screens for O5.


O4 looks for O2 on the back-cut. O5 curls and then O1 pops back out to the top of
the key.

Hand-Up

2 5

3 4

Quick Hitters - Man

O3 runs off of a stagger screen from O2 and O5.


O4 dribbles out to get a good passing angle.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 224

High Ball Screen Offense


Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University)
High Ball Screen Offense High Ball Screen Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2
4 4

1 1

Offense Offense

Initial Set Up Wing Drift


- 4 splits the mid line, wings are FT line extended - PG drives defender into the screen to get LANE
- 5 starts low block on the same side as 1 LINE penetration
- PG should try to score and wings hunt should
hunt for shots

Note: Need to wing LANE LINE battles

High Ball Screen Offense High Ball Screen Offense

5 5

3 2 3 2
4 4
1 1

Offense Offense

Wing Read 1 Wing Read 2


- Wing can drift with the ball - Wing can fill behind the ball

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 225

High Ball Screen Offense


Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University)
High Ball Screen Offense High Ball Screen Offense

5 5

3 x2
2 3 2
4 4
1 1

Offense Offense

Wing Read 3 Wing Kick Out


- Wing can back cut on defensive over play - On the wing kick out, the PG cuts to the ball side
corner
- 4 rolls to the basket
- 5 flashes to the top of the key

Note: Posts are always opposite high low from each


other

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 226

High Ball Screen Offense


Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University)
High Ball Screen Offense High Ball Screen Offense

1 1
4 4

2
3 3
2
5
5

Offense Offense

Wing Dribble Out High Post Pass


- The wing dribbles out to get a good angle for the - 3 reads
high ball screen 1. Shoot
- 5 rolls to the ball side block after setting the high 2. High Low Pass
ball screen 3. Rip and Drive
- 1 fills wing
- 2 cuts ball side corner on the kick out to the wing - 3 looks to hunt for shot

High Ball Screen Offense High Ball Screen Offense

1 1
4 4

3 2 3 2
5 5

Offense Offense

Strong Side Pass Dribble Hand Off


- If the post cannot shoot, drive or make a high low - If the post cannot shoot, drive, or make a high
pass, he can pass back to the strong side and then low pass, he can also dribble hand-off
ball screen
All Contents Proprietary
Coach J's Playbook - pg. 227

High Ball Screen Offense


Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University)
High Ball Screen Offense High Ball Screen Offense

1
4 5

3 2 3 2

5 4

Offense Offense

Weak Side Wing Pass PG to High Post Pass Flash


- If the post passes to the weak side wing the post - Post can shoot, rip and drive, or look for high low
can pass or run any of the wing pass options
1. Pass and follow
2. Dribble hand-off
- Low post goes opposite
- Top guard cuts through to ball side wing

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 228

Jimmer
BYU Cougars
Jimmer Jimmer

3 5
5 2 4 2 4

1
1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

Jimmer Jimmer

2
3 4
3 5
5 4 2
1

Quick Hitters - Man Quick Hitters - Man

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 229

1 Back Double
Golden State Warriors
1 Back Double

5
3 4

Zone Offense

1 offsets the ball, 4 pops out, 1 passes to 4. 5


backscreens 1 who cuts to the block as 4 passes to
3. 5 & 4 stagger away for 2.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 230

Diamond-Thumb Up Spread
Golden State Warriors
Diamond-Thumb Up Spread Diamond-Thumb Up Spread

3 2
1
4
3 4 2

5 5
1

SLOB SLOB

2 curls off a screen from 4 & 3 back to the 4 sets middle pick & roll for 1.
opposite corner. 3 & 4 elevator screen 1 to the top.
5 passes to 1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 231

Zipper Elbow
Golden State Warriors
Zipper Elbow Zipper Elbow

2
1
1
5
2
4 5 4 3

SOB SOB

1 zippers up the lane, 3 passes to 1. As 1 centers 3 sets up his man and shoots backdoor off a
the ball, 2 cuts over 4 to the opposite short corner. backscreen from 5. Then 5 pins for 2. 4 can hit 2
1 hits 4 at high post. 1 cuts over top of 4 to the or 3 coming off screens.
corner.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 232

15 Rub
Kentucky Wildcats
15 Rub 15 Rub

2
3
4 5 5
2
3
1
4

Side Pick & Roll Side Pick & Roll

3 cuts to the wing, 1 hits 3. 2 sprints to opposite 4 rub cuts to the corner and 5 sprints into a side
corner and 4 backscreens 1 to the block. 3 reverses pick & roll with 1.
the ball to 4, 4 swings to 1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 233

4 Back
Kentucky Wildcats
4 Back

3 2

1
Quick Hitters

2 has the option to screen across for 3 (in this play


he just rub screened), 3 cuts to the ball side corner.
2 sets backscreen for 4, 5 ducks in hard. 1 hits 4
overtop for Lob.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 234

1
Chuck Daly
1 1

3
3
5 2 5
4
1
4

1
2

UOOB vs Man UOOB vs Man

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 235

1 Elbow Exchange
Boston Celtics
1 Elbow Exchange 1 Elbow Exchange

2 3
4 4
5 5

1 1

3 2

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

3 hits 1 a few steps off the elbow. 3 cuts over top 2 hits 1 a few steps off the elbow. 2 cuts over top
and sets a screen for 2. 2 curls looking for a shot. and sets a screen for 2. 2 curls looking for a shot.

(In the play shown in video, defense overhelped on (Clip 2 of the video shows X4 overhelping. 4 saw
the curl which left 3 wide-open in the corner for a this and popped out for a wide open 15 footer.)
shot.)

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 236

2 Loop Down
Boston Celtics
2 Loop Down

2 5 4

Half-Court Sets

2 loops around a screen from 5, and curls back off


another screen from 5. Same time 4 pins down for
3. 1 hits 2, 2 hits 5 on the roll.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 237

3 Back
Boston Celtics
3 Back

1 5

3 4

UOOB vs Man

5 pops out, 1 backscreens 3, 4 pins down for 1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 238

35 Quick
Boston Celtics
35 Quick

2
5

3
Half-Court Sets

3 brings the ball up court and passes to 5 in the


post, as 4 dives, 3 pins down for 2. 5 hits 2 for an
open shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 239

53 Out
Boston Celtics
53 Out

2 5
3

Half-Court Sets

1 hits 3 and sprints off screen from 2 and curls out


to corner. 5 flares 2, then 5 sets middle pick & pop
with 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 240

EOG-LOB
Boston Celtics
EOG-LOB

2
3
4
5

Late Game/ Specials

5 screens 3, 5 fakes a flash back to the ball and 2


backscreens 5 for a Lob. At the same time, 3
screens 4 into a pin-down for 2.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 241

EOQ
Boston Celtics
EOQ

5 3
2

Late Game/ Specials

5 sprints into middle pick & pop with 1. 4 pins


down for 3, 3 reads the defense and shoots
backdoor for wide open lay-up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 242

Horns 52
Boston Celtics
Horns 52

5 2
4

Half-Court Sets

1 comes off elbow pick & roll from 5, 2 sprints over


and sets double wing pick & roll with 5. As 1
comes off, 4 pins down for 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 243

Zipper Thumb
Boston Celtics
Zipper Thumb

3 1

4 5

SOB

4 pins down for 3, 4 clears out to opposite elbow. 2


passes to 3, 1 pops to wing. 5 sprints into middle
pick & roll.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 244

1 Hook
Oklahoma City Thunder
1 Hook

2
3
4

Pick & Roll

5 pins down on 3. 3 sets middle pick & roll for 1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 245

1 Special
Oklahoma City Thunder
1 Special

3
4 2

5
1

Half-Court Sets

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 246

1 Thru Hook
Oklahoma City Thunder
1 Thru Hook 1 Thru Hook

KD KD
3
3 2 2
1
5
5

1
Pick & Roll Pick & Roll

1 advances the up the court quickly to 2. 1 cuts to 3 screens 4 (Kevin Durant) into a wing pick & roll.
the opposite wing as the ball is swung back to him 5 pins down on 3 after setting the screen.
through the 5.
Your first option is the 4 on the roll. If the defense
Note: As 1 is cutting through 3 starts moving toward overhelps on the roll 3 is your second option.
the lane.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 247

Box 3-Pin
Oklahoma City Thunder
Box 3-Pin Box 3-Pin

2
3 1 3

4 1
5
5
4
2

SOB SOB

4 pops out and catches from 2. 2 sprints to 4 pins down for 3 for an open shot at the top of
opposite corner as 4 passes to 5 the key.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 248

Horns Thumb
Oklahoma City Thunder
Horns Thumb

2
5 4 3

Half-Court Sets

3 rhody cuts over the top of 4 & 5, 2 cuts


opposite, 1 hits 3. 4 sprints into a wing pick & roll.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 249

SWING TWIST
Oklahoma City Thunder
SWING TWIST SWING TWIST

45 2 2 45

3 3
45

1
45 1

Transition Transition

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 250

2 Rip
San Antonio Spurs
2 Rip 2 Rip

5 5

3 3
4 2 2 4

1 1

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

3 screens 2 into a Rhody cut. 4 sets side pick & roll for 2. 2 turns the screen
down and dribbles baseline. 3 releases to the corner
and 5 screens in.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 251

Box Triple
San Antonio Spurs
Box Triple Box Triple

2 3 3 5
2
1
5 4
4
1

SOB SOB

1 hits 5 and sprints in bounds to get hand-off back 4 pins down for 2, 1 cuts opposite to clear out the
from 5. 4 sets middle ballscreen for 1. 2 & 3 set post for 5. Shooters spot up.
stagger back/cross screen for 5.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 252

Elbow-Side
San Antonio Spurs
Elbow-Side

3 2

4 5

1
Half-Court Sets

1 hits 5 and goes to pin down for 2, 2 rejects


screen and shoots back door.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 253

EOG-3X
San Antonio Spurs
EOG-3X

5 3

4
1 2

Late Game/ Specials

2 cuts to the corner, 4 screens 5 into a screen for


3. 1 inbounds to 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 254

2 Loop Again
Orlando Magic
2 Loop Again 2 Loop Again

2
5 5 4
4
2 3
1
1

UOOB vs Man UOOB vs Man

2 screened in on X5, 5 popped out and 3 passed 4 and 5 set a stagger screen for 2.
to 5. 1 cut to the ball and 5 passed to 1. 3
sprinted to the opposite wing. 1 centered the ball.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 255

5 Pop
Orlando Magic
5 Pop 5 Pop

3 2
4
5 5
4
1 2
1

UOOB vs Man UOOB vs Man

2 wraps and screens in on X5, 5 pops out to catch 4 and 5 set a double screen for 2 who gets a wide
the ball from 3. 5 passes to 1. open three in the corner.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 256

Elbow 4-Opposite
Orlando Magic
Elbow 4-Opposite Elbow 4-Opposite

2 3 3

1
5 4
5 4

2
1

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

1 hits 4 at elbow. 1 pins down for 2 and 5 cleans 4 and 2 go into dribble hand-off as 5 rolls.
it up.

Elbow 4-Opposite

5 3
1

Half-Court Sets

2 turns corner looking to kick out, dump to 5's roll,


or score.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 257

Elbow 5-Roll
Orlando Magic
Elbow 5-Roll Elbow 5-Roll

2 2
3 3
4 4
5
5

1
1

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

4 sets a screen to get 5 open on the left elbow. 1 1 and 4 pin-down for 2. 5 and 3 go into dribble
passes to 5. hand-off. 3 hits 5 on the roll for a dunk.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 258

End of Game/Arc
Orlando Magic
End of Game/Arc End of Game/Arc

3 3
1 2

5 4 5 1

2 4

Late Game/ Specials Late Game/ Specials

1 screens 3 into setting a screen for 5 who screens OPTION 2


for 4. 1 cuts to corner, 3 flashes.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 259

EOG-Need 3
Orlando Magic
EOG-Need 3 EOG-Need 3

1
1 2 3

5 5

4 3 2 4

Late Game/ Specials Late Game/ Specials

2 and 3 "X" off 5 (2 goes first), 1 cuts to the 5 pins down for 3, 4 inbounds to 3. 5 pins down
corner. for 2. (4 and 1 exchange on the weak side)

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 260

Lob-Dwight
Orlando Magic
Lob-Dwight

2
5
3

4
1

Quick Hitters

5 screens for 2. 2 loops and re-screens 5 for a Lob

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 261

Baseline Flex
Georgia
Baseline Flex

5
4
3
2

Quick Hitters

5 flashes to elbow to receive pass from 1. 2 flex


cuts over top of 4 to get an easy lay-up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 262

Box Zone
Florida
Box Zone

x4 5 x5 X31

x1 X2
2 4

UOOB vs Zone

1 and 2 pop, 5 up screens for 4 and rolls back to


the ball and seals the defender for a lay-up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 263

Elevator
Florida
Elevator Elevator

3 2
1
2
3
4 5 4 5

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 264

1 Up
Dallas Mavericks
1 Up 1 Up

3 3

4 2
5
5
2
1
4

UOOB vs Man UOOB vs Man

5 cuts to opposite block, 2 cuts to corner, 1 screens 3 curls around a screen from 5 to the elbow area.
for 4 who wraps to the block. 1 pops out and 3 2 cuts along the baseline and curls off 5. 1 passes
passes to 1. to 2. As 2 attacked the lane the defense stepped
up so 2 dropped a pass off to 5.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 265

13 Rub Thru
Dallas Mavericks
13 Rub Thru 13 Rub Thru

5 5 3
4 4
2
1 1
3
2
Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

1 screens 3 into a side pick & roll with 2. 2 comes 4 and 5 set baseline stagger for 3. 1 hits 3 posting
off and hits 1. on block and go into iso. Everyone else spots up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 266

2 Lift
Dallas Mavericks
2 Lift 2 Lift

2 2
3 3

4 5 4 5

1 1
Early Offense Early Offense

1 quickly advances the ball to 2, 1 cuts down to OPTION 2: 4 sets middle pick & roll/pop for 1. 3
the block area. 5 sprints into a corner pick & roll spots up.
with 2. On the dribble 1 cuts back up the lane and
receives the pass from 2. On the roll 5 seals his
man for a look over top.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 267

3 Hook Out
Dallas Mavericks
3 Hook Out

2 4
5
3

Half-Court Sets

3 screens 4 into a middle pick & roll. As 1 comes


off, 5 screens in on 3. 1 hits 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 268

52 High X
Dallas Mavericks
52 High X

3 5

2
4

Half-Court Sets

2 pins down for 3, 1 hits 3 off the elbow. 4 cuts


through to opposite corner and 1 cuts away to the
wing. 5 sprints into an elbow pick & roll and slips to
the rim.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 269

Elbow 5-15
Dallas Mavericks
Elbow 5-15 Elbow 5-15

2
2
1
5 4 5 x3 4

3 3
1

Pick & Roll Pick & Roll

1 hits 4 at elbow. 2 screens in on X1 and then 4 sets side pick & roll for 1. 5 screens in on X3 for
runs to opposite corner. 4 passes back to 1. a possible shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 270

Elbow Exchange
Dallas Mavericks
Elbow Exchange

5 4

2
1

Half-Court Sets

1 goes into dribble hand-off with 2. 1 & 4 set


stagger pick and pop for 2. 3 goes through to
opposite corner. 5 moves to weakside block.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 271

Elbow Motion
Dallas Mavericks
Elbow Motion Elbow Motion

3
5
4
3 5 4 2

2 1
1

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

4 and 5 set stagger screens on elbows for 2, 3 As 2 comes off, he passes to 1. 3 and 5 set
cuts to opposite corner. 1 hits 2. 5 moves to stagger screen along baseline for 4. 1 has option to
opposite elbow as 4 sprints into wing pick and roll hit 4 or look at 3 who shapes back to the ball after
with 2. screening.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 272

Line Thumb
Dallas Mavericks
Line Thumb Line Thumb

1
4
3

4 3 2 5
5
1
2

SOB SOB

3 curls off screens from 4 & 5 to the opposite 5 sets middle pick & roll for 2.
corner. 2 cuts off screens from 4 & 5, 1 passes to
1. 1 sprints to the corner.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 273

Post-Flare
Dallas Mavericks
Post-Flare Post-Flare

2 2

5 4 5 4
X5
X3

3 1 3 1
"Slip Option"

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

1 hits 4 at elbow and pins down for 2. 4 hands the 1 hits 4 at elbow and pins down for 2. 4 hands the
ball back off to 2. ball back off to 2.

On the hand-off (once 2 starts dribbling at 3), 5 On the hand-off (once 2 starts dribbling at 3), 5
flares 3 for a shot or a baseline drive. flares 3 for a shot or a baseline drive.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 274

Push 24
Dallas Mavericks
Push 24

4
5

Half-Court Sets

2 dribbles down and fakes a pass to 5, passes to


3. 2 Screens 5 to the block and pops out. 3 passes
back to 2, 4 sets middle pick & pop for 2. (5
searches, 1 sprints to the corner.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 275

Elbow 5-Backdoor
Memphis Grizzlies
Elbow 5-Backdoor

2 1

5 4

Quick Hitters

3 inbounds to 4 after he pops out. 4 passes back


to 3 after inbounding the ball.

3 dribbles middle and hits 5 at the high post (5


faces up). 2 fakes coming up for hand-off and
shoots backdoor for a wide open lay-up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 276

Elbow Dive Rub


Memphis Grizzlies
Elbow Dive Rub Elbow Dive Rub

3 2 2

3
1
4 5 4
5

Middle Pick & Roll Middle Pick & Roll

1 brushing dribbles off 5 and then goes into dribble 4 dives to opposite elbow. 5 sets pick & roll for 3.
hand-off with 3. 3 hits 5 on the roll.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 277

Elbow- 2 Up
New York Knicks
Elbow- 2 Up

3
2

45 45

Quick Hitters

1 hits the high post and pins down for 2. The other
4/5 cleans up the stagger.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 278

Fist
Tennessee
Fist Fist

3 3 2 1
2
5

4 5
4
1

Post Ups Post Ups

1 passes to 4. On the pass 2 cuts into the lane; 5 1 v-cuts and receives a pass from 5, 2 backscreens
backscreens 1 and pops out. 4 passes to 5. 4 into a post-up on the block.

2 and 5 set a double stagger for 3 to make it more


difficult to Double the Post and also are create an
open look for their shooter.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 279

2 Arc
LA Lakers
2 Arc

2 3

5 4
1

Late Game/ Specials

5 & 4 set double screen for 2, 3 posts off the


block, 5 slips the screen and 1 hits 5.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 280

2 Early
LA Lakers
2 Early

5 3

4 1

Early Offense

1 basket cuts, 3 pops out, 4 hits 3 and 4 cuts over


top to the wing. 5 pins down for 2.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 281

3 Curl
LA Lakers
3 Curl

5 3

2 1

Early Offense

1 passes to 2 and cuts to the corner. 2 passes to


4. 5 screens for 3. 4 hits 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 282

Elbow Rub
LA Lakers
Elbow Rub

4 5
3
2

Middle Pick & Roll

2 sets elbow pick and pop for 1. 5 and 3 set


double screen for 4.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 283

Point Opposite
LA Lakers
Point Opposite

4
5

1 3

Early Offense

1 hits 2, 1 cuts through the lane, as 2 hits 5 and


cuts baseline, 1 screens 4. 3 spots up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 284

Triangle Post
LA Lakers
Triangle Post

5 4

1 2

Half-Court Sets

1 passes to 3, 3 feeds 5 posting on the block. After


feeding the post, 3 Jet Cuts under 5 to opposite
short corner; 1 pins 4 for a jumper at the elbow.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 285

UCLA-Thumb Up
Memphis
UCLA-Thumb Up

3 4 5
2

Half-Court Sets

1 passes to 2. 1 UCLA cuts off 5. 5 sets side pick


& roll for 2. At the same time, 3 and 4 set a
stagger for 1. 3 goes out the opposite side. 4 and
5 roll as 2 attacks the paint.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 286

Wizard
Michigan State
Wizard Wizard

5 5

1 3* 4 1 3* 4
2 2

Press Offense Press Offense

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 287

Elevator Double
North Carolina
Elevator Double Elevator Double

5 1
1
4
4 2 3 2
5

UOOB vs Man UOOB vs Man

2 fakes backscreen for 2. 5 and 4 elevator screen 2 screens 4 over top to the elbow and pops out, 5
for 1. 5 moves loops up and 1 passes to 5. passes to 2. As 2 dribbles over, 5 and 3 stagger
down for 1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 288

Weak Power
North Carolina
Weak Power

3 2
5

Early Offense

4 pins down for 2, 1 passes to 2. 3 & 4 walk their


man down to the block area. 3 comes off a stagger
from 5 & 1 as 4 ducks in hard on the block.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 289

Zone Lob
North Carolina
Zone Lob Zone Lob

4 5 3 4
X X X X 5
X X

3
X X X X
2
2
1
1

Zone Offense Zone Offense

1 hits 2, 5 pops out to shift the zone, 2 passes to 5 passes back to 2 who swings the ball to 1.
5.
At the same time, 3 and 4 "backscreen" the zone to
get 5 a Lob.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 290

5 Go-Back
North Carolina Tar Heels
5 Go-Back

5
2
3

1 4

Early Offense

4 sprints into a pick & roll. 1 starts coming off and


4 slips to short corner as 3 backscreens for 4. 5
rolls to middle of lane.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 291

3 Loop
Alabama
3 Loop

x4 5 x5 4 x3
2

3 x2
x1

Zone Offense

1 dribbles at 3. 3 loops up the lane. 4 sets a pick


on X1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 292

Motion Low
Alabama
Motion Low Motion Low

5 2 3
3 2
1

4 5
4

1
Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

1 dribbles the ball up as 5 cuts to the top and 2 5 pins down for 3, 3 curls/rub screens off 5. 4
cuts through opposite.1 passes to 5, 3 curls off the dribbles over to feed 5 in post.
back of 4, 4 pops out and 5 passes to 4.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 293

"1"
Atlanta Hawks
"1"

4 1

Early Offense

1 hits 2 and cuts to the opposite corner. On the


dribble 4 cuts to the rim. 3 Starts cutting toward the
top and shoots backdoor.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 294

Horns Side
Atlanta Hawks
Horns Side

2 4

5
3

Half-Court Sets

1 hits 3 and UCLA's over the stop to pin down for


4. 4 curls over top and 1 pops back out. 3 hits 1.
4 screens 5 into a wing pick & roll.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 295

2 Dive
Portland Trailblazers
2 Dive

3
4 2
5

Half-Court Sets

1 dribbles at 2, 2 lifts and then UCLA'a off 5. 1


passes to 5, 2 rub screens 3, 4 pins for 2. 5
passes to 2 for shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 296

Elbow Out- Down


Portland Trailblazers
Elbow Out- Down

3
2
4 5

Half-Court Sets

As 1 comes off the elbow pick & roll from 4, 2 cuts


through. 4 re-screens for 1 to get him into the lane.
At the same time 3 & 5 pin down for 2.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 297

13 Hook
Miami Heat
13 Hook

4 1
5

Middle Pick & Roll

2 screens 1 into a middle pick & roll with 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 298

2 Down Floppy
Miami Heat
2 Down Floppy

4
5
1

Half-Court Sets

2 UCLA's off of 1, 1 sets side pick & roll for 3. 1


pins screens for 1. (2 could also come off double
from 4 & 5).

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 299

23 Power
Miami Heat
23 Power

JJ
DW

LBJ
JA

MC

Half-Court Sets

As Chalmers brings the ball up, Wade and James


set a stagger for Jones. Wade button hooks and
cross screens for James. Anthony pins down for
Wade.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 300

24 Power
Miami Heat
24 Power

2 1

4
5

Half-Court Sets

5 sets a brush pick and roll for 3. At the same


time, 2 screens 1, and immediately turns to cross
screen for 4. (4 brush/fake screens 1). 5 pins down
for 2.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 301

Down Loop
Miami Heat
Down Loop

3
5

2 4

Half-Court Sets

4 pins down on 3 who sets side pick & roll for 1.


As 1 comes off 2 pops out and 1 passes to 2. 4
and 5 set a stagger screen looping 3 along the
baseline.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 302

Elbow Slip
Miami Heat
Elbow Slip

1
5
3
4

Half-Court Sets

2 hits 4 and cuts over top to the corner. 5 and 1


screen in for 3. 5 slips to the rim.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 303

End of Game/Angle
Miami Heat
End of Game/Angle End of Game/Angle

DW
EH
EH
DW
LBJ LBJ
CB CB

MM MM

Late Game/ Specials Late Game/ Specials

Bosh, Lebron, House set triple screen for Wade who Bosh screens in for Lebron. Miller inbounds to
curls into the lane. House Cuts to strong side wing. Lebron. Bosh then screens for Wade and House
flares Miller.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 304

EOG-P&R
Miami Heat
EOG-P&R

MC CB

JJ
DW

LBJ

Late Game/ Specials

DW screens CB into a middle pick & roll for LBJ.


DW curls back out and gets dribble hand-off from
LBJ. DW drives to the rim. MC and JJ exchange.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 305

Point Double
Miami Heat
Point Double

5 3

Half-Court Sets

1 dribbles up and passes to 4. 1 and 5 set a


stagger for 2. 4 hits 2 (Who takes jumper). 4 pins
down for 3 as a second option if 2 can't get a shot
off.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 306

"33"
Chicago Bulls
"33"

4 5
2

Quick Hitters

1 hits 2 and cuts to the corner. 4 dives to ball side


block, 5 cuts off 4's back and pins down for 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 307

12 Quick
Chicago Bulls
12 Quick

2
3
4
1

Early Offense

2 sets pick for 1. 2 sprints to the corner as 1


continues his dribble to corner area. 4 sets pick and
roll for 1. As 1 comes off to the elbow, 5 ducks in,
and 3 spot up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 308

15 Thru
Chicago Bulls
15 Thru

2
3

4 5

Side Pick & Roll

4 pins down for 3, 1 passes to 3. 1 cuts through to


the wing off a screen from 4. 1 passes back to 3,
4 sets side pick & roll for 1. (Play out of that)

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 309

3 Double Rub
Chicago Bulls
3 Double Rub

3 2

5
4

1
Middle Pick & Roll

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 310

3 Loop X
Chicago Bulls
3 Loop X 3 Loop X

1 3
4 4

5 2 2

5
3
1

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

1 hits 2 and cuts off 5, 3 cuts off 5 to ball side 1 & 5 stagger for 3, 2 pins down for 1. 5 hits 3 on
block, 2 reverses the ball back to 5. the curl, 3 dumps the ball down to 4.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 311

35 Power
Chicago Bulls
35 Power 35 Power

1
5
5
3
2
3 2
4 4

1
Post Ups Post Ups

2 & 3 exchange, 1 hits 2 and cuts through the 1 pops out to the wing as 2 passes to 4. As 4 is
lane. passing to 1, 3 cuts through and cross screens for
5. 4 pins down on 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 312

Curl Post
Chicago Bulls
Curl Post

5
3
4

Half-Court Sets

1 hits 5 and sprints to get the ball back. 5 sets a


cross screen for 2 (MJ) who goes into post up.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 313

UCLA-Split
Chicago Bulls
UCLA-Split

3 4

2 5

Half-Court Sets

1 hits 2 and UCLA cuts off 3. 3 wheels and pins


down for 4, 1 screens across for 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 314

Wing Opposite
Chicago Bulls
Wing Opposite Wing Opposite

4 4
2 2
3
1
1 5 5
3

SOB SOB

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 315

Elbow 52
Richmond
Elbow 52

5
3

1
Quick Hitters

4 sprints to the corner. 1 dribbles at the elbow as 5


flashes, 1 hits 5 on a drop pass, 1 pins down for
3, 3 rejectes the screen and 1 pops. 5 goes into a
dribble-pitch with 2.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 316

3 Zipper Down
Ohio State
3 Zipper Down 3 Zipper Down

4 1
5
2 3
3
5

2 4

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

1 dribbles at 2 who curls back to the top of the 2 pins down for 3 who curls into the lane.
key, 1 passes to 2. 1 cuts off a screen from 3. 5
pins down on 4, 2 passes to 4.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 317

Stack Double
Ohio State
Stack Double Stack Double

1
2 3
4

5
1 5
4
2

Quick Hitters Quick Hitters

1 pins down for 2, 3 hits 2 at the top of the key. 5 4 pins down for 1, 5 pins down for 3.
backscreens for 3.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 318

1 Corner
Florida State
1 Corner 1 Corner

3 2 2
4

5
5
4
1
3

1
Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

1 dribbles to wing, 4 & 5 stagger down for 3, 1 hits 2 backscreens 1, 4 & 5 set a baseline stagger for
3. 1. 3 dribbles over and passes to 1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 319

43 Side
Florida State
43 Side

3
5
2
4

Side Pick & Roll

4 pins down on 3. 1 hits 3 and UCLA cuts off 4 to


the rim. As 4 sets side pick & roll for 3, 5 & 2 set
a stagger for 1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 320

Elbow Power
Connecticut Huskies
Elbow Power Elbow Power

3 2 3 2
1

4 5 4 5

Half-Court Sets Half-Court Sets

1 hits 4 and cuts to the corner. 5 pins down for 2, 4 goes into dribble hand-off with
2. 4 pops back, 3 backscreens for 5.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 321

1 Double
Connecticut
1 Double

4 2

3 5

Middle Pick & Roll

3 and 5 set stagger pick and roll/pop for 1.

All Contents Proprietary


Coach J's Playbook - pg. 322

1 Hook Out
VCU
1 Hook Out

3 4 5 2

Side Pick & Roll

4 sets screen for 3, 3 screens 5 into a middle pick


and roll with 1. 2 sprints to opposite corner. 4
replaces to the top.

All Contents Proprietary


Colorado High School Coaches Association – 2011 Basketball Coaches Clinic

Kevin Boley (Legend HS) – State champion at Broomfield High School


- “You must be willing to fight for your culture each and every day” – Doc Rivers
- You must EMBRACE communication with your players, parents, etc – or you won’t be successful
- Be hard on them, but love them
- Idea from Joe Ortiz – have players get a Vitamin C tablet from the office every day (off court
communication) – similar to sign-in sheet
- How quickly do you return an email or phone call?
- Balance between being hard on kids and loving them
- His keys to successful program
o Feeder program
o Staff
o System
- Relationships
- Assistants can’t just show up. They have to work. If head coach sends text, expects a text back.
- “PHD” = Poor, Hungry, Driven
- Assistants should want to be head coaches
- So important to watch other’s practices
- Staff must speak same language
- System of play =
o Simplicity or execution –or-
o Surprise & Change
- Must be able to beat the best team in the league
- “Workouts are optional. You don’t have to be there. Playing time is also optional. I don’t have to
play you.”
- Weight room is imperative – there is no other way (It’s about more than strength)
o Commitment
o Pain
o Character Building
o Work Ethic
- All players in his program will go through guard skill work
- Plays music during open gym at times
- Believe in the process – don’t sell out your integrity for wins – they will come if you do it the
right way

Ken Shaw – Regis HS – 3 Consecutive Big School 5A State Titles


- Most important thing in coaching is relationships with your players
o More important than skill development, etc
- The greatest lessons in life that we learn are those we teach ourselves
- Can learn so much from your players
- Most important technique you teach is the belief you have in your players  You must believe
in the team
- Keys
o Mutual respect
 Treat players correctly to the media. Treat them as equals. Behind closed doors,
though, all is fair game, even the coach
o Do your part
o Be able to apologize to your players when you screw up
- Leadership – Seniors of the team must be able to know and recite this
o Set a good example
o Bring out best in your teammates
 Says Steve Nash is the best – never seen Nash get on a teammate
- Our society is naturally critical  “Arm-chair quarterbacks”
- Do players like your program? Very important question!
- Find a way to involve good people. They would be defined as “those that can handle adversity”
- Do players care about the team? “Disease of me”
- Easier to get a player to reach his potential if you have a good relationship with him
- Spends most of his practice time on shooting
- All of our situations (are current jobs) are different. Must analyze what works for you!
- You have to work at skills to develop. There is no substitute.
o Shaw doesn’t call kids to ask why they aren’t working out.
- This is the most FUN game to play. Kids should WANT to be in the gym.
- If players buy in, parents will follow. Sell your players first
- ****Every player gets cut at some point in time!!! We all reach our ceiling. It’s necessary
- “Our (player & parent) program, not just the coaches program”
- Are you alienating people or drawing them in?
- Coach Shaw will talk to parents about anything (including playing time) if…
o Right time, right place, right tone of voice
- Communication – Do you ask for feedback from your players? Be ready to get your feelings hurt,
but very informative
o Q’s = What do you like and should we continue to do, and…
o What don’t you like, should we change?
- You can solve a lot of team problems by talking to players individually for 3-4 minutes after the
game. Stop it before it starts.
- Kids need to hear that they are contributing
- Team Mtgs = Meet every day during season that they don’t have weights / plyos after practice
- Do a notebook! Teach the mental side of the game!
o Players will keep them forever. It is important to them.
- Run a class program. Kids want to be a part of something special
- We can always be the best in these areas (no compromise)
o Character, attitude, effort
o We can always win in those areas
- Don’t set your players up for failures & frustrations  i.e. don’t be unrealistic in expectations
- If you can show kids things that make them better and make it fun, they’ll show up. Give them a
vision!
- Special emphasis on shooting in the program has paid major dividends.
o Last season = 62%FG, 44%3FG, 78%FT
o Always work on shooting
- Do your players have trust in each other?
- The power of a hand-written note
- “Quick FT’s” = 1 dribble and shoot. Have to make 15 in a row before miss(?)
o Do for certain amount of time. At end, if don’t make goal, run down & back so people
see you missed goal (peer pressure).
Coach Meyer (Things I would do different)
- Get all the good ideas, but can’t use all the good ideas. Be careful how much you change with
your program after going to a clinic.
o What will work for you?
- What makes a masterpiece is what you take out of something.
- It’s extremely hard to want something more for somebody than they want for themselves
- Promise less, deliver more
- Do you kids use cell phones on the bus? Check them in at some point.
- Real relationships take a lot of time
- #1 thing in Coaching = “Your example is not the main thing, it is the only thing.”
- “Our team” not “my team” unless you are taking the blame
- You have to have credibility to get away with crap
- #2 thing in Coaching = Coach for the love of the game and for the kids. That’s all.
- Learning takes place through discovery – “Figure it out”
- Personal, purposeful practices
- Figure out what fits your team
- You can’t coach out of a notebook!
- “You can never spend too much time on shooting” – Morgan Wooten
- Coach Meyer’s first job at Hamline – He stayed up first 72 hours straight in the office
- Plan the week on Sunday and plan the next day the night before
- Find a system that works for you; you don’t work for the system
o Toughness & Trust
o Effort
o Attitude
o Motives – Why are you coaching?
o Servant Leaders
- Understand that everybody has it a lot worse than you do. No pity parties.
- “What About Bob” = Baby Steps – Best coaching movie ever
- The only thing they remember in a timeout is the last thing you tell them
- Kids don’t pick their parents – it’s not their fault
- You can be physical without being tough, but you can’t be tough without being physical
- Roles – will your players accept them?
- Roles = Define, Understand, Accept, Fulfill
- Knowledge is knowing what to say. Wisdom is knowing whether or not to say it.
- Majerus = know who you are and what your game is
- NBA = Next Best Action
- Mistakes = Recognize, Admit, Learn, Forget
- “Catch your kids doing something good”
- Coach Bob King = There are only enough shots on the floor for four people (better have
somebody that is willing to play without shooting)
- Always try to factor in the Human Element on decisions
- Only sit behind your desk when talking to a kid if you want to be the judge, jury, and executioner
o Go for a walk
- You don’t get paid to put the 5 best players on the floor; you get paid to put the 5 that work
together best
- It’s not what you teach, it’s what you emphasize
- Must give respect to get it (same for players)
- Scouting Report = Know who you are guarding, their #, their game
- Chuck Daly = “Sometimes to guard is not to guard”
- Not a lot of people can do much for you when you get a DUI
- Process over Product
- Great program = Sound, solid, simple
- Want integrity in your program
- It should all be about the kids
- “Must be able to win when the ball doesn’t bounce right”
- Don’t whine, don’t complain, don’t make excuses (Wooden’s Dad)
- Nobody does the right thing all the time
- Nothing more harmful to a team than a lack of discipline
- 2 types of pain (discipline & regret) = make practices tougher than the games
- “Be a skill coach, not a drill coach” – Iba & Paterno
- Practice = 4 (30 minute) segments – Skill work, Team Skills, Team D, Situation / Competition
- See the need, fill the need  Don’t teach what you don’t need
- I don’t make decisions because they are popular, I make them because they are right
- Pat Summit = If you sit in the Big Chair…
- The right decision is almost never popular
- Get credibility as fast as you can!
- You can pick captains, but you can’t pick leaders
- Practice with the intensity and poise of a national championship taem
- Basketball is the best class they’ll ever be involved in  Must use a notebook
- Properly & quickly execute the fundamentals of the game for the welfare of the team
- Vs. a great team…
o Spacing
o Sureness
o Shot Selection (Not looking for a shot we can make but for a shot we can’t miss)
o Give heavy help on their best player
o Don’t create offense with your defense
- Simplicity and execution win in March
- Always make a kid quit; don’t cut them
- A good administrator never gives a good coach a reason to leave, and a bad one gives a coach
several each day
o Look for a new job
o Get it
o Then resign
- Beswick Scale  Google It (Talent – Mindset Comparison)
o A A = Best situation!
o A B = Bad, bad, situation. Will get you beat
o B A = Stick with the kid. They will get better!
- Foxhole Test
- Abe Lemon = You make enemies faster than you make friends in coaching
- Pick battles big enough to fight and small enough to win
- 3 Things for the rest of your life
o Find your unique talent / gift
o Develop it to the fullest (Because Nobody pays for average!)
o Give your gift away
Andrew Hasz – Faith Christian HS (130-5 past 5 seasons with 5 straight state titles during that time)
- Clinics will stimulate you in the summer
- How to Build & Sustain a Program
o Hire coaches who know more than you
o Find coaches that can relate to the players
o Give assistants specific areas of ownership
o Swallow your pride
o Developing your program
 Work with players in your feeder programs
 Personal investment in your younger guys
o Execute your system
 What will you be known for?
 Teach these characteristics early in your program
 Regularly integrate drills that reinforce these key characteristics
 Use older players to teach younger ones
o Motivation
 Must be something beyond the individual
 Every player needs to feel valued and important – and have a role on the team
 1 Corinthians 10:31
Curt Miller High Ball Screen Offense - pg. 1

Curt Miller High Ball Screen


Offense

Table of Contents

1. Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University) 2

All Contents Proprietary


Curt Miller High Ball Screen Offense - pg. 2

Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University)

Table of Contents

High Ball Screen Offense 3

All Contents Proprietary


Curt Miller High Ball Screen Offense - pg. 3

Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University)


High Ball Screen Offense

Initial Set Up
- 4 splits the mid line, wings are FT line extended
5
- 5 starts low block on the same side as 1

3 2
4

Wing Drift
- PG drives defender into the screen to get LANE LINE penetration
5
- PG should try to score and wings hunt should hunt for shots

3 2 Note: Need to wing LANE LINE battles


4

Wing Read 1
- Wing can drift with the ball
5

3 2
4
1

All Contents Proprietary


Curt Miller High Ball Screen Offense - pg. 4

Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University)


High Ball Screen Offense

Wing Read 2
- Wing can fill behind the ball
5

3 2
4
1

Wing Read 3
- Wing can back cut on defensive over play
5

3 x2
2
4
1

Wing Kick Out


- On the wing kick out, the PG cuts to the ball side corner
5
- 4 rolls to the basket
- 5 flashes to the top of the key
3 2
4 Note: Posts are always opposite high low from each other

All Contents Proprietary


Curt Miller High Ball Screen Offense - pg. 5

Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University)


High Ball Screen Offense

Wing Dribble Out


1 - The wing dribbles out to get a good angle for the high ball screen
4
- 5 rolls to the ball side block after setting the high ball screen
2 - 1 fills wing
3 - 2 cuts ball side corner on the kick out to the wing
5

High Post Pass


1 - 3 reads
4
1. Shoot
2. High Low Pass
3 3. Rip and Drive
2

5 - 3 looks to hunt for shot

Strong Side Pass


1 - If the post cannot shoot, drive or make a high low pass, he can pass back to the
4
strong side and then ball screen

3 2
5

All Contents Proprietary


Curt Miller High Ball Screen Offense - pg. 6

Curt Miller (Bowling Green State University)


High Ball Screen Offense

Dribble Hand Off


1 - If the post cannot shoot, drive, or make a high low pass, he can also dribble hand-off
4

3 2
5

Weak Side Wing Pass


1 - If the post passes to the weak side wing the post can
4
1. Pass and follow
2. Dribble hand-off
3 2 - Low post goes opposite
- Top guard cuts through to ball side wing
5

PG to High Post Pass Flash


5 - Post can shoot, rip and drive, or look for high low pass or run any of the wing pass
options

3 2
4

All Contents Proprietary


Dennis Felton “Michigan”
Extended 1-3-1 Defense

Why: Forces pressure in the ½ court with minimal risk. Takes advantage of length and athleticism.
Creates confusion and panic, eliminates the ability to run zone sets and can help keep or “funnel” the
ball into a pre-programmed area of the floor to prevent breakdowns.

Three Keys:

1. Ball always “funneled” toward center player or middle of floor

2. Defenders must “melt down” when ball or offensive player approaches scoring area

3. No direct passes allowed, wings & center must stay in line with the ball and everyone should use
hands & feet to force lob or long bounce passes so defenders can recover on air-time

Positions:

1. Top 2. Center 3. Wings 4. Warrior

Terminology

Melt: when ball or O player approaches scoring area defender/s must move closer to offensive player or
assigned responsibility to prevent direct pass, rhythm shot or quick penetration

Press: if ball is dribbled on baseline or wing area defensive wing or top may jab & recover, dig at ball,
fake at ball to try to get quick steal or O player to pick up dribble. As soon as ball is picked up this D
player must always try to find or “melt” to dangerous offensive player and run to that spot

Funnel: Strategy entailing the defense to guide dribble penetration into the center of the zone.
Important as the center of the zone will be there to plug all penetration into the funnel. Ball is never
allowed to be driven baseline or thrown into the post from the base-line side.

Responsibilities

Top – Must keep the ball on a side of the floor. No matter if defense is extended or if just in the half-
court. Keep ball on a side by staying in line with the ball on reversal pass. Preferably a long, athletic
defender who can be disciplined and finish on the other end. Must use everything on body (hands, feet).
Must not be flat (always in line with the ball and opposite guard in two guard front. When ball is in
corner top person must cover ball-side elbow (one hand in front).
Center – Always stay directly between ball and rim. Protect the basket. Must keep ball out of high-post.
Doesn’t necessarily have to be completely in front but must have at least one hand in front. Also must
not hug high-post as the center is responsible for stopping all dribble penetration. On penetration
(attack dribble) center must step out and stop ball high to lengthen penetrating passes. Also helps to be
active with hands to put pressure on the ball-handler. As ball is passed to the baseline center must
sprint to the ball-side block and get low side arm over ball-side post player. Responsible for taking ball if
it’s passed in the high post. Must always stop/plug the ball as it is funneled in. As shot goes up the
center must get to the weak-side triangle for rebounding purposes.

Wings – Starts free throw line extended when 1-3-1 is extended to half court. Must stay in line with the
ball and offensive player in corner when ball is located on the ball-side wing. Passes to corner must be
long bounce passes or long lob passes so warrior has chance to recover on air-time. As ball or offensive
wing approaches scoring area the wing must “melt down” into scoring area. When wing is weak-side
must be directly on-top of weak-side post player. This means wing has responsibility for the diagonal
pass and can’t get screened in on the backside. Still has skip pass to wing and will be able to recover on
air-time if passed is forced long by the top player. On the skip pass weak-side wing must make banana
close-out to prevent quick reversal to baseline. Can “press” (dig and recover) up or down on dribble
when ball is on ball-side corner or wing extended. Note wings may have to cover baseline on quick
reversal into warrior can get there and bump them back to proper position.

Warrior – Must be the toughest and hardest working player. Covers baseline to baseline. When ball is
on ball-side wing the warrior is responsible for covering the ball-side block (sitting directly on top) and
must get to the corner if ball is passed to the baseline. When covering baseline warrior must NOT give
up baseline drive or post-entry. Everything must be funneled into the middle towards the center. If ball
is drove middle from baseline the warrior must get back to the ball-side block as the center steps up to
the plug the penetration. Must be tough enough to battle bigs on weak-side rebound or ball-side post
opportunity.

Teaching Points

1. D players must melt into scoring areas when ball is penetrated by dribble or passed to high post.

2. All players must recover on air-time of pass. Great players react on the pivot.

3. As the possession goes it’s important the top must stay high and not get flat.

4. All five players must help to rebound (most susceptible part of 1-3-1)
Full Court Passing Drills - pg. 1

Don Meyer
Full Court Passing Drills
3 2 5 3 Lanes 2 Balls
2 1 4 - Players run in a straight line passing the 2 balls back and forth
- Use a dribble to if the person is not ready to catch
- 2 people will shoot at the other end. Need to know who is your group so
you have the right person finishing near the basket and who should be taking
jump shots

Full Court Passing Drills


3 Lanes 1 Ball Curl Cut
2 1 4 - Using 1 ball, the players run down the floor passing the ball to each other
- The middle player will set a down screen for a curl cut. The person curling
will get a pass from the wing
- The person who sets the screen will pop back and receive a pass from a
stationary person with another ball for a shot

All Contents Proprietary


Full Court Passing Drills - pg. 2

Don Meyer
Full Court Passing Drills
3 Lanes 1 Ball Back Cut
2 1 4 - Using 1 ball, the players run down the floor passing the ball to each other
- The middle player will set a down screen. This time the cutter will back cut
to the basket. The person curling will get a pass from the wing
- The person who sets the screen will pop back and receive a pass from a
stationary person with another ball for a shot

Full Court Passing Drills


3 Lanes 1 Ball Quick Slip
2 1 4 - Using 1 ball, the players run down the floor passing the ball to each other
- The middle player will set a down screen. This time the person setting the
screen will quick slip to the basket. The person curling will get a pass from
the wing
- The person who uses the screen will receive a pass from a stationary
person with another ball for a shot

All Contents Proprietary


Drill begins with 4 players aligned in the box of
the lane, a post at each block and a guard at
each elbow. A coach throws the ball off of the
glass, the player on the right block (4) jumps to
grap the rebound at its highest point and turns
over his outside shoulder to throw an outlet ot
the right elbow guard (1) who has sprinted to
outside the three point line. At the same time,
the guard on the left elbow (2) is making a
sharp diagonal cut to the middle of the floor to
receive a pass. This guard dribbles to half court
and turns around. 1 makes a V cut and comes
back to the wing to receive a pass from 2. 1
catches and enters the ball into the post (4),
who turns and throws it off the glass, over to
the other big (5). 5 will be turning over his
shoulder to throw to a new guard stepping on
(guard lines are placed on the sideline at foul
line extended). While 1 now will be playing the
role that 2 played, flashing to the middle on
diagonal cut.
Divide the team into three teams (A,B , and C) and have them line up as shown. The first
player in line steps up and A has the ball. ‘A’ shoots a three. The ball is “live”, regardless of
whether or not the shot is missed or made. (On a make the three doesn’t count). The game
then becomes 1 on 1 on 1. With the player who grabbed the rebound being the one on
offense. The team of the player who scores receives a point and then that team moves to
the point arc to take the next shot and resume the game. The next player in each line steps
into play and the previous players rotate to the end of the line.
PLUS 2 TRANSITION:
An advantage/disadvantage drill those progresses from 2-on-1 to 3-on-2 to 4-on-3 to 5-on-
4 to 5-on-5. Drill begins with a line of skins in each corner along one baseline and line of
shirts in each corner on the opposite baseline. A player from skins attempts a free throw
while two shirts are on bottom blocks (like a regular free throw) Once the free throw is
made or missed, the shirts are transitioning in a 2-on-1 break against the skins player that
has now dropped back to defend the disadvantage situation. At the completion of the
possession (only 1 shot on each possession, no offensive rebounds) and the skin defender
has secured the ball, 2 new skins join him on the court and skins transition 3-on-2 to the
other end against the 2 shirts. The same sequence occurs on the other end with 2 new
shirts hopping on to go 4-on-3 and so on, until you have 5 on 5.
OKLAHOMA REBOUNDING:
The drill begins with 4 offensive players on the perimeter and 3 defenders in the paint.
The coach throws the ball to one of the corners and the defense must cover the 3 most
dangerous people on the floor (the ball and both wings –leaving the opposite corner
open), the corner offensive player swing the ball to the nearest wing who swings it one
more to the opposite wing and then passes it the corner. At any time the coach can blow
the whistle and the offensive player with the ball shoots. The players scramble to box out
all the offensive players except the shooter.
5 ON 5 HURLEY DRILL:

In this drill, offense is playing dummy until the coaches call, they then play live. DRIVE: On
coaches calling “Drive” the on ball defender must run to touch the nearest boundary (If
covering the wing, defensive player touches sideline, if in slot, defensive player touches half
court) while the offensive player is looking to drive the opening. After touching the sideline
the defensive player sprint s back into play. TRAP: On coach calling “trap” the nearest
defenders runs to trap the ball. SWITCH: On coaches “Switch” call, the offense drops the ball
and the defense picks the ball up to attempt to score at the same basket the offense was
previously trying to score at (staying on the same side of half court). The newly turned
defensive team is not allowed to guard the player that was covering them. CHANGE ENDS: On
coach yelling “Change” the offense drops the ball and picks up a player other than the one
that was guarding them while the defense gains possession and transitions to score the other
way.
4 CORNER DRIBBLING
In this drill we have the player line up in the 4 corners on 1 half of the court. We have
1 ball in each line. The players will be dribbling straight at each other, in the middle of
the halfcourt, executing a designated dribble move. The moves that we prefer to work
on are stutter, in and out, and crossover. We might combo the in & out with the
crossover. It is important that the players execute the move right as they approach
each other. We also want to see a low explosion step after the move. Once they reach
the opposite line they jump stop and hand the ball to the next person in line.
COMMERCE CORNER PASSING
In this drill we have the players split into groups of
three. We move them to the corners of the gym. The
boundaries in each corner are the baseline, sideline,
side of the lane and a line from the top of the key to the
sideline. This last line needs to marked by a coach
standing in that area or a cone. The objective is simple
and straight forward. The offense must complete 20
passes before turning it over. The defense must not let
this happen. If the offense completes 20 passes, the
defense does 20 pushups. If the offense doesn’t they
have 20 pushups. You can change the number of
pushups or punishment to whatever you want. The
offense must communicate and make good screens and
hard cuts. They must be able to pass with tough
pressure being applied. Likewise the defense must
communicate on screens and have active hands with
tough pressure. If the ball gets knocked out of bounds
by the defense, we reenter it at the point of
interruption.
LOCKE DRILLS
This drill is a complete footwork drill. It was
designed by Coach Tates Locke. The drill begins with
the player passing the ball from the baseline to the
coach at the freethrow line extended behind the
three point line. The coach passes back to the player
and he cateches with his back to the basket on
jumpstop. (this jumpstop facing the coach is a big
point of emphasis in setting up the pivots). We have
the players alternate sides. We will perform each
move, on either side, at least twice
I. Catch, drop step outside foot, layup
II. Catch, fake drop step, front inside pivot, jumpshot
III. Catch, fake drop step, front inside pivot,
shot fake, crossover, drive for power layup
IV. Catch, fake drop step, front inside pivot, shot
fake, crossover, 45 degree angle bank shot.
V. Catch, reverse pivot on outside foot,
jump shot
VI. Catch, reverse pivot on outside foot,
rip through for a power layup
VII. Catch, reverse pivot on outside foot,
shot fake, cross over, drive across lane for
reverse layup
VIII. Catch, front pivot on outside foot,
shot fake, cross over, drive pull back
jumper
BOXELL DRILLS
These drills start with 3 lines at
halfcourt and begin with a 3 man
weave pattern, ending with a player
at the wing with a ball, a player at the
basket and and the final passer
between the other two players. We
will work a variety of things at the
conclusion of the weave. We will
have the players pass to the right for a
designated time and then make then
pass to the left for a designated time.
Allowing us to work both sides of
halfcourt.
Close out to 1 on 1 with
helpside:
3 will close out on 1 and
play one on one. 2 is
backside help on Def. We
will work on help and
recover and trap on
baseline drives. We also
work our fly by technique.
We tell the defender to
protect the elbow and
block, pinning offensive
player on the sideline.
Blockout on Weakside:
3 passes to 1 for an
uncontested shot. 3 then
works on backside blockout
vs #2.
Deny the Flash to the
block :
#2 now looks to flash across the
lane for the ball. # 3 denies the
flash and forces #2 high. Once # 2
catches its one on one with
limited dribbles.

The variations are only limited by


your imagination. Great drill.
Flows well with a lot of our 3 line
drills.
7 ON 7 BASKETBALL
Teams cannot go past ½ court. X’s versus
the #’s play to a designated score or time. This is
a great way to get your advantage drills in a full
court setting, while still have 14 players involved
in the drill. Defense can press until the ball
crosses halfcourt
1 x1

2 x2

1 x1

2 1
x2 x1

c
2
x2

4
x4

2 3
x2 x3

x1

x2 2
4
x4

x1

1
5
4
3
2

1
1
c

2
3
4
5

5
4
3

2
1

1
2

3
4
5
Frank Martin from his clinic talk at the Texas Association of Basketball
Coaches convention in San Antonio.

- Don't cheat your kids. It's the reason you coach. Someone kicked your ass
into doing it right. Don't allow your kids to slide.

- If you allow [your opponent] to set up, play, and establish their identity,
they'll beat you.

- Defense starts with pressure offense. Run every time. We're going to put
you on your heels

- Re: Pressure Defense, "I believe in making [our opponents] throw long
passes."

- Re: Communication, "If you care about winning, you talk to your
teammates!"

- Teams now are either going to shoot 3's. If they dribble drive, it's going to
be a dunk. There is no in-between game anymore." - Prepare accordingly.

- Re: Halfcourt Defense, Teams don't get easy baskets against set defenses
that are back and ready to guard.

- Re: Wing Denial Backdoor Cuts, On-ball defender responsible for the lob
(ball pressure will eliminate easy look as well as make the pass longer,
higher, slower). 1 pass away (deny position) is responsible for taking away
the bounce pass.

- Passes go over or under the defense; never THROUGH the defense. Create
long passes.

- Opponents never catch the ball facing the basket. Defender should apply so
much pressure that they always catch with back to the bucket.

- Teaching point: On ball defense - "Crawl up in him." [I like this


terminology. Creates an image of a low stance]

- Teaching point: On ball defense - "Crack of your ass to the glass." Nose on
top hip.
- Basic philosophy: No layups. No 3's. Hard 2's.

- Put tennis balls in the hands of the defenders, especially in 1-on-1 drills.
Keeps hands off the offense and eliminates hand checking.

- "We don't accept being screened."

- Teaching point: 1 pass away - "Shrink the gap." On the line, up the line.

- When a dribble drive occurs, we don't teach the 1-pass-away to open up


and turn his back to the offense. We teach our guys to plug the gap with their
butt. This allows our guys to see their man the whole time and makes for
quicker close outs.
Creating your coaching staff from Doc Rivers, Head Coach of the Boston
Celtics:

- Build your staff based on the idea of what your team should be. Ask yourself
what do you want your team to stand for? Hire accordingly. Things Doc looks for
is loyalty, talent, and team players

- Engaging Assistants. Don't hire "yes men". Look for people that will provide
insight into what will make you better. Debate, explore, decide, and implement.

*** Pat Riley "Beginners are open. Experts are closed. The challenge is to stay
open."

- Take a page from the football coaching mentality. Find staff members that have
strengths that compliment each other. Much like football coaches being position
specific and/or offensively or defensively specific, find coaches that fill voids.
Doc says, "Give them room to be great!"

- If you tell your team to play their roles, shouldn't you do the same with you and
your staff?

- The X's and O's don't matter. What matters is if you and your staff can get the
players to buy in. Assistant coaches must buy in to the system and goal(s) as much
as, if not more than, the players.
Lawrence Frank – Defensive Concepts

Your every day habits will determine your execution."

To play on a good defensive team you must:


a. be a good individual defender.
b. be a good team defender.
c. be both a & b.
** If neither, you won't play! **

Defensive non-negotiables:
1. Sprinting back on defense.
2. Protecting our paint.
3. Closing out hard and contesting the shot.
4. Playing aggressively without unnecessary fouls.
5. All five players blocking out and rebounding.
** No Layups
** No Freethrows
** No corner 3's

If the ball gets into the paint, what are the consequences for the offense?
1. Charge
2. Steal
3. Deflection
4. Blocked shot
5. Hard "NBA" foul
** Never mention anything about scoring!

Transition Defense:
1 back = Dunk
2 back = Layup
3 back = Jumper
4 back = Got a chance
5 back = GAME ON!
- Win the first 3 steps!
- Stop the ball above the 3-point line
- Get the ball out of the middle 1/3
- Think "help"
- Open shots beat you in transition, but mismatches rarely will.] accept who
they are. You job is to make them better than they were."
Don Meyer

To the High School/ College Graduate:


Things You Did Not Learn in School

1. Life is not fair - get used to it.


2. The world won't care about your self esteem. The world will expect you to
accomplish something before you feel good about yourself.
3. You will not make $100,000 a year right out of school. You won't be a vice-
president with a company car until you earn both.
4. If you think your teacher is tough, wait until you get a boss. He doesn't have
tenure.
5. Flipping burgers is not beneath your dignity. your grandparents had a different
word for burger flipping - They called it opportunity.
6. If you screw up, it is not your parents' fault so don't whine about your mistakes,
learn from them.
7. Before you were born, your parents weren't as boring as they are now. They got
that way paying your bills, cleaning your room, and listening to you tell them how
idealistic you are - so before you save the rain forest from the blood-sucking
parasites of your parents' generation, try delousing the closet in your own room.
8. Your school may have done away with winners and losers, but life has not. In
some schools they have abolished failing grades. They will give you as many
times as you want to get the right answer. This, of course, bears not the slightest
resemblance to anything in real life.
9. Life is not divided into semesters, you don't get summers off, and very few
employers are interested in helping you find yourself. Do that on your own time.
10. Television is not real life. In real life, people actually have to leave the coffee
shop and go get jobs.
11. Be nice to nerds. Chances are you will end up working for nerds.
12. Smoking does not make you look cool; it makes you look moronic. And ditto
for purple hair, pierced body parts, and tattoos.
13. Living fast and dying young is romantic, only until you see one of your friends
at room temperature.
14. Get up when you fall down.
Don Meyer Thoughts:

It's How You Play the Game: Mental Discipline

1. Communicate with teammates vs. talk with opponent (or officials, opposing
school crowd, opposing coaches, etc... They all have the same mental effect.)

2. Taking a charge vs. backing away from a charge.

3. Calling out and communicating assignments on the freethrow lane vs. violations
at the freethrow line.

4. Take charge or block shot to a teammate vs. wild leaping or goal tending.

5. Smart foul vs. dumb foul

6. Intense position pressure defense vs. wild lunging defense.

7. Poised offense vs. anxious offense.

8. Use the glass or grab the ball vs. don't use the glass or tip.

9. Inside game vs. outside game perimeter lapse.

10. Make lay-ups vs. miss lay-up and they score.

11. Positive one; look for ways to win vs. negative one.

12. Great effort each possession vs. great play syndrome.

Don't let weak people bring out the weakness in you.


Intensity and technique lead to hustle plays.
Play against the game.
Clinic notes
Fred hill (rutgers)
1
Fred Hill
Rutgers
Transition and Early Offense
DC Sports Coaching Clinic
Ramsey High School
Ramsey, NJ
October 11, 2009

If a team traps on a ball screen, have the ball handler lower their shoulder
and drive at the defenders hip. Rutgers was able to use this tactic to get
the other team in foul trouble.

Fred believes in building a base offense and then creating your quick
hitters from that. It gives the defense the same look on each play you run
so it is harder for them to figure out what you are doing.

2
Loop
1 of 2

2 and 3 v-cut to get open

1 passes to 2 or 3

3
Loop
2 of 2

4 drop steps and peels out to the opposite wing

1 sets a downscreen for 5

3 rubs his man off of 1 as he sets the downscreen

5 comes off the downscreen to the strongside elbow

2 passes to 3 or 5

If the ball goes to 5 and he does not have a shot, the ball is reversed to 4
and the action repeats on the opposite side.

Created with basketball playbook from www.jes-soft.com


Clinic notes
Fred hill (rutgers)
4
Loop Out
1 of 2

2 and 3 use 4 and 5 as screens and pop to the wings (2 and 3 also have
the option to cross before popping out to the wing)

1 passes to 2 or 3

5
Loop Out
2 of 2

4 drop steps and peels out to the opposite wing

1 downscreens for 5

3 rubs off 1 and sets a ballscreen for 2

2 uses the ball screen to attack the paint

3 rolls to the basket

5 pops to the weakside elbow

2 looks to pass to 3 on the roll or take the ball to the basket himself.

6
Loop Get
1 of 2

2 and 3 use 4 and 5 as screens and pop to the wings (2 and 3 also have
the option to cross before popping out to the wing)

1 passes to 2 or 3

Created with basketball playbook from www.jes-soft.com


Clinic notes
Fred hill (rutgers)
7
Loop Get

4 drop steps and sets a cross screen for 5, at the same time 1 sets a
downscreen for 5

5 uses the screens to get to the strong side block

2 looks to pass to 5

8
Loop Up
1 of 3

2 and 3 use 4 and 5 as screens and pop to the wings (2 and 3 also have
the option to cross before popping out to the wing)

1 passes to 2 or 3

9
Loop Up
2 of 3

4 drop steps and peels out to opposite wing

1 sets a downscreen for 5

3 rubs his man off of 1 as he sets the downscreen

5 comes off the downscreen to the top of the key

2 passes to 5

Created with basketball playbook from www.jes-soft.com


Clinic notes
Fred hill (rutgers)
10
Loop Up
3 of 3

5 reverses the ball to 4

On the pass 2 cuts off 3 and 1 on the baseline to get to the corner

3 sets a backscreen for 5

4 looks to lob the ball to 5 for a layup or pass to 2 in the corner for a 3

Created with basketball playbook from www.jes-soft.com


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 1

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Boston Boston
SLOB- Need a 3 SLOB- Need a 3

3 1 2
4
4 5
5
3
1
2

5&4 down screen and 1 sets a ball screen 1 is the best shooter and looking for a 3 you also
have 2 com ing off a screen.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 2

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Bulls Bulls
SLOB- Need a 3 SLOB- Need a 3

2
5 2

5 3
4
4 1
1 3

5 corss screens and pops, 3 screens for 4 and 4 5 hits 1 for the shot
goes and screens for the inbounder.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 3

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Chicago
SLOB

5 4
2
1

5 screens for 1, 5 then screens for 3, 4 curls ball


side.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 4

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Dallas
SLOB- Need a 3

2 1

4 5

looking for a switch so 2 will be open

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 5

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Denver
SLOB- Need a 3

1
5
2
4
3

2 goes baseline like hes gonna set a down screen


and 2 use's the down screen but uses the cross
screen.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 6

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Golden State

4 1
5
3

4 cross screens for 1 then 4 goes corner, 5 down


screens for 2

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 7

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Houston Houston
SLOB- Need a 3 SLOB- Need a 3

4
4
2

1 5 2 1
5
3 3

2 hits 3 coming off of the screen

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 8

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Indiana Indiana
SLOB- Need a 3 SLOB- Need a 3

2 4 5 4 2 5

1 3

3 1

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 9

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


LA
SLOB- Need a 3

5 2

1 4

3 sets and upscreen for 1 and then 3 pops, 5


screens for 2 who goes under then comes to the
ball, 5 then goes and finds 1's m an and screens him
so he is free for the shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 10

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Magic Magic
SLOB- Need a 3 SLOB- Need a 3

4
1 4
2 1

3 3
5 2

1 screens and pops, 5 goes opposite corner, 2 2 dribble handoff with the inbounder for the shot.
screens for 3 then 2 curls for the shot.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 11

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Minnesota
SLOB- Need a 3

5 2

1
4
3

4 screens for 1 then 2 screens 4's m an who is


faking the lob look, 2 then gets a cross screen from
5.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 12

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Nets
SLOB- Need a 3

5 2 4 1
3

1 loops for the ball but he is a decoy, 2 fakes like he


going to down screen for him and when he pops
back 5 screens 2's m an.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 13

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


New Orleans New Orleans
SLOB- Need a 3 SLOB- Need a 3

1 3
3 5
5 2
4 4
1

1st cutter is a decoy

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 14

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Nuggets Nuggets
SLOB- Need a 3 SLOB- Need a 3

2 1 2
4
4 5
5

3 1 3

3 screens for 2

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 15

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Orlando
SLOB- Need a 3

5 1 4 2

5 screens so 1 can pop, 4 clears to the opposite and


the shooter then clears to ballside corner. 2 then
gets a double screen from the inboinder and 5.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 16

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Thunder Thunder
SLOB- Need a 3 SLOB- Need a 3

4 4
3
3
1 5 5
2 1
2

4 is the best shooter 4 gets a double

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 17

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Toronto Toronto
SLOB SLOB

4
2 1
5
1
5
4
3 3
2

5&4 set a cross screen for 1 who loops to the elbow,


4 then goes corner and 5 screens for 2 who is
popping.

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 18

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Utah
SLOB

5 2
3 4

5 down screens for 1 who pops, 4 screens for 2 who


com es to the ball

All Contents Proprietary


Gam e Winning OOB Plays - pg. 19

Gam e Winning OOB Plays


Warriors
SLOB- Need a 3

2
4
1
5
3

2 goes first, then 4, then 5 screens 1's m an for a 3.

All Contents Proprietary


DECEPTIVE FULL COURT PRESSURE
by Gary Williams

Positives
1. More preparation time for opponents
2. Great conditioner for your team
3. Gives you an aggressive/tough mentality
4. Another way to score
5. Ability to come from behind
6. Helps you control tempo
7. Ultimate Weapon

Negatives
1. Takes more practice time
2. Have to sell pressure to your players
3. Must go along with your coaching personality
4. Opens you up to criticism

MAN-TO-MAN

• Get comfortable in the open court


• Try to take away a side (either big side of the court of weak hand)
• Can afford to reach and gamble in the backcourt
• Get to spots, don’t worry about stance as much as getting to spots
• “Squeeze” him the sideline
• “Stalking” approach slowly and steer him to a spot
• Off the ball, play away from your man and towards the ball
• As the ball is advanced, step up into the passing lane and make the first pass hard to
complete (that is the steal you will get more often than picking the ballhandler)

RUN-AND-JUMP

• Can’t come up too soon or you give up the easy pass


• On the trap, take away the split move and the sideline
• Rotate to the ball to protect the basket
• If the trap is broken, you must convert back into the lane to take away easy baskets (we
will allow long jump shots in transition)

1-2-1-1 ZONE PRESS

• Always set up the press after a basket in practice, you don’t have to always run it
• Match-up as well as you can in the initial set
• Force the ball to the corners and the baseline
• The ball determines the positioning of the other players
• Ball-side sideline is the responsibility of the middle man (bait the trap)
• 5 must know how much he can come up and still protect the basket
• Sprint out of the trap and convert. This is a one-trap press
• Man outside the trap can choose to guard pass back to the inbounder or pass to the
middle
• Lean toward where you think the ball might go. Anticipate
• Work to get the ball from behind as you convert to get back into the play

1-3-1 ZONE PRESS

• Influence the ball to the sidelines


• Everyone needs to be covered at half-court and on the other side of half-court
General Thoughts and Application Rules for the Princeton-style
Offense
*The following notes were taken from Derek Sheridan’s Basketball’s Princeton-style
Offense: A Simplified Approach for High School Coaches

1. The post player is the only true “position” player. Fundamentally sound players are more
important than positions.
2. The player should watch the person in front of him; he tells the player what to do.
3. The player should read the defense before he makes his move. For most situations, the player involved in a play will
have two options: One, the defense is overplaying; therefore the player will execute a backdoor cut. Two, the defense is
sagging; therefore the player will accept a sweep (dribble hand-off) from the ball handler. There is a counter for
everything the defense does. Your player must be able to make a quick read when the ball is dribbled at him.
4. Players must CUT HARD. They must cut all the way to the rim with the inside hand extended out. They should think
“layup” on each cut. They will look for the ball twice (early and late) then get out of the way.
5. Players don’t dance. They are to make a read and cut hard. Once a cut is started, they should cut hard and get out of
the way.
6. The player should stand ready to shoot when off the ball. Butt down and hands up. Players should think “layups and
three-point shots,” in that order. The player will occupy his man and float to open spots.
7. The player should always be ready to fill the spot above him with proper timing.
8. Players shouldn’t screen air. They must get body-on-body on all screens and be ready to step back for a shot.
9. The player will hit the cutter with a bounce pass. The quality of the pass will be in direct correlation to the quality of
the shot. The bounce pass should be low so that it is hard to steal or deflect. Pass the ball right behind the defender’s
butt.
10. Players must dribble with a purpose.
11. Patience coupled with focus is a virtue in this system. Your players might run 3-4 sets in a single possession.
12. Unselfishness, fundamental play and timing are the foundations for establishing the flow of this offense.
13. Keep the area below the free-throw line empty when playing against a team that is more athletic. Try to “out
fundamental” them. Keep post defenders away from the basket.
14. Few quick hitters are used.
15. Repetition is the “mother of all learning.”
16. The post player must be a good passer. His options are S-R-P (Score-Read-Pass).
17. Players shouldn’t run at the ball – greedy players run at the ball. The back cut is used to offset defensive
aggressiveness.
18. When a player backdoor cuts from the top of the key, he will exit out to the strong side of the floor if he was not
passed the ball. When a player backdoor cuts from a wing, he will exit back out to the side from which he came.
19. A strong-side sweep = a weak-side flare.
20. When a strong-side forward catches the ball, his first look is to feed the post.
21. Never run the same phase twice in a row – think “change.”

From a coach’s perspective, the following are reasons to choose this offense:
1. Necessity
2. Player talent level varies
3. Negates opponents strengths
4. Control
5. Offense becomes defense as game is slowed down
Phil Beckner-Weber State Assistant Coach
phillipbeckner@weber.edu

Herm Edwards
NFL Rookie Speech

1st QTR

 It’s not a right but a privilege to play and coach in the NFL.

 Talent, Expectation, and Production – sometimes can be a curse.


-Does the production meet the talent?
-Don’t waste your tale

 Expectations- a goal without a plan is a wish!

 Priorities-your habits create who you are.


-if you’re not willing to change your habits, you’re not changing
-What are your priorities? Herm Edwards: Faith, Family, Occupation
-12 o’clock rule-nothing good happens after 12:00am

2nd QTR

 Professional football player-it’s not a hobby, it’s your occupation.


-You have to take a grown man’s job.

 Be coachable and available; be on time-know your role and do your job.


-don’t get sensitive, be coachable
-“hurt got to play, hurt got to practice” everyone’s always hurt, you don’t get better on
the sideline

 Be a good listener-hear (focus)

 Processing information is critical to having a successful career.

 Coaches teach you 3 things-what, how, and why.

3rd QTR

 Commitment-it usually starts w/ a struggle; everyone wants to go to heaven but nobody wants
to die.

 Distractions-wealth & fame attracts many friends.


-you choose your friends, don’t let them choose you
Phil Beckner-Weber State Assistant Coach
phillipbeckner@weber.edu

3rd QTR (cont.)

 Enthusiasm-Compete-it’s not about the opponent


-gotta like football
-#4 Brett Favre, all time example, never lost enthusiasm

 Be Accountable-to coaches and teammates


-you must earn the trust of coaches and veteran players

4th QTR

 Protect the Shield

 Legacy-once you receive the pro helmet and jersey your legacy begins.

“ A Pro”

• Always Early-studies the game plan, ready list, and opponents film/notebook to prepare for
days work.

• Team-Always puts the team first ahead of personal glory

• Physically Prepared-never tires in practice or game, motivates and pushes himself in practice,
sprints to the ball to finish the play.

• Competes-thrives on challenges; the tougher-the better (esp. in 1 on 1 physical contests)

• Football Player-plays hard to the ball and thrives on being physical

• A Leader-by example, he epitomizes the way the game should be played


Hubie Brown: Techniques and Strategies

What do you talk about during a timeout?

*Offensive timeout
1. Offensive play
2. How many TOs are left?
3. Are we in the penalty? - No fade away shots
4. What defense we are in if we make, or miss? (Do you trap or foul right away?)

*Defensive timeout
1. Who do we foul?
2. Who are their best offensive rebounders?
3. Who are their 3 pt shooters?
4. Are they in the penalty?
5. What is their favorite play?

General comments from Hubie

*Don’t leave the foul lane empty when ahead by 1, 2, or 3 points-match up man to man.

*Don’t inbound the ball with one hand-what happens if a defensive player slides in?

*Don’t slap the ball on inbound-go when the ref hands the kid the ball.

*Offensive rebounds-go behind the board, then box out on the weak side.

*Keep your terminology simple

*On any pick and roll, go at least 2 dribbles past the screen to maintain spacing

*On any screen, the screener should open up the shoulder you screen off of

*Offensive principle: leave an area, replace an area

*In your press offense and ½ court offense, have a short pass and long pass option always

*If a post man is being double teamed and you are on the opposite block, flash to the middle of
the paint (the dotted line in the paint)-DON’T just stand on the block

*When you set a screen, Hubie says to screen an area, not the defender because there’s a higher
chance of a ref calling an illegal screen; also, the defender can’t feel the screen immediately

*He never makes players run suicides: the only one who is happy in the gym is you, everyone
else hates you
Offense

*Get your high % shooters shots from their spots, not your worst shooters-Who’s taking the
shots in your offense?

*Evaluate your offense at the 1/3 and 2/3 point in the season, and at the end of the season-get rid
of bad plays at end of season

*Vs. a ½ court trap, teach the back dribble to create a potential 4 on 3 situation when you get the
ball out of the trap

*If trapped without the dribble, take the ball (and the defender) down near the floor

*Drill: Have 2 lines of kids at half court, elbow extended location. From half court, have the
kids take 2 dribbles to a chair on the elbow for a shot. Good for seeing the rim and keeping your
head up on the dribble.

2 week program to get ready for the season

1. Conditioning (exercise program)

2. Lay-ups (4 dribbles)
a. Stutter-explosion
b. Crossover
c. Through legs
d. Wrap around
***He has guards and posts do these

3. Shooting-5 spots on the perimeter


-3 shots from each
-guards shoot from three, bigs one step in

4. 10 minute shooting
Guards
-3 man shooting-1 shooter, 1 passer, 1 rebounder
-3 stations-corner-elbow, elbow-elbow, other corner-elbow
-Rotate every 55 seconds
-Can get 50-60 shots each

Bigs
-Post moves
a. Drop step
b. Sikma
c. Jump stop
d. Up and under
5. Defense-10 minutes (NO SPECIFICS HERE)

6. Offense-Hubie’s necessities
a. Transition offense-misses, blocks, TOs
b. Fast break off of FTs
c. Out of bounds vs. types of pressure
d. Vs. the ½ court trap
e. Zone offense
f. Stall
g. A north/south offense
h. An “angle” offense-more east/west
i. Motion offense
j. Under basket out of bounds
Offense
Nova zone offense
NOVA ZONE OFFENSE

In this offense we want our 5 to start below the block. He will look for
opportunities to flash in behind the zone defense.

The wings start whereever that gaps are in the zone, High or Low.

Once the ball is passed to a wing, we initiate our cuts.

Player 4 (opposite guard), will cut thru the lane and to the short corner.

Player 3 (opposite wing will flash into the high post area.

Player 1 will cut away to the opposite wing.

Note: we can have a flare screen set by player 3 if we want too.

If we don't enter the ball to player 4 in the short corner or Player 3 at the high
post, the Player 3 will step out for reversal.

If the defense extends with player 3 for denial. we can have player 5 roll up
into the gap or have Player 1 flash in from behind.

On reversal our 5 man will look to pin the defense in by the rim.

1
Offense
If nothing is there we Player 5 will spin to the opposite block.

We then intiate our cuts.

Player 4 in the short corner will roll into the high post.

Player 2 at the opposite wing will cut baseline into the shortcorner.

Player 3 will cut away and read how the defense plays our high post player.

the pattern continue with our high post (Player 4 stepping out for reversal.

our post and opposite wing will watch how the defense plays our reversal step
out.

we again look for 5 to pin in on the defense.

we have 2 flashing up from the short corner and player 1 cutting to the short
corner and player 4 cutting away.

We are set up in the normal set again.

2
Offense
lob special;

we can look to back pick with our post and short corner for a lob.

Created with Basketball Playbook from www.jes-soft.com 3


Phil Beckner-Weber State Assistant Coach
phillipbeckner@weber.edu

Jeff Capel
Villa 6 Notes

Great first quote- “You are more honest evaluating yourself after getting fired.”

Coach Capel said he looked for 3 things in Assistant Coaches when he became a head coach (loyalty,
hard workers, and basketball smarts) but these things eventually changed into the 6 things below...

1. Communicate-need to know how to communicate with different people (players, parents,


advisors, etc.)
2. Energy-head coaches do not want an assistant who is negative or moody every day. Bring
positive energy to staff meetings.
3. Evaluator-being able to evaluate talent is imperative! Know your head coach (what he likes/who
can play for him)
4. Innovative/Intelligent-ideas for recruiting, practice, have a way to figure things out
5. Relentless-assistants that are not afraid to be told no, assistants that are relentless recruiters
6. Tireless-you have to be a worker, have to try to improve yourself

3 keys for Assistant Coaches:

1. Know your head coach and believe in him!


-know how he handles things
-the types of players that can/can’t play for him
-his personality
2. You cannot have an ego problem
-practice effective communication
-use “We” vs. “I”
-whenever you leave the meeting, even if difference in opinion-be connected
3. Protect your head coach
-don’t blindside w/bad issues
-be loyal

Other thoughts:

“If you want opportunities---Win where you are!”

“Assistants most important job is to make the head coach look good.”

“If your boss trusts you, don’t be afraid to speak up in meetings.”

Capel to players when first taking the VCU job-“You’re not allowed to be average in anything you do-we
demand excellence”
Running Program
Fall Running Workout

1 2 3 4
Set 1 FL FLSH HC BL
HC HCBP HCBP FLSH
BL FL FLSH HCBP
FL BL FLBP
Set 2 FLSH HCSH FLBP BL
BL BL BL FL
FLBP FLBP FL BL
HC BL BL
Set 3 BL HC FLSH HCBP
FL HCBP HC BL
BL FLSH FLSH FLBP
Set 4 HCBP FLBP BL BL
BL HC FLSH HC
FLBP FLSH HC BL
HC BL BL HCBP
FL FLBP HCBP HC
Set 5 FLSH BL HC FLBP
HCBP HC HCBP HCBP
HC FL FLSH BL
FL FLSH FLSH
HC
Set 6 BL HC BL HC
HC FL FLSH HCBP
BL HCBP BL FLSH
FLSH BL

*Put team into 2 groups.


*Group one runs a set while group 2 waits. As soon group one finishes a set, send group 2.
*Run column 1, rest 1 min.; run column 2, rest 3 mins.; run column 3, rest 1 min.; run column 4.
*Every set is equal to 1 quarter of game running.

FL-free throw line (closest to you)


HC-half court
BL-baseline
BP-back peddle
SH-shuffle (slide)

This program came from Jim Boeheim at Syracuse University. Coach Boeheim was frustrated
with the fact that his team was not “game” shape ready when he was able to start full workouts.
During the pre-season, the NCAA would allow them to condition, but they could not do
any activity with a basketball while coaches where present. In order for him to get his team
in “game” condition, he had some graduate students develop a program for their thesis. When
this program is used, it is equal to playing 1 full game without the use of a ball.
Jim Ponchak 7/24/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Joe Mihalic
“Attacking Pressure”
Nike Coaching Clinic
Verona, NY
May 16, 2010

• Alignment is crucial
1. Inbounder is important
2. Ball handlers and non-ball handlers determine alignment
3. Make sure you have defensive balance
• Philosophy is important
1. Niagra's – If they are pressing, they are gambling. Make them pay!
2. Morgan Wooten's – Salesmanship is important. If you are nervous, the team picks up on it.
If you sell that your are going to beat it, the players will believe.
• Box and 1 works because the other team is not prepared
• If you are playing against a great point guard, go Box and 1 on him.

1
Jim Ponchak 7/24/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

2
Jim Ponchak 7/24/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

3
Jim Ponchak 7/24/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

4
Jim Ponchak 7/24/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

5
Jim Ponchak 7/24/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

6
Jim Ponchak 7/24/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

7
Building Your Man-to-Man Defense
Kansas State University
Head Coach Frank Martin

Head Coaching Record


Season Team Overall Conference Standing Post Season
2007-08 Kansas State 21-12 10-6 3 NCAA Second Round
2008-09 Kansas State 22-12 9-7 4 NIT Second Round
2009-10 Kansas State 29-8 11-5 2 NCAA Elite 8

Kansas State 72-32 30-18

We believe in pressuring teams with your offense, can help your defense. The more we run the harder it
takes for our opponents to set up their defensive scheme.

Defensively, you must pressure the basketball and the passing lane. We do not let our opponents catch
the ball going towards the rim. We make our opponents catch the ball going away from the basket.
No Catch on the Three Point Line!
If you have a guy take a possession off it hurts your team.

We make the opponents point guard get out of control and that is the heart of our defense, our off the
ball defenders should be “Up the Line, In Line”. Ball in the middle of the floor we believe in squaring up
with the offensive player. Ball gets to a side keep it there, if the ball gets in a gap plug with your “butt”
get back to yours.

Goal of our defense is to make you play us one on one.


Every time the ball is shot from the side 3, 4, and 5 better get opposite or they are out of the game. (In
practice “Treadmill”).

We contest every shot every defensive drive through our chest. “Butt to the middle/Chest to the
opponents top hip/Dribble the offensive player away from the basket. Ball on the side we defend
sideline.

Foot-fakes/Ball Fakes
Our rule with foot fakes, anytime a player gives you some kind of a fake, take a step straight back, and
then step back up. Do not go side to side.

Must make your opponent through over hands! Direct passes kills you!

The drills we incorporate within our defensive scheme we do every day. Our players know when we call
out the name of the drill we go right into it. We prepare our guys play with fouls. Michael Beasley was
good at playing with two fouls in the first half. We prepare our player in practice with these competitive
one on one and two on two drill along with our advantage plus one advantage drills.

I truly believe if your players compete hard on the defensive end you can establish an identity for your
team and to see how tough your players are in a hostile environment.
1 x1

2 x2

1 x1

2 1
x2 x1

c
2
x2

4
x4

2 3
x2 x3

x1

x2 2
4
x4

x1

1
5
4
3
2

1
1
c

2
3
4
5

5
4
3

2
1

1
2

3
4
5
SOONER DEFENSIVE DRILLS
by Kelvin Sampson

1. Loose Ball Drill


a. Two guys start on the block
b. Coach rolls the ball out and they start on the whistle
c. Player who gets the ball is on offense

2. Charge Drill
a. Player who does not catch the pass takes the charge

3. Zig Zag Drill


a. Work on stance, foot movement
b. Nose on the ball
c. Step-slide movement
d. Turn four times from baseline to baseline

4. Cut and Chug Drill (Front the Cutter)


a. Jump to the ball
b. Skip pass instead of cutaway

5. 3 Line Closeout
a. Talk constantly
b. Coach passes to either side and all 3 players closeout to that side
c. Ball is passed back to coach and players get back to middle again

6. Transition Defense (4 on 4, 5 on 5)
a. All players start at the free throw line
b. Player guarding the ball must touch the baseline

7. 3 on 3 Cutthroat
a. Four teams of 3
b. Only defense can score
c. Rebound, loose ball recovery, or charge is 1 point
d. Offense becomes defense with an offensive rebound

8. 5 on 5 Full-Court with Bubble


a. Only score on rebound
b. 2 points for offensive rebound, 1 point for defensive rebound

9. War Drill
a. Split up perimeter/post/combined
b. First player to get 4 rebounds gets out
c. Last 2 left have some form of punishment
--There is a difference between playing hard and competing

--Teach the team the importance of practice

--Give responsibility to assistant coaches


SOONER OFFENSIVE DRILLS
by Kelvin Sampson

1. Full Court Lay-ups


a. Post—4 dribbles
b. Perimeter—3 dribbles

2. 21 Shooting
a. Two baskets, two groups at each basket
b. Four spots
c. 1st group to 21 wins

3. 3 Line Passing (3 lanes)


a. W/basketball or medicine ball
b. Call out teammates names

4. Miller Passing Drill (3 Man Fly)


a. Ball in the middle
b. Make sure to jump stop

5. Two Lines 50
a. Passer rebounds the shot
b. Shooter goes for the outlet
c. Make 30 of 50

6. Diagnal Passing Drill


a. 2 Minutes on the clock
b. Make 80 lay-ups
c. If they don’t make 80, punish them for every one they come up short

7. 1-4 Breakdown
a. 2 shots, backdoor and post flash

b. 2 shots, handoff and post flash

c. 2 shots, kick to the corner and post flash

8. Star Passing
a. 15 lay-ups in one minute

9. Four Minute Lay-up


a. 4 Minutes on the clock
b. Make 87-89 lay-ups
c. Two lines
10. Five Minute Shooting
a. 5 Minutes on the clock
b. Make 110 shots
c. Lay-up and 2 jump shots

11. Competitive Shooting Drill


a. One rebounder, one passer, one shooter
b. 1 minute, should make 15 (take 27 shots)
c. Run sprints for every one you make under 15

12. Defensive Rebound, Kick-Ahead Jumpers

13. Two Man Fastbreak (Duke 2-Man)


f "" I.

!
I

I I ! I
I I

~ I I

I
I

r \ 1 ~..) I ~
I
I

vv
, 0

I o
I I I
II
l' - \ ) I '\ .J ie

1\

L \ r~
u

\ - J
;to
/
/

0"
o

.0
/" 0
/
(

or-
,
--',-- ~-- r-"'--- -- - - -." "--- - -:.: '- - 1

-, -,

-~
~O I~ 1 ~)\\1 ~ Q)J tv\}' \\0 ,0~Ilh 1"(\.1 InlAA II )JI.ti (I,Ltl-- ~ rlttk ~ V

~Dhlu) ) I
6
I

.::~ ~

I f--'----
r-
'-n~
~ ", <,

V
I
0\ , ....• I !

'!
i\ -""
./ / ,I~~~ fi. ,j I'll,{\. ~I (\ r--d (
~\U~
OaA. Oil. lo<d \ ~l~
~H l~ P
M ~I 1'1. "M:\: ~c. ~~ l\h';:) ~
()
)'~I)~ IO-~ !r-l~'h/\ u, l~lQ,\
l ') c
1,,0 ~j()~ ,DlA~ J\1.
bM \I'IIA DJ It-u JV\( LOP[:\A U, io ~AA
..> \j
I, -l

I·'
"
\4 cl 'i%, AA }}J.Q I"-id ~ W.J:. ~\i IQ§ AA ~
J
I (j l'
/~I c~
1---'1 ll'il'l, ~C!J'\.QQ, lA. nIjuIA. L,\
.j
'-~"A

I ~ \\ \1 ~. / 4t~ ~ ml In ,A "0 ,
([ll(p]3 ~% lA X~
I...e
I
u,~I J:..f7 ~ro~b
'if 1(1 n Oh
,
~A

J~r ,QO to ('Qr\ f.,\,()\ p)(~ lac .{(llkX J


~- 9

~ ~m iJ\()\-. 1 ifu.

1 lr-,
,I- J fj) ~J ,l'\- c ~~
I 7)
0 ~
1\
(~

(J~ ~ r~~, ~\}r


fJ
II-
~
1(("

~:
-~ (; .1"'1
1/ '1

~ ~I ~'UM, J.\ ~\\ w \"rt ~~rn~a'" "))< u:0 !I\ { ~~ ~ Id


~
(~!W ~h I
bJ\(\: 1\ 9't\ y\
\I
~~ 0tD • flli\\ ~~u-t \Z~' ~\ o If i'\\JQ. \ 0i\'l C' ko" ./ ~o ~ iI 0 l\ 0
I I I
I I
I, r\ jV\I~i ~Of) t~, n ~ltI
I '\-..u'~,
"t;t.
b\ ~( 'l~ '~IJ lA rlli ~ . \\('
-u\
~

Uil
~ 0t ,~n~Qn .A \0..'1 ~ ~ (.~- ~J1 (I. AJ)V )
~ U
10].;,t&. :-Y\(\ I'~rl(j \nc lA- b\ t'~
-e-,
~<1
\
';' ~.. ,) \

x> i--'"
0

'-
[0 I -l-.>-
(' \-
1\ '~J I I··· \ ,r

1'- l"... v 'ol!J

~ ru "( /

/
/
I~

f" . ! / )

I( ( ) AJ

. \J J r

\ ..1/ Q ~
I
-

06
1

1\

er \ \ 10

I ~\ i~
. 7/f II'
D

- -

I I\ ~

, 1\ \

I J

!
-
I
I I
I I' \

- -\2..

'~.-1' I I I
1\1 I ¥ :

. I o

I~
I~

I I I 1
I I
I i
''D,
0:1) D

c
1

'\ ,..•..
,
\
~!
~"~
I,.,
\

•I

<,I..,..iI 1
,/.'
V'~
\,) ..•. ,..,,. {
/
~ ~
Cl
.

o
'\ q \

i I

~ J j _

• .u.J
0=" ~'- ..--- ..•.. -~ .-=-- •...-.,-- - -~ - .""-1'
--- r- ,-,---. ..-' - "'-, '-'~I~' I'-~-' '"

I \ D\f l\\Q .1
I M I~J ,0. C~.Oil, !f)
I~ (lA.,~ ir- ItOo~~lArl ~,
1
I
I".cv ,rtOA

I) 11 1\ \
\
1
1
1
I
/

\
,
:~ I",
t...-
lA \

I
. ~I •
IX
~ ll,t ,',(
1:J, '~1 \11\
. \) IJ~[\, ,At\ ~fl M r 1

'f\ lJ\Aa hknC I~ n


J
r\1AJ IL. IAA I. ~{) 2J'~lA V ~~ I~

I
I?( MJ1 Inn

f~ b~ !l l~~1 11\ c: lr f¥1 !.2.


(
1 I of)

)\ )~~
I- ~ [~ ~ "-; ~nll ~1\ ~Jt' iOI1ll11 ,A ~ ~jU\
-0 ~r1~N r 10 7Ifu:1~"md
i'v ( 0 I"'~ ',..-./
f)~
J
fA
'1)
t ~O lkll
I I
it tt
1
I an ~ 0/\ It, 11 I rAt lA IH
)
11/1 ----fvi?v6
1
0 ,)
~( ~J1 ' 0))

:P ./' X (v rAA\ iU ,,,- n 1(15\ ~


I,"?: f'r ~
\

l'Vj

I~. I~
\
,M V t.IQ rIJ /1 JJ\l \ .0 Pn A ~,
10 \ 1&.1.1.
i~/ D
C) ,
i

,
\~ ~hllM It\i~
\IM N lQ.( ~ ~ .-.J
<- Mo. ,l \;( 10
~
Y'll b ~.pl~ n~ «oa,

-
I, \/

I&~ JI\ 01)

~{i~j~
-:
~ M ~'v i~

"'""" ~ ~~A v, I\-- ~( 11 I I )\ [l.A I.\-"h. ~


DOrt \\ o (<).j Kwl lA
.k
• ....l

~ le> fI\~ k le b~ ~ In ~ ~ lo VU lac le'


p \ \
· ... . .•. -~~. --- . ~ ~ -...•..----... """"'"' -..- - ~- ... ,- ,-- ,- I

: l)~O 1 I I I

I I
I
I

..-
"" I
I

\" I

\ ~ 'Q
I
I I I

x
\ \ "

I 0 I

I
(~ 10

i
I

I
I
I I
I '10

--'
I

I
Kevin Eastman July 2011

Shit this ain't working - the four most important words of coaching
Coaching is really a game of adjustments
2/3 acquiring knowledge
adjusting
1/3 sharing as much as he can
How to get better as a coach:
1. Do you know it?
2. Do you see it?
3. Do you feel it?
4. You have to get to a point where you see all 10 players every
possession
5. Begin with the end in mind: John Maxwell
6. YOU ALREADY HAVE TO BE THERE BEFORE YOU GET
THERE

He has a laser focus as he knows he will die. 2034

Only three days to live - what would you do...


what you can learn from doing the question---
Value relationships - networking
Don't put things off - Covey - Begin with the end in mind
Thinking about the end gives me urgency for the now - 3 possibilities
negative impact?
positive impact?
No impact?
Google the Hall of Fame acceptance speeches to see how coaches impacted players

Put together a notebook as a young coach to know what he was doing...and to show
any interviewer that he was learning and keen

Four non X and O Cornerstones.


Culture
Coaching (he said culture here)
Our Standards
The Success Checks
Our Core
The Strength of everything that we do comes through the middle our inner

Coaching (Culture)
Seek wisdom from those who came before you.
Oprah Winfrey - "Take action on the thoughts that whisper to you"
Footprints from the others let you -
Find it
Follow it
See if it fits
goals
Wants to give us a new idea
Can substantiate what you are doing
Can stimulate your thinking

People
Culture
Leadership

Four Cornerstones of Success/standards

A) Culture: 3 core principles


Winning
Every decision is based on will it help us win
Personal Sacrifice
Championships are we driven not me driven
If you want to go far go together - if you want...
Accountability
To team and self

B) 11 Standards (sent this out with the email)


1 We will commit to the Celtic Way of doing thing
DO DEFFENSE FACING THE BLANK BANNER
2 Games going down to the end are won on execution and at the crucial minutes
3 No excuses - understanding that there will be mistakes

Has 8 others on his sheet (Sent out with email)

Do Your Job Completely- Bill Belichick on the wall in his locker room

Hidden Coaching - whisper coaching

His Culture and Standards allows him to handle situations with the athletes

Have to have a motivational piece to handle the grind - athletes must commit to it and
believe in it

C) Success Checks
1 Investment vs entitlement
Garnet - the celtics do not owe me shit and I have to earn it every
single day
Teams of entitlement never win - players must invest in their own
success
2 Investing -
Read what you need to read
Watch what you need to watch
Study what you need to study
Learn what you need to learn

Not a coach but a ...


Ego management and character adjustment

Books to Read - You have to stay relevant (Every time he reads a book, he highlights it
and he hires someone to put the highlighted parts into notes)
Inside Steve's Brain - Steve Jobs
The Gold Standard - Mike Kryschevski
 He writes down as much as he can
Passion
I still have great passion for the game and when you combine passion with new
knowledge you continue to grow. Coach K
They tell their players "it's not what you have accomplished in your life, it's what
you should accomplish with your talents"
He feels like he should have read more when he was younger, he is so far
behind.
Important - we only want players who love the game - they weed them out if they do not
Passion is Powerful
People see passion
People feel passion
People follow passion
Garnet a good example (passion is a multiplier)

3 Your pay check is your responsibility not your employers


You have to earn it every day
Players need to take responsibility
Your pay-check rarely exceeds your value
4 Embrace the C
Culture
Competition: Most kids hate competition
Change - players come and go - accept that -
Don't fight change because you are affecting your future
Make it work rather than wait to see if it works Risk/Reward
1) Learn from the past
2) Produce in the present
3) Get to the Future First or get there best
5 Big eyes Big ears and a small mouth - a key to success-We don't know
enough.
We already know what we know but we need to know what everyone knows.
Michael Jordan - tries to score 8 points every quarter

He reads a lot of magazines and gave out a few saying from the magazines
1) Inc Magazine: Arrive ready to achieve (another way of saying be there before
you get there)
2) We employ a highly sophisticated global chain called "people"
3) We focus on excellence every time we make a tire

One perfect form shot 1000 times

Personal Responsibility List: 5 Parts

1) Character-leads to Choices
2) Choices-define your reputation
3) Reputation- leads to your brand
4) Brand your image -leads to your legacy
5) Legacy - what you leave behind

6) Self-Evaluate after every game: Coaches and player must self evaluate after every
game. As individual we should evaluate ourselves constantly
 on a yellow legal pad he will put a column of what he must do that
he is not good at

He tries to do one thing every day that he does not want to do. He does this every
morning. The one person you can't con is yourself

7) Pain of discipline pain of regrets.

Shame at the end of our lives that we did not do something that we wanted...

Don't go to your grave with your dreams still inside of you

8) Don't fear the consequences - fear not trying-what if you tried and it works?

9) Get past hard - Those who win championships get passed hard - Success is hard
Dallas Mavericks got passed hard
Don't get into the "it's"game - "It's too hard"
Once you start to blame you will begin to lose the game

We do not players with talent - we want talented players - with the extra dimension
If hard work and discipline was all that it took Army and Navy would win every
game.
Definition of Talent:
 The ability to blend their talent with the team
 The ability to perform within our culture and our standards
 The ability to motivate themselves and others
 Willingness to play for WE not ME
 Willingness to play under the team's terms
 Not play on our team but for our team
They look for poeple who can handle and master the 3 "Bilities"
1) Responsibility - what you must do with the role that you have - the role
may not be what you want but it is what we need to win a
championship

You can come and talk to us anytime you want if you are willing to hear the truth

2) Accountability
To yourself and the team
3) Availability - every day we need it - doing your workouts - Kevin gets
lower in stance lower to not get out of the drill (Boston Celtics do the Shell Drill
everyday)

10) Get people you can trust:


 Trust takes time - consistent - needs proof-
 The truth is hard: You have to be able to tell it, you must be able to
take it - you need to live it
 Speak as you mean, do what you professed and perform what you
promised (Yiddish)

11) Self policed team

12) Four Key relationships in a team atmosphere


1 ) Players need to like respect and trust the coaches
2) Coaches need to like respect and trust the players
3) Players need to like and respect the other players
4) Coaches need to like respect and trust the other coaches.(lots of backstabbing
in this)
**STRONG RELATIONSHIPS PLUS TRUST EQUALS BLIND TRUST (EVERY
TIMEOUT YOU NEED BLIND TRUST IN YOUR HUDDLE)

No personal agendas: Be very alert of your mal intents cause they are your best
recruiters of bad apples. They don't like to live alone. Off the court is where the most
slippage can happen. Bad apples prey on your players.

13) leadership
A position of power so do not abuse it
A position of responsibility so take it seriously
Player needs
1) RECOGNITION
2) COMMUNICATION
3) MOTIVATION

Find your hidden leaders who can get to certain people that you cannot get to

Leadership is plural - He believes what coach K says that more than one person is a
leader on a team at different times of the season

Open door not good enough - need open ears, open heart, open mind...

14) Four most powerful things that we tell leaders: The eyes and ears of your
teammates will tell us if they follow you.
1) What you say you know, they will evaluate it
2) What you promise, they will file away and remember it
3) What you say, they will hear
4) What you do, they will see
If they have their choice, they will take example leadership over verbal
leadership every single day

D) CORE
1) work ethic
2) our focus
3) our sacrifice
gave examples of shots they had to give up garnet , ray and paul pierce
Team work (mathematical equation)
It divides the effort
adds to the efficiency
it subtracts the selfishness
Multiplies the rewards

Two positions on the team that cannot be egotistical:


1) Roll players
2) Assistant coaches

Competition
Every night there is an enemy and if you want to win championships it cannot be
in our locker room.

Mantras: Amutu - people are only people because of other people. I am all I am cause
you are who you are
Read the poem The DASH

think about impact that you had on everyone that you ever coached - were you in their
top 3.

Afternoon Session: Defence

Pick and Roll Rules


Try to keep it simple.
Where is it set
middle of floor - always going to go weak coverage - force dribbler to weak
hand.
Offensive Point on Using Ball Screens: Fell yours, see his (the screeners defender)
read rotation
When guarding a shooting big - hedge if a roller then soft
Side is one of two coverages
with no player on the corner - they will show - ten toes to the
sideline
On offence a good screener will arrive without their defender so on
defence we want our player to arrive with the screener. Have chest
on the screener's shoulder as he is coming up.

with player in the corner they run Ice - push to the corner and have the
big play the lane aka our Tyler Show

If the ball is going away from you and you are on weak-side then you are pulled in - if
you are ball-side then you are pulled out.

Use high hands to buy time...

If the offense can throw darts - we are in trouble.

Before they change anything - they will play harder play smarter (better) then we will
sub,
if it still is not working, then they may change it.

Coach only has so many bullets. Once you have used them all, you have none left.

Drill by playing 4 on 4

A hesitant athlete is a non athlete.

Staggered pick and rolls


Handle the first with no coverage
on the second do what it you do in that situation
Triangle coverage below the ball to handle slips

Talk is early loud and often

trust the talk and then when you are screened - get to the force spot before they have
made contact with you

Show
Soft
Weak and
Ice - those are their coverages and verbals

As the offences have gotten better we have thought that our defences must get
simpler...

70 % of time spent on defence


60% of that time on screen and roll defence
another big chunk on transition defence

Transition defence
Get back - you have to be set when you get back
Nothing good happens behind the ball
call your fast break - sprint break
12 points of Transition D
first 8 are how to get back

0. On the rise of the shot 1 2 and 3 are going back.


1. The first three steps are the most important
2. Must get below the ball
3. No buddy running - do not run beside your check
4. Get to the sprint spots fast - we do not want offence to see lanes
5. Make the offence throw two passes
6. we are not guarding our man we are guarding their team
7. Communicate with your voice and your fingers
8. If only two get back they are in tandem
9. If three get back we are in Triangles
10. First big back protects the basket
11. The Protect the lanes
Decisons for smalls
1 Smalls should only go to boards if they know they can get the ball which means that
they should not go.

2 Do I go for a steal
diagonal retreats -
Decisions for bigs

1 Hustle

MUSTS
have a
Sprint back
Must take away early strike
Must make throw two passes
Must guard their team not our man
Transition is team defence not a match up defence
Find and cover shooters quickly
Use you fingers and your voice

Must eliminate
1 No complaining refs
2 No complaining about missed shots
3 No celebration of shots
4. Players instincts to go to boards
5. Eliminate play gambles

Improve Transition

1. Take good shots


2. 4 and 5 only get o boards
3. Get to foul line

9 things that hurt transition


1. lazy first three steps
2. lack of communication
3. Min mentality
4. crash the offensive boards
5 gamble
6 Easy passes aheads

Talking
1 intimidates
2 talk gives you a head start
3 it builds confidence
4 Wakes up a disengaged defender
5 catches a flare screen before it happens
6 energizes your team
Good teams you can tell
by voices talking and sneakers squealing
Multiple effort
Trust
Resolve - defensive resolve even when it seems that it is not working
Communication system

Defence helps win on the road


Must defend
Must eliminate transition
Must dominate the boards
Must have defensive resolve
ply though runs
Must eliminate your turnovers
The speed of the game on the road needs to be to your favour
Young guts lack confidence on the road

game changing statistics

50/50 game - must win 70% -long rebounds and loose balls
First to the floor want 100%
charges - want one charge per 1/4
When the ball gets in the lane there must be consequences
deflections 6 per 1/4

If you were BLIND


Low man winds
No short closeouts
Fouling negates hustle
win the last step

DOC

the helper should never get beat

the last six minutes of the moment of truth

Mismatches do not beat you open shots do


KNOW
YOUR NO's
no middle penetration - force to tape marks on the floor - top of key
no lay ups - force to the wider than the Russian spot
Do ball watching
no buddy running
no uncontested shots

Strong side wins you games

weak side wins you championships

Offensive Thoughts
12. Home Bases for players - when in doubt - where you should go
13. When in doubt spread out - get outside the three face up and reengage
14. Being aware of shooting turnovers
15. Sometimes the go to guys become the forfeit guys
16. The play may be yours but the shot may not
17. Teach break down awareness - what to do when the offence dies - they have closest
big to ball sets a screen on ball
18. Scorers have a responsibility to make the right decision
19. When talking to posts - it is fist fight to get position but a foot fight to score
20. If you want to build with your assistant - call them in and ask what they think about
something
21. Assistant coaches should weed the garden - all the stuff that puts dirt under your
finger tips - the head coach gets to smell the roses - evaluate your than emotion
22. Inbounder is a quarterback - they need to read their cues as to who should get it
first, second, third, etc.
23. There is a direct correlation between ball reversal and defensive break downs. Move
ball attack man is their mantra - so three reversals makes for easier breakdowns
24. Ballet offence should have sneaker squeaks all over the floor - on cuts on screens.
25. Know the plays, know the routes and know the timing
26. Give up position to get the possession.
27. Own the midline - post there - need no skill from there
28. Do not post up - post across to get more depth - they post on the mini lane
29. Put penetration boxes on the floor for visuals - drivers need to get a piece of the box
30. Do not do false penetration - dribbling crooked lines to the hoop
31. You must arrive without your defender -"running pick and rolls"
32. The closer the offence to the rim - the more physical your screens can be
33. Did your shooting percentage go down or did your shot selection go down?
34. Self analysis - never turn a good shot into a bad play.
35. Remember you have bad nights - do not bury a player for a bad night - ie bad
passing night for Rondo - they all get a tape of every shot on the year and every
turnover on the year.
36. Must own your space
37. We are not worried about individual great plays we are concerned with winning
plays
38. You make the cut for your teammate first.
39. Running the clock is not the goal - getting the good shot could come early.
40. If you give them the right to shoot the right to miss.
41. Remember that coaches have body language that the players read.
42. Offensive rebounds look for the three as you will get the most open shot
43. The more that we can screen a guy the more he will stand up.
44. Know thy enemy.
45. Bad shooters are always open.
46. Simultaneous action - ie a side pick and roll and and flare or diagonal screen on the
other side
47. Train your players eyes to see what you want them to see. Offensive formula:
rondo first in open floor - post up second - third find Ray or Paul.

July/20/09 Notes (Kevin Eastman Coaching U-Live Las Vegas)

When getting a job:


 At the end of the email say: What can I do for you?
 Let me know if I can help you in anything
 Never say no to an opportunity
 You never get a job with your resume alone

Read the book" Training Camp" by John Gordon

1) Get mentors
2) Who are your doormen (who will open doors for your future)
3) Achievement, advancement and movement does not happen in isoloation
4) Don't be afraid of consequences of failure
5) Offer to do all shitty jobs
6) Know who you are and who you are not
7) Most times the paycheck is not as important
8) You earn the money

How to get better as a coach


 Coaching is about investment, not entitlement
 Do you know it, see it and feel it
 must get to a point that you see all 10 players at once
 It pays to get off your ass

Pick and Roll


 4 ways pick and puts us in a disadvantage
1. Forces us to make decisions
2. Keep 2 defenders on the ball
3. Puts us in physical defensive positions
4. Puts us in a scramble mode not rotation mode
Rotations
 Practice it
 Trust it
 We feel it will work cause we practice it
 Never want to be in scramble

3 parts: If we do them we will have a chance to win

1. Position: Be where you need to need to be (must spots)


2. Awareness: Sniff out plays
3. Alertness: Ready to move and react as soon as we need to

Defensive Simplicity
1. Allows for aggressiveness
2. Makes you decisive

10 different pick & rolls


1. middle P&R
2. Side P&R
3. Step Ups (middle of the floor with back to the basket)
4. Angled P&R
5. Corner P&R
6. Flat P&R
7. Drags (in transition)
8. Double Drags
9. Twist = Screen Rescrean
10. Late Angled P&R

Defensive Scout
 Do they change the screener
 Do they change the ball handler
 Do they change the angle
 Any where anytime
 Tough to guard a 4 man that can shoot

12 Ways to Guard a P&R


1. Show (over and under)
2. Soft Show (in the lane)
3. Catch (Like soft but higher)
4. Weak (ICE don't allow ball handler to use the screen)
5. Spread Right or Spread Left (Send the ball to the loaded side)
6. Switch
7. Push the Screener
8. Blitz (it better have an impact)
9. Early blitz (blitz before she/he take the screen)
10. ICE corner
11. Any twist action
12. Scramble = Full Rotation

5 Ws of P&R
 Where: Location on the floor
 Who: Who is setting it and who is coming off of it
 What: What is their alignment
 What is our talk: Determine who controls your talk (Bigs control the talk to them)
 Say it early
 Loud
 Often
 What is our coverage

NBA Best Practices


Small:
 Pushes up into the man - must hit the pick before the pick hits you
 Make the ball handler use the pick unless you are in ICE
 Whatever coverage is called "do it"

Bigs:
 Big must arrive when the pick arrives
 Chest on the shoulder of the picker
 Big can't jump out too far or too early
 Have a split dribble hand and an advance pass hand (buying time)
 Bigs feet should mirror pickers
 Big's hip should be lower than the picker's hip
 Bigs are responsible for 2 dribbles until the small catches up
 Bigs must try to change the route of the dribble
 Down in stance
 Ball, you, lane and basket
 Bigs need to knwo shooters
 Stay with the ball until the small squares the ball up
 Bigs control the talk
Blitz Stunt
 Must have an impact
 We must get in rotation

Switching
 Make sure you have a switching group
 Who can switch with whom
 If you have a great athlete use him/her to switch

Teaching Points
 You can't allow the ball to go somewhere we don't want it to go
 Shoulders will get hit a lot
 Trust the talk
 Make the decision to go over or under at the point of the pick
 Scouting report is critical
 If you are only hearing the sneakers you are watching a losing team
 Try to keep bigs on bigs as much as you can

Key Terms:
 High Hands: Make the pass loopy and lobby
 Stunt: Buys time
 Bumps
 Pursue and square
 Trust the talk/Trust the coverage

Ten things that effect P&R defense


 Poor communication
 Small allowing his/her man to do what they want
 Bigs not arriving with the pick
 Allowing splits or early splits (before using the pick)
 Not making them use the pick
 Lack of effort
 Big not in stance
 Opponent who do a great job of engaging other defenders
 Ball defender not pushing into her check
 Opponents get into P&R rhythm

If P&R Defense not working


1. Do it harder
2. Do it better
3. Sub
4. Change Scheme

Defensive Thoughts
 To win you need: Transition Defence
Pick & Roll Defence
Half Court Defense
 Our defense can and will bail out our offense
 Defense if predictable
 What do we want to be?
1. Help team that takes two things away from offence:
a) Do not allow anything is the lane
b) Take away corner 3

 Three things to accomplish


(a) Keep the ball in front of you
(b) Protect the basket
(c) Recover out to the 3 point line

 Ideal Possession:
i) No penetration
ii) If there is a penetration, no shot off the penetration
iii) No shot at all in the first 3 passes of the offence

 Great defensive teams are multiple effort teams


(a) Help and recover
(b) Bump and recover
 Dictate penetration to penetration spots
 Limit middle drives

4 ways penetration hurts you


1. Fouls
2. Open shots
3. Lay-ups
4. Creates defensive scramble

5 things to emphasis
a) Get back and be set
b) Be a help team
c) No paint
d) No corner 3s
e) Awareness/Alertness

 Mismatches don't hurt as much as open shots


 Best teams can defend in disadvantage situations

6 must haves of defense


1. Communication
(a) Talk and intimidate
(b) Gives D a head start
(c) Gives man on the ball confidence
(d) You can wake up a disengaged defender
(e) Energizes a team
(f) It catches a mistake before it happens
2. Trust
3. Positioning
4. Awareness
5. Alertness
6. Multiple Efforts

Can't haves
a) A lack of must have's
b) Me first defense
c) Gamblers
d) Dare Shots (Short Closeouts)
e) Blow bys
f) We cannot help with the outside foot\

Consistency in 5 areas
1) Focus
2) Effort
3) Positioning
4) Awareness
5) Alertness
6) Posts: pause for poise

5 things to win on the road


1) Defend
2) No transition baskets
3) Rebound defensively
4) Have a defensive resolve
5) No turn-overs

Play any defense and win


1) Players commitment
2) Habits
3) Focus (Awareness/Alertness)
4) Passion: Great defensive teams have competitive motors

Defensive intangibles
1) 50/50 game
2) First to the floor
3) Charges
4) Deflections
5 Keys to buy defensive time
1) Ball pressure
2) Early help spots
3) Stunts (on the flight of the ball)
4) Bump on all rolls
5) High hands

6 techniques to master on defense


1) Help position
2) Rotation
3) Closing out
4) Reactions to jabs
 Go back 6 inches
 With 2 feet
 Recover with top foot
5) Guard yours on dead balls
6) Dig at posts

Post defense before the catch


1) Sprint back, turn, find and get them out of the paint
2) Early defense
3) Shoulder fight/leverage game
4) Physical war
5) Fist fight to foot fight

Transition Defense
1) 1 back = layups
2) 2 back = layups
3) 3 back = contested shot
4) 4 back = looking good
5) 5 back = looking great

10 tenants of transition defense


1) 1-2-3 back
2) 4-5 make a decision based on their position
3) First 3 steps are sprints back
4) Must get below the ball level in stance
5) First defense back protects the basket
6) 2nd defense back load to the ball
7) No buddy running
8) Get to shrink spots
9) If 2 are back we are in tandem and if 3 are back we are in triangle
10) Do your best to allow no shots in the first 2 or 3 passes

Things that hurt you in transition defense


1) Lazy first 3 steps
2) Lack of talk
3) My man philosophy
4) Crashing the boards
5) Gambles
6) Too much focus on Transition offence that you forget about Transition defense
7) Allowing easy advance passes
8) Buddy running
9) Drag and double drag
10) Cross Match-ups

8 musts of transition defense


1) Guard their team in transition
2) Pick the ball as early as possible but not crazy...set you defense
3) Must have a transition defense mind set
4) Sprint back not jog back
5) Take away the early strike
6) Must make them make at least 2 passes
7) Transition defense is about team defense not match up defense
8) Use fingers and voices
9) find and cover shooters

Extra Time (he stayed after midnight)


Assistant coaches mush have good enough relationships with players that you will find
out information from the players

Brendan Suhr (Coaching U-Live Las Vegas 2009)

Daily lesson of coaching


 Coaching is simply helping people get better
 Coaching is about taking people where they can't go themselves
 You must know yourself
 You must coach each player differently...it's about their strengths not yours
 Your goal is to make each player the best version of themselves
 I have always learned more from my players than they have learned from me
 A coach and a parent are servant leaders
 Assistant coaches should serve the coach and the players
 Everyone needs a coach
 Hardest thing to do is coach people with talent
 The more intense their talent, the more intense their expectation of you
 Be at the top of your game to coach talented players
 Don't impose your values on others
 You win with Internal leadership
 Fill up your player's "emotional bank accounts" make more deposits than
withdraws

Dream Team Meetings

 Sat in a U-Shaped formation


 Chuck was not at the head of the table
 The only thing was that you had to be on time for the sake of respect
 Michael was always 30 minutes early and was not going to disrespect anyone on
that team
 Chuck treated his players like business partners

How many meetings a year are you going to have?


 you have to find ways to meet all the time
 set regular scheduled meeting as well as meet by accident

5 keys to success
1. High energy level and enthusiasm
2. Pitt-bull determination (Be a Jack Russle)
3. Have a plan
4. Have an insatiable desire to win
5. Must have mental toughness (control the things that you can control: Your
attitude, your effort, your energy level and your enthusiasm)

Dalyisms
1. Nobody looks bad in a blue suit
2. Coaching is like flying an airplane, lots of turbulence but you have to land the
plane softly
3. Never trust happiness
4. You can't fool dogs, kids and NBA players
5. I am not a pessimist but an optimist with experience
6. See that bridge, I ain't jumping
7. All decisions are 50/50
8. You are no bargain
9. You don't have many ideas tonight
10. Get part mad
11. Whatever
12. Never look back
13. Make it a 1 day story
14. Get 1 stop
15. Every step is a struggle
16. No warm-up jumpers
17. I am a pretty good coach when I have good players
18. To be a good coach you need to be hard of hearing with a bad eyesight
19. Shout praise and whisper criticism
20. Be non confrontational
21. you must love your players
22. Speak in headlines
23. What is your teams identity?
24. You must have presence to be a coach
25. They are tired of hearing me, they need a new voice
26. It's really simple, I got out coached
27. The job, work that job, it's the best job you have
28. You must have patience, don't be in a hurry
29. Don't worry about making mistakes
30. If It doesn't work, don't do it

Why use P&R


1) Control temp
2) Get best shooters open shots
3) Create miss Matches
4) Can run offense with making an entry pass
5) Spread the floor
6) Take a shot blocker away from the rim
7) Put the worst defender in the P&R
8) Create a confusion in the opponents defensive philosophy
9) Cause players to not believe in staff
10) Teach Slip vs Show/Blitz
11) Pick up easy foul on Big
12) Relieve pressure on the ball
13) Make 1 defender play 2
14) Picker: Sprint to the rim either way
15) Attack at different angles
16) Feel yours, see his or hers
17) No pressure defense can take you out of offense
18) Screener must arrive without defense
19) Spread defense allows you to get offensive rebounds
20) Ultimate team game
21) When trapped advance the ball
22) When the ball defender goes under the screen move the screen closer

Types of Pick and Rolls:

Step-Up Drag Screen (In transition)

#3: Double Drag Screen in Transition (great when you have a screener that can pick and pop)

Dive Wing Ball


Screen
Dive 15 Pick and Pop 1-4 Go Pick and Pop
Dribble Drag ( DHO to Pick and Roll) Side Step Up to flare

1-2-4 Go (pick and pop) 1-2-4 Go


2 screens 4
4 sets a side on ball for 1
5 dives
2 clears to the opposite corner
4 pick and pop
Options: 1 attacks the basket
1 passes to 4 on the pop
1 passes 3 who passes to 5 posting Cross 1-2-4 Go
LHSAA 2011 Clinic

Bob Marlin
University of Louisiana at Lafayette

Thoughts on Practice
Each Day:
15-20 minutes of hard shooting everyday (Mostly competitive)

Thought of the day


Defensive Emphasis of the day
Offensive Emphasis of the day

6 parts of a good practice: Transition Offense


Transition Defense
½ ct offense
½ ct defense
Shooting
Rebounding

“Win championships in the ½ court”

Do something for 2 days (skill/drill/etc). Add progressively.

Uses full court drills out of breaks; makes everyone get active, involved instantly.

Transition
• In scouting, one of the first things to show is the other team getting dunked on in
transition or tell them is that the other team doesn’t get back and we can score if we push.
• There’s always one point that is there for the taking… Basically…how you practice
determines if your team will be ready to capitalize on such moments.

Micah Coleman
Natchitoches Central H.S.

Toughness Matters

Toughness is not about a drill or a series of drills; it is a mindset that has to be developed in all
situations, all drills, all areas.

If we are only tough every now and then; then we are not tough.

Preseason is the time to start.


“Everybody thinks they are tough until they can’t breathe! Cardio pain crushes everybody!)

We don’t want our kids to quit, but in preseason, we want them to think about quitting and push
through it.
Toughness is about hurting and pushing through to make yourself better/stronger.

Ask the kids in the beginning of the year,”What kind of coach do you want me to be? What do
you want from me?”

Preseason and practices should be tougher than any game situation that we will see.

Applicable Previous Ideas from Jimmy Tilette: The more people practice under stress, the les
likely they will be to react negatively when stress occurs during games. As conditions change,
situational awareness degrades, people make judgment errors.

Jimmy Tilette
Samford University

Teaching Steps: 1. Demonstration/Explanation – show/tell them what to do


2. Imitation/Interpretation – have them do it
3. Information (Feedback) – Correction/Affirmation
4. If Correction, Reproduction/Replication-steps 1 &2
5. When Affirmation, Reinforce (Thru repetition)

2 biggest factors in acquiring & applying a skill


a. Environment (properly designed activity)
b. Information (appropriate feedback)

Environment:
1. The more game-like (smaller the gap) between competition and practice, the more
effective practices will be.
2. The more people practice under stress, the les likely they will be to react negatively when
stress occurs during games.
3. As conditions change, situational awareness degrades, people make judgment errors.
Information: The more specific the language the better
Provide correction/affirmation regarding:
1. Technique
2. Attitude (Urgency, Energy, Focus)

What to pay attention to:


Teaching: Lots of instruction and correction
Training: Use cue words to remind players of previous instructions and intersperse these into
drill without stopping the drill
Competition: Limit instruction(s) until after the drill concludes and then address the
performance.
*Reserve your most animated affirmation and correction as it relates to attitude (Urgency,
Energy, Focus)

Feedback traps: 1. Giving too much information


2. Offering feedback too quickly
3. Misdirecting attention or focus
GONZAGA PLAYBOOK

Head coach: Mark Few


SECONDARY BREAK
REGULAR

THROW BACK
RUB

TURN OUT
DRIBBLE

PICK
90

DOUBLE DOWN
SET OFFENSE
I BACK SERIES

SHORT ISOLATION
BALL PICK OPTIONS
CRACK DOWN

FLEX OPTIONS
BALL PICK OPTIONS
TRAILER

BIG ISOLATION
ZONE OFFENSE
Brey Video - pg. 1

94ft Motion Diagrams


Post Feeds
Drills

45 4
5

45

12

23
12

Post feed to post move

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 2

94ft Motion Diagrams


Post Feeds
Drills

45 45

45

12

23

12

Progression 1: Relocate to shot fake, one dribble pull-up

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 3

94ft Motion Diagrams


Post Feeds
Drills

45

45

12

23

12

Progression 2: Post entry, relocation and kickout, middle drive to dump off to flattening post

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 4

94ft Motion Diagrams


Post Feeds
Drills

45

45

12

23

12

Progression 3: Baseline drive to slide up/shape up finish for post

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 5

94ft Motion Diagrams


Post Feeds
Drills

45

12

Progression 4: High Side Ball Screen

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 6

94ft Motion Diagrams


Post Feeds
Drills

45

12

Progression 5: Low Side Ball Screen

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 7

94ft Motion Diagrams


Full Court Ballscreens
Drills
45

45

12

23 12

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 8

94ft Motion Diagrams


Full Court Ballscreens
Drills
45

12

23

12 45

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 9

94ft Motion Diagrams


Full Court Ballscreens
Drills
45

45

23

12 23

12

45

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 10

94ft Motion Diagrams


Full Court Ballscreens
Drills

12
45
12

23
45

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 11

94ft Motion Diagrams


Full Court Ballscreens
Drills

12

45

Progression 1
All Contents Proprietary
Brey Video - pg. 12

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0, On the Side
Drills

12 23

45 45

23 12

Drill starts with bigs setting pin down for perimeter player in post. Players move 3 on 0 staying on their
side of the court

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 13

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0, On the Side
Drills

23

45

12

Pin down + pass to wing

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 14

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0, On the Side
Drills

45

23

12

Post entry + "squeeze"

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 15

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0, On the Side
Drills

45

12

23

Kickout + one dribble pull-up attack

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 16

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0 Routine
Drills

23

45

12

Progression 1: Down screen, post feed, basket cut (middle)

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 17

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0 Routine
Drills

45

23

12

Second perimeter player fills behind. After basket is made, new group of three takes court.

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 18

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0 Routine
Drills

45

23

12

Progression 2: Baseline cut

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 19

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0 Routine
Drills

45

23

12

Progression 5: Squeeze with upscreen from wing

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 20

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0 Routine
Drills

45

23

12

Progression 6: Guards squeeze after post entry

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 21

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0 Routine
Drills

45

12

23

Progression 6: Relocation pass to wing, "High" side ball screen, perimeter player in seam fades off dribble
penetration. Post rolls

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 22

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0 Routine
Drills

45

23
12

Additional Concept: Fade

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 23

94ft Motion Diagrams


3 on 0 Routine
Drills

12 45
23

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 24

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

23
45 45

12

Progression 1: Post feed and score - Entry pass to wing

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 25

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

45 45

23

12

Progression 1: Opposite post "adjusts up the lane" while post move is being made

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 26

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

45 45

23

12

Progression 2: Cross screen after entry pass

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 27

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

23
45 45

12

Progression 3: "High" side ball screen - Drill is initiated the same way, with perimeter player coming off
screen to wing

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 28

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

45 45

23

12

Progression 3: Wing player comes off ball screen, opposite post ducks in, perimeter player in seam fades
off

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 29

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

45 45

23

12

Progression 4: "Low" side ball screen with opposite post flash

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 30

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

45 23

45

12

Progression 5: Shallow Cut

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 31

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

45

45

12
23

On 2/3's catch, high post screens down, then sits down in post while low post curls off toward basket

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 32

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

23
45 45

12

Progression 6: "Brush"

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 33

94ft Motion Diagrams


4 on 0 Routine
Drills

45 45

23

12

2/3 makes basket cut and screens for opposite post, who flashes high. Opposite perimeter player fills in
behind

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 34

94ft Motion Diagrams


Cross
Motion Entries

3 45 2

45 1

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 35

94ft Motion Diagrams


Cross
Motion Entries

45 45
2
3

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 36

94ft Motion Diagrams


Shallow
Motion Entries

45

3 2

45 1

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 37

94ft Motion Diagrams


Shallow
Motion Entries

45

3 45
1

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 38

94ft Motion Diagrams


Shallow
Motion Entries

45

3 45 1

Shallow w/ Triangle (screen the screener) action: 2 dribble pushes 3 off wing. 3 screens across for post on
low block

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 39

94ft Motion Diagrams


Shallow
Motion Entries

45 3

45 1
2

Trail post now gets the 3 to complete screen the screener option. 2 can now feed post or hit 3 coming to
the top

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 40

94ft Motion Diagrams


Circle
Motion Entries

45

3
2

45
1

1 dribble pushes 2 to weakside block. Trail post looks to screen backside of zone (or man) for 3 to come
to the top

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 41

94ft Motion Diagrams


Circle
Motion Entries

2 45

45
1
3

Trail post now goes and gets the 2 on the block and the 3 hits him as he cuts high onto wing

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 42

94ft Motion Diagrams


Circle
Motion Entries

45 45

2
1
3

Option for third cross screen from trail post

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 43

94ft Motion Diagrams


Loop
Motion Entries

23 23

45 45

12

Perimeter player circles over the top looking to receive brush screens from both bigs

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 44

94ft Motion Diagrams


Loop
Motion Entries

23

45 45
23

12

As soon as the the perimeter player on the right block clears the first post, the second player cuts to the
opposite wing and receives brush screen as well

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 45

94ft Motion Diagrams


Loop
Motion Entries

23 23

45 45

12

Perimeter player can adjust to overplay by cutting out to same side wing and receive re-screen (for fade)
from post on elbow

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 46

94ft Motion Diagrams


Stacks Low - "Two"
Motion Entries

23 23
45 45

12

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 47

94ft Motion Diagrams


Stacks Low - "Two"
Motion Entries

23 23
45 45

12

Two Cross

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 48

94ft Motion Diagrams


Stacks Low - "Two"
Motion Entries

23 23
45 45

12

Two Shallow

All Contents Proprietary


Brey Video - pg. 49

94ft Motion Diagrams


Stacks Low - "Two"
Motion Entries

23
45
45

12
23

Two Shallow: Other perimeter player cuts to wing on catch

All Contents Proprietary


The 94-Foot Motion Offense

Mike Brey

(Head Men’s Coach – Notre Dame, 2011 AP Coach of the Year)

Warm-Up: Post Feeds 2 on 0

- Can be used as a warm-up in practice or a pre-practice warm-up


- Forces the bigs and wings to work together, learn to communicate with each other, and
continue to emphasize the inside-out style of play
o Drill Set Up (Post Feeds in PDF)
 Wing/Guards start just above top of key
 One post starts underneath rim in the middle of the paint, rest out-of-bounds
along baseline
 Guards will dribble to one or the other and look to enter ball into post
• Guard Emphasis
o Staying spaced behind 3pt line during entry
o Being creative and “game-like” while making post entry
 Exaggerate use of pass fakes
 Post players will then execute post move of their choice
• Post players must call for the ball
 Force players to communicate using names and directions
• “Jake, get in the post, Jake. Sit down in there. “
o Progression 1 – Relocation, Kickout to shot-fake, one dribble, pull-up
 Drill movement stays the same except perimeter relocate after entry pass,
receive kickout, shot-fake, and execute a one-dribble pull-up jumper to either
direction
• Focus for perimeter players
o Staying spaced outside 3pt line on original post entry and
kickout
 Don’t catch ball INSIDE 3pt line
o Slowing down and focusing on BOTH shot fake and footwork
o Emphasis perimeter players covering ground with their dribble
on shot fake attack
• Post players must hunt down rebound
o Progression 2 – Shot-fake to middle drive, posts flatten for catch and finish
 Drill now contains: post entry, relocation kickout, shot-fake attack to middle
drive and the post flattening out (butt to baseline, hands ready) for catch and
one-step finish
• Continue to emphasize communication and talk from players
o Progression 3 – Shot fake to baseline drive, posts slide-up/shape-up for catch and
finish
 Posts now shape up middle on perimeter player’s baseline drive
• Encourage posts to finish with no dribble if attacking rim
o Progression 4 – Relocation into “High” side ball-screen
 Perimeter players will now enter into post, relocate for kickout, and receive ball
screen from post
• “High” side ball screens look to attack middle of the floor
• Set at or above free throw line extended
 Perimeter players can either feed post on the roll or execute a pull-up jumper
 Posts must sprint out of post-up to set ball screen
• Stress posts really get out of their post up quickly
• Brey prefers to have posts open up to ball on roll
o Progression 5 – Relocation into “Low” side ball-screen
 “Low” side ball-screen is set to free perimeter player toward baseline
 Set slightly below FT line extended
 Ball handler can still choose to either hit rolling post or pull-up for jumpshot

Full Court Ball Screens

- Can be used as a conditioner and ball-handling drill as well so some of the things that come up
in your offensive system
o Drill Set Up
 Post players are located under basket with basketballs
 Guards/wings are located near hash with butt to the sideline
 Post initiate drill by simulating rebound off glass and hitting guard with outlet
pass
 Guard will speed to dribble to right wing while post will sprint to right elbow,
cut parallel to baseline, and set side ball screen (think: reverse L cut)
 Guard will either look to shoot a short jumper or hit rolling post
 Post will rebound , throw the ball off the LEFT SIDE of the glass, outlet again,
and they will repeat the same motions on back down the left side of the court
• Make sure guard moves quickly to outlet area and makes catch in
proper position
- Coach Brey prefers doing conditioning with a basketball instead of just sprints
 “Condition with the basketball in your hand”
o Progression 1 – High Transition Ball Screen
 Drill moves the same way except guards will push to the hash extended (roughly
the three meter attack line that runs through any high school court) while the
posts will move their screening area to the nearside seam 25ft from the basket.
• The post’s screening angle should be at about 45* with their butt facing
the opposite elbow (See Frame 5 in the Full Court Ballscreens)
NOTE: Coach Brey will invert this drill (switch the roles of guards and posts), especially in the pre-season,
to work on skill development

3 on 0, On the Side

o Drill Set Up
 Players are split up on both sides of court, one post plus two perimeter players
• One perimeter starts down on the block, other with ball in the seam
• Post starts on wing and starts drill by setting pin down for perimeter on
the block
o Emphasize perimeter to set up his initial cut
• Drill is continuous until coach stops it
• Once post/wing scores, action re-starts with pin-down
o Concepts
 Allow players to start off by using simple concepts
• Feed the post and relocate
• Swing the ball side to top, re-enter into post
• Perimeter players stay on perimeter and spaced behind 3pt line
• Posts can make post move and score
 Brey also prefers to let players “freelance” initially to encourage thought and
creativity
• Will add concepts piece by piece
 Next concept: Wing/Guards “squeeze” on perimeter (Player in seam/lane-line
screens down for player on wing)
 Basic movement concept
• Pin-down, post entry, squeeze, kick-out to shot-fake one dribble pull-up
jumper (Frame 2-4)
• Make sure perimeter players squeeze AFTER post entry
• Kick-out from post can be made to either player after squeeze
• Allow both sides to rep new concept and play out of it

3 on 0 Routine

- Can be a good thing to use to warm-up in a walk-through on a gameday


- Used in combination with 4 on 0 Routine (to follow)
o Mostly used during first 15 minutes of practice
o Drill Set Up
 Starts in same look as 3 on 0 On the Side (post on wing, perimeter with ball up
top, perimeter with ball on block
 Team is broken up on both ends of the floor
 1st Progression: Down screen, post feed, basket cut (toward middle)
• Focus on filling behind perimeter player making basket cut
• Encourage post players to deliver a bounce pass to perimeter player
making basket cut
nd
 2 Progression: Down screen, post feed, baseline cut
• Make sure post players are posting up higher (above block at very least)
• Exaggerate game like conditions in post – low, tight bounce pass to feed
baseline cut
• Encourage perimeter players to finish off two feet
rd
 3 Progression: Down screen, post feed, basket cut, fake hand-off, post move
opposite (e.g. - right shoulder move when set up on left block)
• Encourage perimeter players handle ball up top to simulate pressure
they’d face in game situations
• Post should be solid in setting down screens – “Exaggerate your
footwork”
th
 4 Progression: Down screen, post feed, baseline cut, fake hand off, post move
opposite (e.g. – left shoulder move when set up on left block)
• Can requests posts use a specific post move (ex: right hand baby hook)
th
 5 Progression: Down screen, post feed, perimeter “squeeze”, kick out, shot
fake, one dribble pull-up (Frame 4)
• Can switch up which perimeter player squeezes (instead of player in
seam screening down for wing, wing and come up and screen for player
in seam)
• Encourage communication on both screens – Posts on down screen:
“Use me, use me”, Perimeters on “squeeze”: “I got you, I got you”,
Coaches: “That worked ‘cuz we talked”, “Be decisive by using your
voice”
• Make sure perimeter players are still catching outside 3pt line
th
 6 Progression: Down screen, post feed, perimeter “squeeze”, kick out to wing,
“High” side ballscreen
• Relocation pass always goes to wing
• Make sure perimeter player in seam, spaces on PNR (fades off)
o Additional Concept
 3 on 0 – Fade
• Two guard front with one post
• Ball starts in middle with pass to opposite perimeter
• Ball handler receives fade screen from post, who shapes up and rolls to
the block
• Perimeter player dribbles to the action
• Allow players to play out this concept (shoot off fade, feed post for
basket, relocation to shot fake, one dribble pull-up, etc)

4 on 0, Routine
- Used following 3 on 0 Routine
- Focus on the footwork, spacing, and the players ability to play off of each other
o Drill Set Up
 Two posts, one on each block with a perimeter player under the rim and a ball
handler up top (on the midline)
 Perimeter under rim initiate drill by going off a screen from either post
• Encourage perimeter player to make it game like (fake going off one
way, come back off the other)
• Change direction and change pace
 Whichever direction perimeter player comes off, that is the entry side
 Progression 1: Pop to wing, entry pass to wing, post feed, high-low spacing with
opposite big
• Other post must adjust up the lane to the opposite elbow on the wing
entry
• Emphasis posts moves to be quickly executed
 Progression 2: Posts screen block to block after wing entry, opposite post
adjusts up lane
• Don’t let the nearside post screen away until wing catches pass from
top
• Perimeter player on wing shouldn’t use dribble while making post entry
• Post player can either make post move or reverse ball to high post for
jumpshot
 Progression 3: Wing entry, “High” side ball screen from strong side post,
opposite post duck-in
• Encourage player coming off screen to use all four of his options: his
own jump shot, hitting the roll man, hitting the post ducking in, hitting
opposite perimeter player fading off
• Duck-in should be well timed with perimeter player coming off screen
o Emphasize a hard, violent seal on duck-in
 Progression 4: Wing entry, “Low” side ball screen from strong side post,
opposite big flashes to high post
• Encourage perimeter player coming off screen to use all of his options
• High post flash should be to the middle of the free throw line
• Make sure screeners are rolling hard to the rim and not shuffling looking
for ball
 Progression 5: “Shallow cut”
• Perimeter player starts in corner, bigs are staggered on block and FT line
• Action starts with ball handler at top making a dribble push to wing and
perimeter player using both screens to pop behind the play at the top of
the key (think zipper cut action)
• High post then screens down for low post who curls off screen looking
for pass in front of rim
• High post then sits down looking to post up hard on block
• Encourage ball handler to hit all options
 Progression 6: “Brush”
• Initiates the same way progressions 1-4 do (perimeter player choosing
which side to come off)
• After catching pass on wing, perimeter player feeds post, makes a
basket cut, and screens for the opposite post to flash high for a jump
shot

Full Court Motion

- Brey wanted to find a way to flow from full-court to half-court without losing an aggressive
mindset – “stay on our toes and not come back on our heels”
- Brey has gotten away from using a secondary break in his schemes due to the fact there was a
“stopping” feeling as it flowed to his motion
- Even the name “Full Court Motion” has helped them psychologically to flow seamlessly from full
court to half court and keep attacking
- Encourage big guys to ALWAYS look for screening opportunities as much as possible
 Screen then shape up
- Make sure players have freedom to play…do not turn them into robots
o Audibles to get into motion
 Audible #1: Cross
• Can be off make or miss bet used off a make
• Wings cross in paint and receive screen from opposite post
• During early repetitions, encourage ball handlers to look for the posts
shaping up as much as possible
o This includes guard bringing ball up floor
• Mix in movements from previous breakdown drills into entry (post feed
to basket cut, etc)
• Give wing players freedom to make decisions
o Instead of crossing to each side, wings can meet in middle and
cut back out to same side
o “Don’t be robotic”
 Audible #2a: Shallow
• Same concept as 4-0 Routine
• Good to use to free a shooter early in transition
• Make sure players are using all options during 5 on 0
• Emphasize ball reversal and post feed on occassion
• Encourage freedom of thought – “Be a basketball player, don’t be
robotic”
o Allow shooter (2 in diagram) to bounce back to corner to
simulate a cheating defender
 Audible #2b: Shallow w/ triangle action
• Screen the screener action on the back end of shallow (Frame 5 & 6)
 Audible #3: Circle
• Very good to use if faced with a lot of zone
o Brey believes that anytime you can dribble to an entry versus a
zone and drag the zone with you before you reverse and attack
it, it’s a good offensive principle
o Mentions Syracuse and their 2-3 zone as an example of being in
Circle coming down in transition or off a dead ball
• Trail post should look to set two or three screens off this action
• This look also gets your point guard into a gap other than the top gap
o It sometimes is a good option to attack the side gap with “your
best gap prober”
 Audible #4: Ball Screen
• Point guard calls for high ball screen in transition in the middle of the
floor
• Same position as second one set in full court ball screen drill

Half-Court Entries

- Any walk-up situation, Brey likes to use screening pairs (two downscreens) or the following
audibles
 Audible #1 – “Loop”
• Can be adjusted for overplay as well (Frame 3)
 Audible #2a – “Stacks Low” (“Two”)
• A 4-low look that allows a talented guard the opportunity to make a
play before starting your offense
• Wait for guard to back down to 3pt line before guards pop out to wings
• Bigs still look to “shape up” and post hard after screening
 Audible #2b – “Two cross”
• Perimeter players cross in paint and cut to wing on opposite side
 Audible #2c – “Two shallow
• Entry that Brey likes to use just to force time to swing/reverse the ball
o Brey mentions that in he will end film sessions with clips of a
player making a reversal pass at the top of the key and praise it
for being a great basketball play
o Brey points out that in the early part of the season, it is easy for
players to make reversal pass, it becomes a lot harder once the
season goes to see that pass frequently without emphasizing it
• Drag dribble to either wing, strongside wing makes zipper cut to top of
key
• Timing note: Second perimeter player receives screen to cut to opposite
wing when catch at top is made
 Audible #3 – “Six”
• Brey uses this ‘entry’ when he feels his team needs to slow down
• “Six” just calls for six passes in the half-court before a shot
• Brey mentions that an added bonus is teams will be confused by what
“Six” play is when doing scouting reports

Closing Comments

- Brey doesn’t have a guest speaker at his banquets, he instead let’s his seniors speak
o He considers it great feedback for his basketball program
- Brey emphasizes that it’s important to be a “confidence giver” as a coach
o “It’s amazing what young people feel they can do”
o Brey continually reminds his staff to be confidence givers as well
- Letting them leave the film room feeling good is very important
o “When you send them to the practice floor, when you send them back to the dorm, and
you have hammered them for thirty minutes, can you send them back with their head
up and feeling good?”
- Brey has been thankful to have seniors help him run the team and the locker room
o “Have a group take ownership of itself”
o Based on time and relationships talking to and nurturing players
- Things to talk about in 1st team meeting of the season
o Eliminating Distractions
 Academic issues very important to focus on
o Culture of Work
 Respect, identify with, encourage the culture of work
 Players have to work and grind before success
o Have to work and chase team goals and have each other’s backs for the entire season
 Do it better than any other team for the duration of your season
- Brey also emphasizes a “system of talk”
o Force players/coaches to look each other in the eye when communicating
Mike Dunlap Metro State (now with Denver Nuggets)
DEFENSIVE PHILOSOPHY
A.Corner stones
1. Ball pressure – no free looks
2. Rotation-stop the ball
3. Basket protection ( no easy baskets)
4. Rebounding – completes the defense
• In brief, we want pressure on the ball the entire game. We do not
want our opponent to have “ free looks.” The ball is the most
important thing in the game and consequently we should give it the
appropriate emphasis.
B.Pressure Points
1. Alleys – we want the ball pinned on a sideline as much as possible.
Limited space and difficult reversals of the ball, make it particularly
difficult for a team to run their designated offense.
2. Turning The Ball – before the ball crosses half court line we want to
turn the basketball 2 to 3 times and then keep the ball on the nearest
sideline or what we call the “alley”
3. Wing position – when the ball is pinned on the sideline alley at the
wing position we will either front or side post the post while using
help side defender to play the split line. In brief, we play the ball hard,
deny one pass away, and play basket protection two passes away.
4. Post Position – once the ball goes into the post e like to force the post
player baseline and rotate our lowest basket protection underneath to
double the post position. The defense is vulnerable when the ball goes
inside and therefore the defense should address the fire in the house.
5. Screens – we trap screens on the ball and rotate from that point. We
see a golden opportunity when two offensive players come to the ball.
This allows us to keep maximum pressure on the ball while we have
our players in an optimum position to rotate for help.
6. Rebounding - I have stated to our players many times, you can make
every defensive mistake known to man but blocking out and getting
the rebound rights all wrongs. Defensive boards complete your
defense and a team must execute this consistently in order to be any
good. While blocking out is important, ball pursuit off the shot is most
important. We must be warriors in this area.
C.Defensive Transition
1. Fundamental to our success as a basketball team will be in direct
relation to the number of easy baskets we allow. I believe defensive
transition is paramount in our system.
2. In order to understand sound defensive transition, we first must
analyze the fast break.
Made or missed, the fast break team is trying to:
a. Get a quick outlet pass as far up the court as possible.
b. Transfer the ball to a shooter at the other end of the court.
c. Get an uncontested three point shot or lay-up off after the second
pass.
d. Immediate ball reversal to the opposite wing and /or trailer as it is
very tough for the defense to go from ball side pressure to help
side closeout.
3. Numbered Defensive Break
a. Concept
1. Players roles- each player will have a designated lane ( i.e the
same lanes as our numbered fast break)
2. Emphasis – pressure the basketball while covering fundamental
fast break lanes.
b. Rules
1. Stop the ball
a. Meet the outlet pass and get the guard to turn as many times
as possible- slow the ball down, at least.
2. Sprint the lanes
a. The first three steps are the most important because that is
when the break generally takes place.
b. Once players reach the half court line, vision on the ball and
man should be a pint of emphasis.
c. The key is to get below the level of the ball.
3. Match Up/ Rotation
a. Match up to the offensive man in your lane.
b. However, if there is not a man in your lane, rotate to the
nearest offensive player: at no time should the defensive
player be solely responsible for his lane.
4. Help on Penetration
a. The ball and its penetration is the single most important
thing to defend. Therefore, the emphasis should be keeping
the ball in front of you. Since that does not always happen,
immediate rotation to the ball cannot be stressed enough.
b. Two points should be mentioned – first, quick rotation will
not occur unless there is proper defensive spacing (“ play up
the line,” or to the ball): secondly, whenever a player is
beaten by penetration you can double the ball with the
chaser as a rule of thumb.
5. Contest all shots
a. Hands are essential in all phases of defense, especially when
it comes to defending the shot.
b. It is imperative that all shots be pressured with the hands up
on the closeout.
6. Rebounding - Completes All Defensive Series
c. Responsibilities
1. “1”- a free safety
a. Must get to the initial outlet immediately – made or missed (
i.e. fast break teams want the ball inbounded / outletted
quickly). If you condition your “1” man to jump to the ball
instantly it will slow the break down.
b. In situations where the “1” man cannot get to the ball
(definitely the exception) , he will fill the “2” or “3” lane,
which ever is open
2. “2” – sprints the right sideline lane. In cases where “1” cannot get
to the ball quickly enough “2” will assume his responsibilities.
3. “3” – sprints the left sideline lane. Occasionally, he will take the
initial outlet pass.
4. “4” – sprints inside lane nearest the “3” man and is responsible for
any trailer. Additionally, he we assist on middle penetration should
his man be dragging up the court.
5. “5” – sprints to paint and will be responsible for the first cutter
through the paint- he protests the paint.
D.Defensive Sets
1. The Press- While we use a specific number system (e.g. 2-2-1press is
called “22”) the concepts remain the same. Hence we use different
sets according to numbers. It makes our system flexible, yet we can
keep our defensive constants.
2. Soft Pressure versus Hard Pressure
a. We never compromise pressure on the ball but we do adjust our
pressure one and two passes away. Why? We can give more help
with the ball defender.
3. The Zone – In brief, the better the man defense you have the better
you are in the zone.
E.Attitude
1. Statement- hard nosed attitude and approach to defense says it all
about the Roadrunners. We need to invest in a few simple concepts,
execute the philosophy, and know down to our bones that defense
wins championships.
2. Conclusion – Defense is like insurance: you better have it. The
Roadrunners will be the BEST defensive team (as ranked by
RMACstats) in the RMAC. We take pride in our defense.
Defensive Drills
A. Objective – We believe the ability to maintain a low and balanced stance
will determine how successful we will be. Therefore, we stress the
“defensive stance” and the ability to hold the stance for long periods of
time.
B. Drills – We know that our teaching should be based on situation play. In
other words, the drills all should have time, score, and competition in
mind : this alleviates the monotony of the task.
C. Full Court Drills
1. 1- 0 (stance , slide, closeouts )
2. 1 on 1
3. 1 on 2
4. 2 on 2
5. 2 on 3
6. 3 on 2 rotation
7. 3 on 3
8. 3 on 4
9. 4 on 3
10. 4 on 4
11. 4 on 5
12. 5 on 4
13. 5 on 5
14. 5 on 6
D. Half Court Drills
1. 1 on 0 (Stance, slide, closeout, post defense & reaction)
2. 1 on 1
3. 2 on 1
4. 2 on 2
5. 2 on 3 (Rotation, post denial & reaction, fighting and switching
screens )
6. 3 on 2
7. 3 on 3
8. 3 on 4
9. 4 on 3 ( trap and rotate )
10. 4 on 4
11. 4 on 5(rotation)
12. 5 on 4
13. 5 on 5
14. 5 on 6 (rotation)
E. Defensive spacing
1. 4 on 5
a. Close outs and ball pressure
b. Communication
c. Rotation
d. Reaction
e. Stop penetration
f. Blocking off
2. 4 on 4
a. Channel ball to areas
b. Denial
c. Post denial and reaction
d. Stunt penetration
e. Blocking off
** Mouth, hands, bumping, spacing are keys
*** We never compromise hard ball pressure and stance
3. 4 on 5 ¾ court
a. Channel ball after turning it in the back court
b. Rotation
c. Blocking out
• We want to contest the shots and teach anticipation here: absolutely
depend on each other – no other way.
4. 5 on 5
a. Dead ball full (Press 22/5)
b. Made – match up zone
c. Miss- man to man
d. 1-3-1 ½ court trap
e. No switch/ switching
5. 5 on 5 ½ court – blocking off at the free throw line – one of the most
overlooked areas in the game. A very important detail.
6. 5 on 5 situation play – We believe that situation play must be taught
with time and score three times per week.
Brandon Rosenthal
(520) 808-3621
Brosent@stedwards.edu
BrandonR5215@gmail.com
St. Edward’s University – Men’s Basketball
3001 South Congress Avenue
Austin, Texas 78704-6489
Twitter: CoachRosenthal

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Rising Coaches Conference
MGM Hotel and Casino
Las Vegas, NV
July 20-22, 2011
Compiled By:

BRYCE DOUGLAS
UNIVERSITY OF SAN DIEGO

E-MAIL: BRYCEDOUGLAS@COMCAST.NET

&
BRANDON ROSENTHAL
ST. EDWARD’S UNIVERSITY

E-MAIL: BRANDONR5215@GMAIL.COM

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
COACH EARL GRANT - CLEMSON
THE PROFESSION & HOW TO GET BETTER
THE PROFESSION:
Next generation of coaches—view your path/responsibility as a challenge!
o Be prepared to pay your dues
o Working your way up will make you humble
Have purpose! ―Everybody should want to be a head coach!‖
Prepare! For whatever your job is/will be…
o Every day we work, we are preparing for our current and next job
o Keep a notepad by your TV or nightstand to write down thoughts, plays, practice plans, etc.
o Whatever your next move may be, always be prepared for it… ―BE READY FOR IT!‖

DEVELOPING AT THE HIGHEST LEVEL AS A PROFESSIONAL:


Develop lasting relationships
o AAU coaches, high school coaches, etc.
o Even if you don’t get what you want out (e.g., player), keep talking to your source—never know what will
happen in the future
Become a better coach
o Keep a notepad
o Practice your skills during film breakdown, practice, etc.
o Be in the game for the right reasons
Appearance
o Well groomed, in-shape, appropriate dress—make sure you look good…Help yourself
o Take responsibility in helping each other
o Sometimes it can be all about the first impression
Learn how to develop players and make them excited about the process
o Sweat with your guys… ―I sweat with the guys so they know I’m passionate about the game and making
them better.‖
o Go to clinics and go watch other guys work players out
o Get them excited/engaged about getting better!
Work hard, be loyal
Never promise a coach players
―Don’t be concerned about the next move, just be prepared.‖
―No Secrets in this profession. Hang your hat on relationships, loyalty, and hard work.‖
Recruiting
o See what’s inside a kid, their motor, body language
o Go to practice—do they dive on balls? Are they clapping for their teammates?
o May be better way to feel out a kid based on the culture of their practice
Closed door meetings—come down to their level…Get kids to open up
o ―The mistakes I made freshman year…‖
o Talk not necessarily about basketball
o RELATIONSHIPS
o Having a pulse on your players
Treat the kids just the same while they are on campus and a part of your program as you did during their recruitment
Greg Marshal: When anything bad happened with a player, he dealt with it right away!
There is a fine line with your players… Know where to draw the line in your relationship.
Kids must have accountability with you.

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
COACH RYAN MARKS - TEXAS PAN AMERICAN
―MY THOUGHTS‖

Build relationships! ―This is a great thing for guys to get together and talk basketball.‖
Always look for ways to get better… GM’s using the lockout for self-improvement
Consider a ―Coaches Retreat‖
You are going to do these four thing’s FOR SURE as a basketball coach:
o You are going to finish last.
o You are going to finish first.
o You’re going to do a good job, and get a better one.
o You’re going to do a good job, and get fired anyway.
Coaching needs to be a fraternity—more than just a competition with each other!
We need to look at each other as colleagues
If you have the chance to be a head coach, go be one! You learn so much as a head coach.
―If I was an athletic director, I would hire a lower level head coach that has been successful over an
assistant from a bigger school. His chances of succeeding are far greater.‖
Don’t be afraid to take a lower level job and hone your skills
―No more grinding‖ - That’s for Starbucks… Everyone works hard. The reality is basketball is a fun job
that is time consuming.
You’re in the business of helping others!
Work hard. Work diligently. Remember why you are in this profession. You are giving kids a chance to
earn an education and to become better people.
Go and be a coach!
o Start your program and start impacting lives
―Best way to get to the next job is to do a great job at the one you have!‖
Recruiting
o With coaches, develop sincere relationships—guys you call when you don’t need anything
Have to be yourself in coaching and recruiting
Anytime you have an opportunity to do more things and have more responsibility than your previous job,
it’s a good move.
Any style of coaching is fine, as long as your honest and loyal… Be you!
When you are a head coach and have open staff positions, start keeping a running list NOW of who
impresses you.
Communication all about relationships!

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Chris Caputo - Miami
“To me, experience can be overrated at times. When you don’t know what’s impossible, sometimes
you might just go do it.”
“You have to make the place where you are big time. You have to a great job where you are. Your
brand has to be known as the hardest working guy around.”
When you don’t know what’s impossible, you might just accomplish it anyway…
How do you overcome your current pool of competition?
o Make the place you’re at big time
o Reputation is everything—make yours be a good one—―die trying‖
o ―Make your job important and it will return the favor‖
o Find some way to get involved in recruiting
o If you’re in a non-coaching position, think of some way to get involved with recruiting. Think outside the
box.
o Networking, have integrity; you’re building your brand…If networking can help your program that’s even
better…
Head coach has the vision—it’s the job of the assistant coaches to make that vision a reality
Have to network up, down, and across
o Never know when someone can help
o Both with high school and college coaches—even when you don’t need something
o ―Never Eat Alone‖—great book about networking
o It’s always good to build a relationship with somebody when you don’t need anything from him.
o Make friends with people who have no friends and you’ll have friends forever. Example – Steve Ballmer and
Bill Gates
Microsoft and worth $14.5 Billion due to his friendship with Gates.
o If you’re a white guy, get to know some black guys. If you’re a black guy, get to know some white guys.
Have to get ―adopted‖ by somebody—they are your mentor in this business
Ask guys for advice, not for help/questions
o In turn, they become invested in you
Say ―Nice to see you‖ instead of ―Nice to meet you‖ - If you’ve met them before and forgotten that you did, you make
yourself look really bad.
You have to be the PR machine for the people you work with
Know the game inside and out
Social scene (e.g., bars, dinner, etc.) is a good place to get a lot of information without giving out a whole lot yourself
Make yourself indispensible
o Be the guy everybody calls
o ―Blessed to have a desk‖
- You’re going to bring some risk to them. How do you make your head coach believe you can do a job you haven’t
had before? His thought process towards you has to be, ―He may not get it done, but he’ll die trying.‖
If you weren’t a big time player, you’ve got to know the game. You have to become a scientist. You’ve got to become
the next Lawrence Frank or Jeff Van Gundy.
You have to make the people you work with think you’re indispensable. Do the tough work that nobody wants to do.
Rising Coaches Elite 2011

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
John Cooper - Tennessee State

Don’t let money influence where you go and what job you take
―Where there is no vision, people perish.‖ (Proverbs 29:18)
Think big…Good Coaches are not afraid to think big.
Have a vision and value yourself
Who do you want to work for and thrive?
o Know who you are
o You have to believe in yourself!
o There is nothing harder than coming back from being let go
o 85% of jobs are earned off of one reference
o If you’re ever able to get a chance to work with a head coach that you know will serve you, then
run to that job!
It’s your job as a head coach to serve your staff and team
Ask for a commitment of hard work—give me what you got
TO GET A JOB YOU NEED:
Have someone who can champion you – someone who will pick up the phone and help you.
o ―Board of directors‖: who’s going to tell you the truth and NOT what you want to hear…They can
help decipher the mess and bring some clarity to the situation.
Be organized! Being organized can bring peace to a hectic situation
Be invested in your product/program
Have a balance
Interviews
 Do: Study (Know Key Figures), Have Energy and Passion, Leave a condensed book
 Don’t: Overload yourself, talk about the coach you’re coming from, get too excited, have
a 100 people call, leave a huge book of material, send information with wrong names
o Study, do your homework, know important people, etc.
o Don’t overload—have enough information to be comfortable, but still yourself.
o Who are you? Not your boss
o Have energy and passion—this means something
o Don’t have a million people call for you—only your strongest few
Technical skills
o Can you communicate? Are you organized? Can you motivate? Can you handle pressure?
o Think like a head coach—be prepared for the why?
o Be involved in every aspect of the program
o Treat people the right way
o Be able to explain your career path
Be willing to take a risk
Get to know AD’s and associate AD’s
Leaders don’t expect people to serve them—they serve their people
Be able to take criticism
Always be growing!
Experience helps but it isn’t the #1 thing

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Josh Pastner - Memphis
Be prepared for every opportunity – You never know when it is going to come…
As a head coach, you are really a CEO of a company—your team and program
Always be prepared for your shot—then it’s up to you…The more you move up, the more responsibility
you are going to have.
Expect the unexpected
Nothing more important than ―LOYALTY‖
Be prepared for the responsibility/accountability of a head coach all the time
You’ve got to have good players, but you also have to motivate them, teach them, etc.
o Dealing with people (and their psychology), not robots
Hiring staff is critical!
o Stay centered
With players, better to be hard on them at the beginning of your time with them and ease up, then be easy
on them at the beginning and be forced to get tough
What you say, you HAVE TO FOLLOW THROUGH—no matter the consequences (e.g., kicking kids off
his team despite their skill level and talent for not following team rules)
Motivate through respect and hold your players accountable…I don’t want to motivate through fear…
If they don’t get the job done, make them accountable
With discipline, take each situation on its own—don’t back yourself into a corner (No 25 rules)
In a timeout, repeat yourself 3 or 4 times (especially the important things)
Do what you know and fit it to your personnel
Dealing with human beings, follow through, and follow up = MILLION BUCKS!
In our current positions as support staff, develop relationships with assistants—they’re the next ones getting
jobs
Always be positive!
You can’t run something that you don’t know
- You have to fit what you run to your personnel
On dealing with boosters:
- When they call you, call them back. When boosters and people that want you to speak somewhere get a
call back from the head coach, it makes them feel like a million bucks, even if you tell them no.
On dealing with fans:
- Always publicly say that it’s ―their‖ team, not ―my‖ team. It’s always ―our‖, ―we‖, and ―us‖ instead of
―mine‖, ―I‖, and ―me‖.
When hiring a staff:
- He did not rush on a hire. It’s better to wait longer to find the right fit than rush into a bad hire.
- The #1 quality he looked for was loyalty
- After that, they have to be able to coach and recruit - ―I want a future head coach that can deal with a
lot.‖
On disciplining players:
- Always sleep on it before you make a rash decision. Always...

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Jerrance Howard - Illinois
My whole philosophy is energy and passion. Energy and passion set you apart from everybody else.
o Energy and passion sets the tone
Since I wasn’t playing a lot as a player, practices became my games. I won every sprint. I took charges. Nobody
outworked me or cared more than me.
o Gain respect through your work ethic
Find a coach and lean on him to learn
Have a personal relationship with all team members
o They are your best recruiters
o Do what you can to help them achieve their goals
Set the culture/tone—BOOT CAMP
o Who is tough enough, bought in, etc.
Anytime you go to a new program, you have to change the culture
1) Boot camp: 6:00-7:00 a.m. – All Defense
2) Still have breakfast, class, weights, regular practice
3) If anybody missed a class or workout, another day is added to boot camp for the entire team
4) The last day, they completed 30 suicides in 30 seconds (2 groups)
Every member of the team should come into your offices and check in before each practice
o Solve a lot of problems that could occur by noticing body language
You never know who’s watching you
Be an all-purpose guy
o Get in the trenches with the players
You should find a coach on your staff and try to do everything he does (watch film; sit in on phone calls, etc.).
I feel like we have to get any recruit that steps foot on our campus.
When you are recruiting a kid, you have to recruit everybody around them as well—―boxing them in‖
―If you throw me in the jungle, I’m coming out with some recruits‖
Go to eighth grade exposure events—get to know your kids
o ―Sitting on the babies‖
When kids do commit, find out why they ended up coming to your school
o What you did right, what to stay away from, etc.
Touching players and calling them by their nicknames goes a long way
Find out who the secretary is at a high school (and janitors too) because they know all the scoop
Spend more time at schools with no players because when they do end up getting one, they will hand them over to you
On Recruiting:
1) - When you’re recruiting a kid, you have to recruit everybody around them (Box them in)
2) - As soon as you hang up the phone with a recruit or family member, write them a note
3) - Don’t always talk all the time. Listen.
4) - There’s not a 7th or 8th grade recruit in the state that I don’t know about
5) - When you get your players to campus, ask them why they came to your school.
6) - What worked? What didn’t work?
7) - Take notes and implement changes to your approach for the next year
Find out who the secretary & janitors are at a recruit’s school. They get you information that nobody else can get you.
―When I go to Chicago, I go everywhere. I go to more schools without a player than schools that do.‖
On Coach Howard’s notepad:
1) Things to do
2) People to call
3) People to write
“Live with a passion everyday” – You can control that…
o I’m not going to have a bad day because my love for the game and love for my job won’t allow me to.
o Study John Wooden, football coaches, and other successful people and take their qualities and utilize that
advice in your own life… Pick three people to study the rest of the summer.

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Chris Mack - Xavier
Make sure who you work for is a man of character.
Focus on the job you have now…You work to move up but don’t focus on the details of the job you have now.
Never has ―auditioned‖ for next job—do the job you have your very best!
You’re going to be valued on your own merit
7 THINGS THAT ARE EXTREMELY IMPORTANT:
1) Be a hard worker – Figure out how to get things done, even if it’s in a different way
a. Don’t pass things onto mangers, GA’s, etc. If you do, you’re still responsible for it!
2) Be detail oriented
a. Get stats right on the scouting report
b. Don’t mispronounce names
c. Spell things correctly
d. If you don’t, it makes you look inefficient. It hurts you in recruiting.
i. If I receive a job application with miss spelling I throw it away
3) Be loyal. Be a team player.
a. You may have personality conflicts or disagree about something, but you have to send a
unified message to your players and support staff.
b. ―Frauds get found out.‖
4) Do it the right way
a. The rules are the rules
b. I don’t think you’ll ever get a player that’s worth it by cheating. You may get the player,
but he won’t be worth it.
c. If you want your guys to do it the right way, you have to do it the right way
d. Have a balance in life (spend time with your family)
5) Be innovative
a. Think of new things you can do to help out
b. It’s a great way to make yourself valuable to the staff
6) Know Players
a. Know AAU coaches and high school coaches
7) Don’t audition for the next job
a. There are too many guys that do this
b. Recruit your tail off
c. Scout like it’s the final game of the NCAA Tournament
The one thing that will hold you back more than anything is your head coach doubting that you can handle
on-the-floor responsibility.
When the media tries to get you to talk about job openings: ―I don’t talk about job openings. They always
seem to work.‖ – Skip Prosser

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Matt McCall - Florida
You always have to be able to learn and grow.

- ―It’s what you learn after you think you know it all that makes you better.‖ – John Wooden

You always have to understand your role


You have to:
1) Be extremely reliable
2) Be extremely trustworthy
3) Have an excellent work ethic

You have to cherish the job you have now. Nothing is guaranteed.
- You get out of your job what you put into it
- As a DOBO, be involved with all aspects of coaching—not just DOBO stuff
- Always pay attention to the details within your job o Find a way to get things done
- Have a pit bull mentality with every task

Always be around. You never know when your coaches will call.
- Sit in on recruiting phone calls
- Sit in on meetings

Nothing is beneath you.


The #1 thing to advance and succeed in this business is relationships — DEVELOP RELATIONSHIPS
- Know who your family is
- Always ask yourself how you can increase the number of people in your basketball family
o Don’t pass up opportunities to develop those relationships
Take pride in staying in contact
o Make messages personal

- Always say ―we‖ when it comes to wins, landing recruits, etc.


- If we have success collectively, we all will have success individually

Always be engaging
No substitution for hard work
You have to fear not trying as much or more than you fear failure
Make phone calls—develop relationships
o Everyday ―hammer it‖

Your appearance is important. You never know who you’ll run into.
When considering whether to stay at Florida as Dir. of Ops or go to FAU as an assistant:
- ―If you want to coach, you’ve got to go coach‖
- ―You have to fear not trying as much as you fear failure‖

Facebook is a good way to get a hold of recruits

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Bobby Lutz - North Carolina State
Ask yourself why you want to be a coach… Why are you here?

As long as I wake up and am excited about what I do, I never work.

3 C’s for success


o Commitment to excellence – Prioritize your life. Balance basketball and family.
o Courage to do the right thing – What would your grandmother think about your decisions?
o Compassion/care for who you coach and who you work with
Get a hold of and understand all the great ideas, even if you can’t use them all
―Be who you is, not who you ain’t…‖
Don’t ever lose your dream…Dream big dreams. If you ever lose the dream, quit.
o Stay focused
o Don’t be afraid to fail
o Coach Lutz quit law school at UNC to coach JV Boys/Girls for $200 a year in 1980
Can’t have an ego—it’s about what ―we‖ do
If somebody has to tell you what to do, you’re already behind the ball, be a self-starter
Recruiting
o Who is the key person in the decision? Who is going to help them make the decision? (Maybe
more than 1 person)
o Who has the power to veto?
 There is usually somebody who can’t deliver them to you, but they can stop them from
coming to you (This person better be on your side)
o Someone always has the lead—nothing’s wide open
 If you’re not sure it’s you, it’s not you
Cutting down the nets
o Practice at the beginning of the year
o Start to change a losing culture and tradition
Scouting
o Staff knows everything about competition
o Players know top 3 things about competition and what you’re trying to take away
o Everything else relies on the offensive and defensive principles of your team
Don’t forget who ―packs your parachute‖
o Don’t ever take them for granted

When changing the culture of a losing program:


- You have to get the wrong people off the bus before you can get the right people on the bus

Motivational techniques aren’t any good unless you know they will work.

The more talented you are, the more you need to push the tempo.

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Anthony Grant - Alabama
Passion and energy are key
Excel where you’re at and what job you have
Do your best to help your program be successful
If you don’t know, find out how and get the job done
o Excel at the responsibilities you have!
―You will achieve success when you’re willing to help others achieve success…‖
Don’t dwell on mistakes
o Plan, prepare, and ride the wave
Establish culture and determine what’s needed to elevate program to next level
With your players,
o Have knowledge and trust
o Want them to be successful
o Imperative to have each one buy in
Recruiting
o Talent
o Character needed at the highest level
―Think like a head coach…‖
o Difference between just recruiting a guy and knowing you can sign versus bringing in guys that
can help win a championship
o What are you doing everyday to make each player better?
o Think outside the box
With a job, make sure resources are in place for you to be successful
o Do the best job you can where you’re at

When I hire a staff, I not only look at getting the right guys on the bus, but also getting them on the right
seats on the bus.

Always look for opportunities to try to make somebody else’s job a little bit easier.

When joining a new staff, get clear expectations about your role. - Your job is to make everybody else look
good

After the season – Watch film of other teams who are really good in areas you want to learn more about (Ex:
Watch top five defensive teams in the country and break down what they do)

Sometimes guys try so hard to get the job that they forget to do the job. It’s better to be prepared for an
opportunity and not have one than to have an opportunity and not be prepared.

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Kevin O’Neill - USC
If you get to the highest levels, you’re eventually going to get fired.

Take your own path. There is no direct path to get where you want to go.

TWO THINGS ARE EXTREMELY IMPORTANT:


1) You have to be a good dude – Don’t be an egomaniac
2) Don’t be in a hurry to get to the next job. Do a good job where you are.
AS A HEAD COACH, DO WHAT YOU’RE COMFORTABLE WITH
- Our staff at USC has no staff meetings because I hate having meetings
AS A YOUNG COACH:
1) You’ve got to be willing to work for no money
2) Learn how to shut up and sit down on the bench
3) Don’t be the guy that always tries to stand up when the camera is on the head coach
4) The best way for your voice to be heard is to actually know what you’re talking about

DECIDE WHO YOU ARE:


1) Do you want to cheat?
2) What do you want to be about?
3) As an assistant, are you going to doubt your head coach when players complain about him?
- Negative talk from coaches poisons the water
4) What can you and can’t you tolerate from your team?

WHAT HE ASKS OF HIS PLAYERS AT USC:


1) Guard first
2) Rebound
3) Take good shots
4) Don’t turn the ball over
5) Be a team player

MOTTO OF HIS PROGRAM: KEEP IT REAL:


1) If it’s bad, we tell them how to get it good
2) If it’s good, we tell them it’s good
3) You have to be honest with your guys

HOW ARE YOU GOING TO DEAL WITH PARENTS?


1) I call our players’ parents 2-3 times a week
2) Tell the players’ parents the right things

HOW ARE YOU GOING TO DEAL WITH BOOSTERS?


I gave every booster my phone number and email address. I return every phone call and email to them.

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
If you’re really into the game, the nuances of the game, and respect the game, you’re going to be able to make it.
I write down everything I am going to say to our team and rehearse it beforehand.

2 TEAM RULES AT USC:


1) Do not be late
2) Do not be an ass-hole

If you make it about the players publicly, the more they’ll make it about you
- Always make it about the team with the media

AS A HEAD COACH:
1) Your job is to manage your staff
2) Don’t hire all the same type of guys
3) It’s your job to let the staff learn the game

ON CAMPUS, YOU HAVE TO KISS EVERYBODY’S BUTT WHETHER YOU LIKE IT OR NOT:
1) Write them notes
2) Take them to dinner
3) Invite them to games

 Take the groups you don’t want to hang out with and hang out with them anyway.

 Unless you’ve got something to hide, embrace your compliance guy

o - Trouble with compliance is what can keep you out of the game

 You can overcome a lot of inexperience and inadequacy by being a great guy and working hard

 Being humble is one of the most important things for a young coach

 Be connected to the players. Get out there and sweat with them.

 Savor the camaraderie of coaching.

 Refer to your players as men, not boys.

 Make sure your strength coach is great. He can shape your guys mentally so much. It’s the most important
position in your program.

 Make sure you pump up other coaches. Give them credit if they beat you.

 Don’t give into pressure from the outside

EVERYBODY IS RECRUITING EVERYBODY:


o What are you going to recruit?
o Important factors to consider:
 Culture
 Philosophy (If the players don’t follow the rules, they’re gone)
SPEND TIME WITH YOUR PLAYERS INDIVIDUALLY:
o Find out better ways to coach them by building relationships
o ―Need to do everything we can to get this guy good enough…‖
Tell the right thing to parents
Touch base at least every 2 weeks with important people and supporters
o These are the people that will help you the most
o War - ―Hit first‖ mentality

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Dwayne Killings - Temple

Networking is very important!


Follow up with an email
o If in the area, ask if they want to meet up for lunch, drinks, etc.
Use your assets!
o Ask questions and advice
BE DRIVEN!
o Set goals—short term, long term, recruiting, etc.
o ―The best of the best…‖
Always be engaging and positive
o Present yourself the very best you can
Build a tough mindset
RECRUITING:
o Build relationships with the kids and get them to know what you’re about
o Especially when you’re a smaller school battling against bigger ones
o Benefits of ―team‖ recruiting—opportunity to build relationships with kids with each
member of the staff
ON THE FIRST RECRUITING PHONE CALL:
o Who’s helping the kid make the decision
o Get to know the kid, have him get to know you
o Try to find out who’s in his circle—whether it’s a grandmother, teacher, dean of students,
janitor, etc.
o Make sure you know the AAU Team
Understand how everything works—ask questions!

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Billy Schmidt - Georgia Tech
―One of the things you have to do to be successful is to be open to new ideas. You have to keep learning.
I don’t necessarily think I’m a great coach, but I know what it is to be a good assistant. Ultimately, my job is to add
value to the head coach.‖

―Keep it Fresh‖

COACHING IS AN ART, NOT A SCIENCE:


Your system needs to be a reflection of who you’re:
1) Coaching
2) Who you’re recruiting
3) Who you’re playing against

TWO THINGS A YOUNG COACH NEEDS:


1) Humility – You have to have it to survive in this business
a. The best teachers of the game are your players. You have to be receptive and ask them questions.
2) Perspective – You need to have a sense of who you are
a. Your perspective and background is drastically different than what players and other coaches on
your staff bring to the table

YOU HAVE TO CHANNEL YOUR ENERGY AND PASSION IN THE FIGHT DIRECTION:
 It’s not your show.
 It’s about the players.
 You are here to serve the players. It’s their four year window.
 I didn’t have to be a great player to know how much the game means to a player, because it meant
everything to me.

COACHING IS THE MOST FAIR AND EQUITABLE THING I KNOW:


 The moment you walk into a gym, kids are sizing you up.
 If you don’t know your stuff, the players will see right through you.

TWO MOST IMPORTANT THINGS IN COACHING:


1) Kids don’t care how much you know until they know how much you care
2) Kids must know that everything you teach and ask them to do is to help them get better

“You’ve got to fight for your credibility every day!‖

 Every day, you must be on time, energetic, and prepared


 You’ve got to be on top of things
 Don’t ever ask a player to do something you aren’t willing to do
 Don’t show up at 6:33 for a 6:30 weight session. Get there at 6:15
 It’s all about trust.
o Kids want to know who they can trust you. They want to know who they can count on you.

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
o These days, there are a lot of people that will bail out on them You have to develop your own voice.
You can’t be somebody else.

 You have to know your age, you have to know your role, and you have to know yourself
o A sense of humor can go a long way
o Your voice can’t be a gimmick
o You have to stand for something. Hold kids accountable. o If you don’t hold them accountable,
they’ll see right through you.

“A COACH SHOULD HELP A KID BECOME WHAT HE ASPIRES TO BE OR BECOME WHAT HE


DIDN’T EVEN KNOW HE COULD BECOME.”

“IT’S AMAZING HOW MUCH YOU CAN DEMAND OF PEOPLE IF YOU DEMAND WHAT IS RIGHT
AND FAIR”
 You have to be honest of them
 Gave the example of Kevin O’Neill demanding that players go to class, work hard, and be on time
o KEEP IT SIMPLE

HEAD COACHES:
1) Have the same DNA.
2) They have an unbelievable attention to detail.
a. No detail is too trivial to them.
3) Are intense competitors
4) They have tremendous pride in what they do
5) They do not want to look bad, look unprepared, or be caught off guard (this is not only on game day either)

TWO MOST IMPORTANT THINGS FOR AN ASSISTANT COACH:


1) Work hard
2) Be loyal

 Our job is to make the head coach’s job easier.


 Don’t do it your way. Find out how your superior wants it done.
o Don’t do it well. Do it exceptionally well.
 If you hand them something you’ve been working on, you better make sure it’s great
 You have to be proactive. Show some initiative.
o If you need to be told what to do all the time, you’re bad and should be fired
o Create projects all the time

WHEREVER YOU ARE, YOU ARE AUDITIONING FOR YOUR NEXT JOB:
 If you are a 24-year-old graduate assistant, you better carry yourself like a 26-year-old assistant coach
 The worst feeling for an assistant coach is to have to do something because you know a GA or Director of
Operations won’t have the same quality work or attention to detail as you. The best feel for an assistant
coach is to be able to trust someone to do things the way the head coach wants them done…and things will
be done exceptionally well!

 I think being a head coach is lonely. It’s a tremendous amount of stress and responsibility.
 It means a lot to a head coach that there is someone there giving the program his all and that is loyal

CRITICAL ASSESSMENT OF OUR PROFESSION:


1) The game has changed
a. The coaching aspect hasn’t changed, but the aspects of the profession have changed
2) Entry into the business now is easy
a. Support staff numbers increase every year
3) The number of assistant coaches hasn’t changed
a. The pool of opportunities is shrinking
b. Where are you going to go?

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
ON GA’S:
 I tell our GA’s that if they do a bad job, we should fire them
 We are in the opportunity business, not the success business. If you forget that and don’t take advantage of
your opportunity, that’s on you.
 In my mind, I associate GA’s with two people: Lawrence Frank and Brian Gregory
o If you can’t work like them, you don’t deserve it
 If you want to survive, you better work harder, work longer, and hold on tighter
 The youngest guy on the staff should be the first one there and the last one to leave
o You have to learn the trade

IF YOU’RE NOT READING TONS OF BOOKS IN THE OFFSEASON, THEN I DON’T KNOW WHAT
YOU’RE DOING WITH YOUR FREE TIME:
1) Dean Smith: Encourage the behavior you want repeated
2) Bear Bryant: If the mother is for you, not much is against you

You can learn more from tape than you can possibly imagine
 Order clinic tapes all the time. Watch one every night.

NUGGETS:

 Respect must be earned—HAVE TO know what you’re talking about


 ―Kids don’t care what you know until they know how much you care…‖
o Have their best interest in mind
 FIGHT FOR YOUR CREDIBILITY EVERYDAY!
 Be on time, energetic, and prepared—on top of your game
 Don’t ask a player anything you’re not willing to do yourself
 Everything boils down to TRUST!
 Develop your own voice, know your age, know your role, and know yourself
o Part of a chorus
o Grounded in conviction and values
o Hold kids accountable
o Stand for something or the players will see right through you
 At the end of the day, we are here to help players become what they aspire to be
 You can demand a lot of people if you demand what’s right and tell the truth
 Great listener/always observing=GREAT COMMUNICATOR
 Be proactive with video…Make pro clips, or have special clips for each player…Video is an amazing tool!
Use it!
 Best feeling in the world is the ability to trust someone
 Being a head coach is lonely
 Work harder, work longer, and hold on tighter
 Youngest guy should be first one in the office and the last to leave
 READ BOOKS!
 Encourage behavior you want repeated
 If the mother’s with you in the recruiting process, there isn’t much against you

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Adam Finkelstein - ESPN
THE BIG THING IN THIS BUSINESS IS THE PEOPLE YOU’RE AROUND:
 Try to take away one thing from each guy you’ve worked for and incorporate it into your own style
 The guys that struggle are the ones that try to be a carbon copy of somebody else

IF YOU WANT TO BE A HEAD COACH, YOU’VE GOT TO DRESS LIKE A HEAD COACH:
 A coach isn’t going to be the person to hire you

YOUR PEOPLE SKILLS AND YOUR COMMUNICATION SKILLS ARE THE MOST IMPORTANT
THING IN THIS BUSINESS:
 These are things you can practice
 Guys who can teach clearly and own a gym are the guys that are going somewhere

THREE BIGGEST THINGS IN EVALUATION:


1) Be Prepared
a. You should already have the basics on your targets before you get to the gym
2) Be Organized
a. It’s incredibly important to use your time wisely when you’re on the road
b. Being efficient with your time can also let you have more balance with your family
3) Be Thorough
a. You should know if they’re an out of area rebounder, can score over either shoulder or just one
shoulder in the post, etc.

KNOW WHEN IT’S TIME TO WORK AND WHEN IT’S TIME TO NETWORK:
 Work the room and see everybody on the way into the gym, then do your job and evaluate

It’s impossible to see a kid one time and nail it. You have to see them 5, 6 or 7 times.

KNOW WHAT YOU’RE LOOKING FOR WHEN SCOUTING:


1) It’s not what you like, it’s what your head coach likes
2) How are the guys you’re trying to bring in going to mesh with the guys you already have

THE VALUE OF INTANGIBLES IS HUGE:


 If he doesn’t play hard now, he’s probably not going to play hard for you
 It’s harder at the next level than where they’re playing now
 If they have issues now, they’ll probably be magnified in college

THINGS TO WATCH FOR:


1) Ability to handle adversity
2) How do they handle big-time/clutch opportunities
a. Some kids are cut from a different clothes

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
WHAT CAN YOU DO NOW IF YOU’RE IN A SUPPORT STAFF ROLE?
 Take advantages of the resources you have now (Synergy) to prepare yourself

TAKE PRIDE IN WHATEVER YOUR JOB IS RIGHT NOW:


 Keep learning. Learn stuff that’s not your system.
 You may have to explain certain systems in an interview
 You should be able to X&O every major offense and every major defense

 ―Know AAU coaches who have a good eye and will be honest about guys that aren’t in their program.
They can help you tremendously!‖

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Villa 6
Venetian/Palazzo Congress Center
Thursday, July 21
Las Vegas

Speakers:
Jeff Capel - Duke
Ritchie McKay - Virginia
Tom Moore - Quinnipiac
King Rice - Monmouth
Pat Skerry - Towson
Shane Beamer - Virginia Tech
Wood Selig - Old Dominion (AD)
Jack Hayes - Hofstra (AD)
Bubba Cunningham - Tulsa (AD)

COMPLIED BY:

BRANDON ROSENTHAL
ST. EDWARD’S UNIVERSITY

E-MAIL: BRANDONR5215@GMAIL.COM

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Jeff Capel – Duke
 Gained a unique perspective after being at places such as VCU and OU…especially after being fired.
 Always find ways to evaluate yourself
 Look at what makes a good assistant into a HC or a HC get better?
 “MY PERSPECTIVE AT 27…WHAT I WANT IN AN ASSISTANT?
1) Loyalty
2) Hard worker
3) Basketball Smart
 ―An assistant most important job it so make your head coach look good.‖
 Your needs change as a HC, so who you hire to fill those needs will change as well over time.
 AS AN ASSISTANT BRING THIS EVERYDAY:
1) Be a great communicator
2) Have excellent energy
 As a Head Coach you don’t want to be around anyone who is negative or moody… ―If I
need to be positive and leave my individual issues at the door, you better do the same!‖
3) Be excited and passionate about the job
 Leave your issues at home, don’t bring it to work
4) Must be an excellent evaluator of talent
 Find guys that can help the program get better but more importantly win
5) Remember your job is to help make the school look good…
6) Make sure there is someone on staff that is smart, talented, and innovative…who brings new ideas
to the table?
7) Be relentless
8) Be a guy that never says no
9) Be positive that you can get anyone
10) Don’t get tired, bitter… be tireless… be ambitious and work!
11) Work to get better every day!
 Clinics, Reading, Camps, Studying, Networking , Sweating (learn from players)
12) Fall in love with the process…best way to be successful

? WHAT DID YOU LEARN AS A HC THAT WILL HELP YOU AS AN ASSISTANT?


1) You need to know your HC
2) Can this kid play for him
3) You must believe in your HC
4) Can’t have an ego problem
5) Your way can’t be the only way
o Example: Staff meetings…No one says anything…We may be disconnected but when we leave
we better be connected!
o STAFF DYNAMICS are huge!
6) Use plural pronouns: ―Us‖ ―We‖ – Example: Freshman year video session with Coach K
7) Protect your HC – 10% of the job is actually coaching because you’re a CEO
8) As a HC every decision comes to you…Help your boss!

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
NUGGETS:

 OU was a difficult job because he didn’t understand the culture


 In the hiring process he really took time putting together his staff…Wasn’t sure what he ―needed‖
 Overwhelmed as a HC…it’s absolutely your fault when the team losses
 It’s hard to fire people, especially if you’re a good person.

HOW DID YOU CHANGE THE VCU CULTURE?


 ―From this point on you’re not allowed to be average.‖ ―I demanded excellence on the court, in the
classroom, and in the community.‖
 Kicked guys off the team so when new kids came in they had the right role models.
 Spent time reaching out to community and speaking to everyone
 As a HC you must have an excellent relationship with the AD, President, and academic people. The
campus community is also very important…Then you must go get players!

HOW ARE YOU GOING TO INCORPORATE YOURSELF INTO THE NEW DUKE STAFF?
 Told Coach K…Title didn’t matter
 Want to help the team just be better
 Needed to be me
 Set up individual meetings with players
 Called recruits
 Worked on getting to know the University again… ―Now I’m a coach, so things are different.‖

WHEN YOU BECAME A HC AT THE AGE OF 27, HOW DID YOU DEAL WITH OTHER COACHES?
 Never entertained the parties, or spent time thinking about it.
 ―I didn’t have time to worry about it…I heard what was said, but couldn’t think about it.‖

 The most difficult thing to do as a HC is fire someone.

 When you need to fire someone you must do it.

WHAT WOULD YOU DO DIFFERENT TO YOU STAFF AT OU NOW?


 Staff would have been different, we went to the Elite 8, but I still needed to fire someone.
 Been more well connected to the AD
 Wouldn’t have taken guys just because it was easy
 Don’t think I can change kids…
o ―Willie Warren Story‖ – Thought he could change him. Was great and then got a taste of success
and everything fell apart. (Griffin got hurt; Warren had two games as the star and then became
selfish when Griffin came back.)

WHAT CAN AN ASSISTANT DO TO PREPARE TO BE A HC?


 Listen to stories
 Watch what others do

WHAT SPECIFICALLY KEPT YOU FROM FIRING SOMEONE?


 Perception and Loyalty
 ―As a young coach you worry that people don’t think you can do your job.‖

WHAT NEEDS CHANGED FOR YOU?


 Needed guys to step up with stuff off the court
 Don’t get complacent when you have success
 Need coaches to be more passionate and hold up their end of the bargain

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
WHAT MUST AN ASSISTANT HAVE NOW FOR YOU?
 Be positive!!! – Never bring your outside crap to work…If you need to talk about with someone then do it,
but it can’t impact the staff because it hurts the team. Check your baggage at the door or get out.
 ―I should have been a better HC and fired people, but friendship blinded me.‖
 ―If your passionate you look for ways to get better…I love passionate people.‖
 Don’t have a staff of guys exactly like you.
 ―I needed more diversity in my staff.‖

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
A.D. Panel
Jack Hayes - Hofstra
Wood Selig – Old Dominion
Bubba Cunningham – Tulsa
Norwood Teague - VCU
NUGGETS:

ARE THERE CHARACTERISTICS OF AN ASSISTANT THAT CAN HELP THEM STAND OUT?
JH:
 Carry yourself professionally, Tubby Smith always wore a tie and was very professional. It stood out to
me!
BC:
 Integrity and Character
JH:
 Basketball Smart
 Can represent the University and be the face of the program
 Be prepared for people to call over to other schools to ask about you (Faculty Rep, Baseball Coach)
 Be a fixture at fundraising events
 Don’t have an ―us against the world‖ attitude…It comes back to haunt you
 Know successes of own team & other teams within the athletic department
WS:
 Has hired 5 HC’s in his career
 Never has used a search firm
 Wants to be sure to get the right fit so he handles most of the process

WINTHROP GROUP: Have collected all contracts on Coaches


STAT: In the past 10 years, 629 coaches have served at their Alma manner…Numbers show not a
guarantee success…Stats show to hire someone that is a hot name in the business.

WHAT ARE YOUR THOUGHTS WITH INVOLVING AGENTS IN THE PROCESS?

BC:
 They are excellent carriers of important information…They always have a running list of coaches.
 Creates a list of 10-12 people…Then the president cuts the list to 3. Then they look for a search firm to
help do research.
 Have agents get your name involved early and keep your name hot within the industry.

JH:
 Having an agent is part of the business now. They can help facilitate the process.

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
 Good idea to have agents call on your behalf to help you get into the mix. Give the AD and agent an
opportunity to form a relationship as well.
 Get to know commissioners of the conference. They can get you involved with job quickly and the right
way.
 Alums are not always the best way to go…Usually it will create a buzz, but the university changes over
time. What may have been a good fit then may not be now.

WS:
 Be careful how the agent approaches things. Use them for information and language…As well as some
ideas…but don’t let them be the main source of communication for your athletic director. It can rub the
AD the wrong way and get the two of you off to a bad start.
 Agents are helpful because they have so many names to provide.
 When you’re a public school things can get hectic with the media. So be prepared for that. Privacy is a big
piece of the process.
 Don’t wait for a school to call you, be proactive early.

FOOD FOR THOUGHT:


BC:
 Some calls help you; some calls cause you to lose out on a job.
 Won’t hire from lower levels because of the difficulties of recruiting at the D1 level..It’s a different beast.

NT:
 Be a detective on the first 100 days. Ask a lot of questions.
 Develop relationships with people throughout the athletic department.
 You must have the total package because the demands of the job are over the top.

WS:
 Will likely hire someone that can make a smooth transition. Is familiar with school, staff, recruiting region,
conference, etc.
 Be on your guard on how you act and who you speak with as a candidate.
 Trend has changed… ―I used to hire a hot name from a BCS school.‖ Now he groups candidates into three
pools. (1) Rising Assistants (2) Guys with HC experience (3) Guys with HC experience that are currently
in assistant roles

JH:
 Get to know people on the athletic department staff ASAP

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Shane Beamer – Virginia Tech Football
 The more people you know in the business the better.
 Bounced from a couple of GA spots to other GA spots
 ―Recruiting is like shaving, you better do it every day or you can tell if you didn’t.‖
 Coach Fulmer has a GA who’s only job was to call HS coaches.
 Fulmer was excellent at finding ways to keep guys loose. He had the kids do a celebration 7 hours before
every game.

 BOOK: BOB BEAUDINE THE POWER OF WHO

 In this business it’s all about who you know. A good coaching friend called once every summer.

HOW DO YOU IMPROVE RECRUITING?


1) Keep kids home – connect with HS coaches, take pride in the state, tell kids to stay together and represent. Kids
want to be part of something special…do something that hasn’t been done before!
2) Validate what you say and WIN
3) Get to know kids at a personal level. Take notes and listen to the kids.
4) Ask a lot of guiding questions.

WHAT ARE SOME OBSTACLES AT SC?


1) No tradition
2) City Atmosphere
3) Stadium is far away

***KNOW THE STRENGTHS AND WEAKNESSES OF THE PROGRAM…TURN


WEAKNESSES INTO STRENGTHS***

 Be detailed and organized with everything you do


 Fulmer was excellent at making those around him better because he gave guys job they had to learn how to
do and learn how to get better to be successful
 Spurrier was great at getting families involved and creating a family atmosphere.

“YOU ARE WHAT YOU ARE. SO BE YOU.”


 As a coach it is important to work to be the same person, never too high or too low.

HOW DO YOU BUILD RELATIONSHIPS WITH SO MANY GUYS?


 Make guys responsible for a different region/HS across the country
 Responsible for 25 guys and breaks down to 5 to 8 guys…
 #1 Question to find out…Who on your HS coaching staff are you closest with and who in your family is most
involved?

 Know people in compliance


 ―Every day is an interview!‖

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Archie Miller – Dayton
Pat Skerry – Towson
King Rice – Monmouth
HOW AND WHY DO YOU THINK YOU GOT YOUR JOB?

AM:
 No contact with any administrators all year
 No HC experience and age 32
 Attacked weakness because he felt like he had a lot of experience and unique experiences that had him
prepared

PS:
 Villa 7 helped him
 ―If you want a job, go after it!‖
 ―Crack the nut of the search firm.‖

KR:
 Turned down 4X’s before he finally was offered a HC job
 Be a 100% yourself

TALK ABOUT THE INTERVIEW PROCESS…

AM:
 This was his big shot, so he made sure he was himself and stayed within himself.
 Interview turned into a lot of dialogue
 Didn’t know a lot about school but found ways to make himself aware of the key things
 ―I knew the issues against me and so I spent a lot of time figuring out ways to attack them.‖

PS:
 Some people want a book
 Have confidence
 Take control of the interview
 Get your vision across
 Work hard and be a good person
 Asked him to draw some last second out bounds plays

KR:
 Say hello and be polite
 Do a good job for your HC
 Get who you are across to people
 Feel like you leave the interview with relationships

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
FIRST 100 DAYS:

KR:
 Working to get to know everyone on campus
 Building staff
 Learning faculty

PS:
 Every day is a battle
 Turned his program into a survival of the fittest
 Has kids lifting early in the AM
 Used an agent
 Tried to put APR stuff into his contract and said no…this held up the process. Don’t take a job that your
not comfortable with the terms on.

AM:
 25-30 Speaking engagements
 You’re on 24-7
 Be careful…the most important people are the 10 kids on campus who don’t know you. Recruit them and
go visit their families.
 Hit the ground running
 Get 2 feet in with your players
 Arizona took 18 to 20 months for Coach Miller to feel like he was getting things the way they needed to be.
Almost ran himself into the ground.

DID YOU HAVE ANY MATERIALS FOR THE INTERVIEW?

AM:
 Had a book to hand over at the end of the interview.
 Broke down his philosophy and playing style.
 Scheduling and style of play were his biggest coaching questions from the AD

KR:
 Gave book after interview and had it match what he said during the interview.
 The book covered everything from practice to game plans.

NO HEADING COACHING EXPERIENCE HOW DID YOU OVERCOME IT AND WHAT WERE SOME
KEY INTERVIEW QUESTIONS?

PS:
 Had D3 HC experience
 Be ready for the APR question

KR:
 You sell it through your interview so it shows that you’ve thought of everything and are ready. You sell
your experiences that will help translate into being a HC.
 Talked about how he was going to change the culture.
 Told kids they must do these things or they will be asked to leave.
 Went to soccer and football coaches to learn about their success.

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
AM:
 He was honest…He said he wouldn’t know what it was like to call a TO
 Staff question was also big. Was asked who he would hire and how he would design his staff to fit his
needs.
 Be careful how you answer the staff question because it can kick you in the ass. Sell what you’re looking
for.
o I will go on a national search. I was good smart and talented people!
 AM told the AD’s that he could absolutely do the job and he was ready for it!

NUGGETS:

PS:
 Instead of meals with people do coffee
 Make yourself visible around campus

RK:
 Do the best job you can with the place you are currently at.

AM:
 13,000 people attend games…they come from over two hours away!
 Called former successful coaches
 Called former successful players
o Get the key people in your corner. Get them involved! They will be huge for you in case you face
controversy. They also help get other people on board to support you. They become your voice.
o Aim for 2 or 3 very important people to get on ship with you.
 Want to prove he can do the job
 Surround yourself with good people because you’re around them so much.
 Have success at the current place your at…That is key. ―Beating Duke may have helped me get this job.‖

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Tom Moore – Quinnipiac
RECRUITING NUGGETS:

 As a high major assistant be very careful with the media and be careful recruiting a kid tied to an agent
 The higher level you go the more people you have to deal with
 Recruiting a kid tied to an agent is like undoing a time bomb
 At UConn you can call any kid in the top 100 and have a chance if Duke, Carolina, and Kentucky are not
involved.
 Staff split top 100 kids based on who they knew and where the kid was from
 Calhoun expects staff to know top kids
o Know who they are
o Who is involved
o How to get involved
o Are we involved?
 Always asks who is ―THE GUY‖
 You must do your due diligence, find transcripts and get to know all parties involved
 Don’t always trust the media will have your back, especially when it comes to a big story
 Often a story is slated to make it sound better, even if it’s not true and could have an impact on your
reputation
 In situations where your being questions on a compliance issue, tell the truth but be brief
o Attorneys and the media will stare at you to get more info out of you.

NUGGETS:
 Every day is a job interview
 Know your commissioner
 Know every AD in the league
 Know the league office
 Recruit players that fit the school
 Study the league, style of play, scheduling philosophy, and scheduling habits
 Accommodate key people on campus
 Know who to make happy
 Don’t spend time in the rumor mills
 Don’t envy other peoples success.

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
Richie McKay – University of Virginia
 The first 100 days will be easy compared to some of the other stuff you will see.

ASK YOURSELF THESE 3 QUESTIONS:


1) Who or what defines you?
2) Why did I get into coaching?
3) How am I fulfilling my purpose in life?

―One coach in a single year can have more impact than most people in a life time.‖ – Bill Graham

3 WAYS TO PREVENT BRAKING:


1) Find your balance
2) Use your relationship currency – have someone build into your life so you can help others (A good Friend,
Family)
3) Avoid falling into the trap of success

PISTOL PETE TO LARRY KING – LETTER

―Winning is about celebrating. If you can’t celebrate then you’re in a bad state.‖

Twitter: www.twitter/CoachRosenthal
DRILLS FOR STARTING PRACTICE
by Phil Martelli

1. Four Minute Drill (see Kelvin Sampson)

2. Half-court Four Minute Drill (4 corners)


a. Quick think and quick move
b. Call for reverse
c. “Quick” 3 balls in tight

3. Four Minute Full-Court Drill “Celtic Drill”


a. Speed dribble to half court
b. Do a dribble move and go shoot a lay-up

4. Half-Court Moves
a. Everyone with a ball
b. Catch, face, and go to the basket “Catch and Go”
c. “Catch and Sweep”
d. Catch, shot fake and go “Fake and Go”
e. Pro Pivot, pivot on opposite foot

5. Passing Drills “Vanderbilt Drill”


a. Player gets outlet and dribbles to half court
b. Pass ahead to coach and get ball back for a lay-up

6. Full Court 2 Minute Passing


a. Player in the middle passes side-to-side
b. Whoever has the ball at the top of the key passes to the next line

7. 2 Man Plays
a. Basket cuts
b. Back cut
c. Give and get
d. Pick and roll, pivot off inside foot

8. Block to Block Drill


a. Passing back and forth the length of the floor
b. Whoever catches on the far block dribbles back to the other end

9. Full Court Lay-ups


a. Let them use 3, 4, or 5 dribbles to go end to end

10. Chair Dribbling


a. Crossover
b. Behind the back
c. Between the legs
d. Stop n’ go
TEAM DEFENSIVE DRILLS
by Phil Martelli
1. Change Drill
a. Convert to the other end, coach throws the ball in

2. Switch Drill
a. Cannot guard the man who was guarding you

3. Shell Defense
a. Stay on until you get three straight stops

4. 4 on 4 Run-Out (3 groups)
a. only convert if you get a stop and then come back down against a new group

5. Knicks 3 on 3
a. If the team scores, you step off, then new defense steps on
b. If defense gets a stop, offense goes to defense and new offense steps on

6. Scrimmage—Score and Stop


a. Basket only counts if you get a stop at the other end
TEAM OFFENSIVE DRILLS
by Phil Martelli

1. Game of 10
a. First player to make 10 shots wins
b. Partner shooting from two spots
c. Always move, don’t shuffle, run to the next spot
i. Wing/corner
ii. Elbow/elbow
iii. Wing/corner
d. 4 at a basket, teams elbow/corner

2. Rapid Fire
a. First team to seven, must make #6 and #7 in a row (if you miss #7, then you go
back to 5)
b. Stay in one spot

3. One on One
a. Coach is the passer
b. Scorer stays on offense
c. Defense stops, you become the offense
d. Get open, coach passes the ball, you get 3 dribbles
e. Play to 3 at a basket (4 players)
f. No offensive rebounds

4. Two on Two
a. Coach is the passer and stays in the drill
b. Allow the offensive rebound

5. Three on Three

6. Four on Four with Pressure (4 on 4 on 4)

7. Five on Five
a. 3 on 2 at each end
b. Cannot cross half court
c. Can call timeout to change offense and defense
TRANSITION ATTACK DRILLS
by Phil Martelli
1. 5 Man Weave
a. Pass and go behind
b. 3 on 2, give each line a number 1-5, call out a number to see who is back on
defense (“32”)
c. 2 on 1, shooter or the man who turns it over goes back on defense against the 2
defenders of the 3 on 2

2. 5 on 5 Fastbreak
a. Two defenders must touch the baseline and convert
b. In conversion, shooter steps out and they come back 5 on 4

3. 4 on 3 With Trailer (Four on Four on Four)


a. Keep score

4. Run Out Drill


a. 5 on 5, keep score for five possessions
b. If defense stops them they get one chance to convert and they get however many
points they score
c. If offense scores they get the ball again
d. After 5 possessions, switch offense and defense

5. Harvard Fastbreak Drill


a. All players in the lane rebound the shot and convert
b. Coach will tell how many players to come out on the other end and play defense

--Must have consequences for turnovers, missed lay-ups, and allowing lay-ups
Read & React Clinic Notes
May 2011
Opening Statements
1. This offense makes it possible to develop the offense and your players at the same time.
2. Understanding defense is the key to running good offense.
3. Defense wants the ball out of the middle 1/3 of the floor.
- Weakside Help
- Can you guard situations.
- Force Switches, Help and Recover, Double Post, Ball Screens
4. Why does pass and cut work against one team but not another?
5. North/South movement is harder to guard then East/West.
6. You will get more scoring opportunities if you get the defense moving.
7. If a team can attack, get stopped then attack again, they will get more scoring opportunities
8. Two levels of the R&R
- Players without the ball reading the ball handler and reacting with one reaction to the ball.
- Offense reading the defense
9. Accountability and Freedom are possible with the R&R
- Freedom for the ball handler. Other four don’t have as much freedom.
- Sweet Combination of Structure/Accountability and Freedom
10. We want to train our players to be a highly organized group of hunting dogs. We do not
want trick dogs that can only learn plays.

Partner Line Shooting Drill


- Partners straddle a line and shoot the ball back and forth
- Let the ball ounce before you catch it. If the ball hits the line, you are shooting it
straight.
- Do this drill every day for 3-5 minutes

High Skips Drill


- ½ court and back
- Superman’s
- This is practice for shooting lay-ups
Three Person Front/Rear Cuts Drill (Layer 1)

- Pass to the corner and cut


for a lay-up
- Shooter will then take the
ball to the corner. Corner will pass the ball to the wing and cut. Shooter will take the ball
to the wing.
- Do not jab away and fake,
just go
- Work both side of the goal
- Work on close-outs off of
this
- Work on defensive stance.
- Change up your finishes.
Use shot fakes as well.
- Change up the cuts to Rear
Cuts by have having defenders jump to the ball.
- Give them the ball early.
They will have more time to make a play.

Three Person Back Cut Drill (Layer 1)


- Passer to defense, defense to offense,
shooter to passer
- Work both sides of the basket.

Three Person Laker Cuts Drill (Layer 2)

- Shooter goes to the post, post to the top,


top to the wing.
- Post should have 3 point contact with the
ball Two hands and chest.

*** Doing these drills creates muscle memory. We want the players to react to the ball just as
quickly as you would react when you put your hand by a hot stove.

Three Player Dribble At Drill (Layer 3)


- If the offense is being denied, but they do
not cut, the passer can’t pass. “Dribble At” to force the cut to the basket.
- Move the post around. Elbow, short
corner(cutter must cut high)

Combo Drill – Dribble At/Laker Cut

- Dribble at the wing, wing goes to the


block. Feed the post and then Laker Cut.
- Leg whip when you post up.

** Every level of the R&R attacks the basket.

Draft Drive

- Drive right off the cutters tail


- Help is occupied
- Weak side help will be late
- Make a drill out of this

Front Cut The Chaser

- If you are filling one pass away and the


defender is chasing you, curl it to the basket.
- Read the defense on your cuts.
5 on 0 – All Cuts Drill

- NBA Spacing
- Coach is the one defender. Deny
someone the ball. They must back cut.
- If they do not cut correctly, you need to
go back to the 3 person drills.
- Star with no posting then add someone
posting. Feed the post and Laker Cut. Do not give it to the cutter initially. Kick it out and
fill out.
- Someone new must now post.
- Designate a poster if that is easier

Dribble At/Pass and Cut Combo

* Alternate dribble at and pass and cut


* 30 seconds
* On every catch, you will dribble at then pass and cut.

Dribble At/Pass and Cut/Laker Cut Combo

- After you pass and cut, you will post.

*** 10 Year Olds will only learn Pass and Cut, Dribble At, and Laker Cuts

5 on 5

- Pass and cut, no dribble


- Defense is not allowed to touch the ball.
Offense no shots.
- Get your defense work in at the same
time. If you have an assistant, they watch the defense.
- Passers need to read the cutters defender
as well.
- Start no posting then let them post
eventually.
- Add Dribble At’s

Posting Up
- Poster make goal posts with hands
- Feed the ball to the posts hands
- If you post with your arms wide you can’t
reach out for a bad pass.

Rotations after the Laker Cut

- The Laker Cut high will pull the corner


person to fill the spot.

** Each one of the 3 person drills only needs to be done for 1-1.5 minutes.

- The Laker Cut low will pull the top person


to fill the spot.

5 on 5 Points Drill
- Defense gets two point for a deflection
- Offense gets 1 point for a lay-up
- Score on dribble at, laker cut or back cut
- Eventually let them drive to the basket
and score on drive and kick.

*** Introduce the draft drive before circle movement.

- Youth teams might not get circle


movement but you can teach them how to drive intelligently
- Pass and cut creates a distraction for
intelligent drives.

*** When teaching 5 Out, do not tell them to fill out opposite the pass. Tell them to fill out to
the open spot. Eventually when you teach 4 out, they will have the option to fill out to either
side.

*** 4 Out spots are set just below FT line extended. NBA 3 Spacing

Full Court Trips Drill

- One Coach
- Pass and Cut initially. The coach will step
over the read line. Score then transition to the other end
- Three Trips Total
st
1 Trip – Score on Pass and Cut
2nd Trip – Score on a Laker Cut (after pass and cut for at least 5 passes).
3rd Trip – Score on Dribble At

Full Court Transition

- 5 cones spaced out at ½ court.


- Point Dribble
- All four fill lanes and all cross under the
basket and fill spots
Transition into 3 on 2
- The two outside runners will cross under
the basket. The two inside runners will protect the paint.
- When the point comes down the floor
with the ball, They play 3 on 2 with the two wings.

Three Trips, Two Groups Transition

Drill

- The last trip, the second group steps in


and it is 5 on 5.
- The first trip need to go to the basket that
the second team is standing.
*** V-Cuts – We never teach them. We really do not want to catch the ball on the top. We
want to cut to the top then cut to the basket for a lay-up. If we want to get the ball to the top,
we will just dribble it there.

*** When we make the wing to top cut and then back cut, the defense is moving backwards. If
the offense is going forward, it is a race to the basket and the offense is going to win.

Partner Shooting On A Line Drill

- The time off the pass and catch.


- Hands ready, feet ready
- 5 passes then switch
- Good passes lead to good shots

Full Court Dribbling Warm-Up

- Control, Speed, Backward(Retreat)


- Coach Calls

Front and Rear Cuts Drill

- This time have the defense change how


they react to the pass. Do they stay or do they jump to the ball.
- Four person drill rotation

- Shooter #1 goes out


- Defender #x3 goes to cutter
- Passer #2 to defender
- #4 rebounds, passes to shooter and goes
to the corner.
Wing To Win Read Line Cuts Drill (4 Person)

- #4 passes to #1 and cuts


- #2 will fill up. X3 jumps over the read line.
- #2 rear cuts for a basket.

Laker Cuts Drill

- This time, put a defender on the cutter.


- Defender get body to body on the cut.
- Cutter must choose opposite side to cut
when this happens. If they choose a low cut, they must switch to a high cut.

Three Lines Dribble At Drill

- First person in line #1 dribble to the right,


Second person line #1 dribble to the left.
- Give the group in front of you time to
clear before you start your dribble at.

Three Person Natural Pitch Drill (Layer 4)


- Defense stop the ball and close out.
- One dribble then kick it out.
- Add shot fake and go as well. Rip and to
the Hip (Tight Circle)

Three Person Safety Valve Drill

Three Line Safety or Natural Drill


- Person with the ball, chooses which way
to drive.
- If you are crunched for time, this is a
great drill to do.
- Additions
a. Wing/Wing/Opposite Corner – Middle drive and baseline drive
b. Post Drifts – Ball at wing, ball in corner, ball on top

5 Out Circle Movement Trainer Drill

- Coach passes the ball and becomes the


defender
- Players must react on the first dribble
- Rebounding spots are filled naturally on
circle movement.
a. Weak, Strong and front of rim
b. If you are above the FT line you are back on defense
c. 5th person goes to the closest elbow and looks for long rebounds
d. Make them call out weakside, back, elbow, middle, back

4 out Circle Movement Trainer


- Post opposite the ball slide to the short
corner but do not go to far out. You will block the vision of the corner person.

Dive/Retreat/Pass and Cut Drill

- 5 out
- Every time you catch the ball, you will
attack and retreat to the empty spot. You will then pass and cut.
- You will always have any empty spot on
your side of the floor.
- Do this 4 out as well. Add laker cuts and
dribble at’s

5 on 5

- No shots
- 5 out spots
- Pass and cut, laker cuts, bounce off,
dribble at

** This may look chaotic at times. That is OK. Just fill out to spots and work it out.

Baseline Adjustment Out Of 41 Spots

- The baseline drive adjustment is a layer


onto itself.
- #2 will stay home, they are the 45 degree
pass
- #4 will move to the corner, they are the
natural pitch.
- #5 is the 90 degree
- #3 is the Safety Valve

Press Break
- This is just an extension of the pass and
cut layer.
- Have your best ball handler take the ball
OOB
- Pass it is and cut middle. The shaded area
is the basket. Cut there.
- Hold the middle until the next pass.
- If the ball is skipped, #2 cut middle, #4 fill
up, #1 clears and goes out opposite.
- On a Run and Jump Press, Back Up
dribble. Designate a middle flasher who will come to the ball

Zone Adjustments

- Pass and Cut but now Hook and Look.


- Hold your spot until the next pass is made
then clear out. You could also have them stay in but go to a second inside spot then get
out on next pass.
- 41 Motion you will not move to the
second spot, you will just get out after second pass.
- In 41, have the the post work short corner
to short corner or have them work one side and be a pin screener.

** 20% of scoring happens on set plays. 80% of scoring happens on busted plays. Why run sets?
** Not much 3 on 2 or 2 on 1 scoring opportunities either in games. Why do we practice it so
much?

** In a 2 on 1 situation, dribbler should keep the ball on their inside hand. This way they can
push pass then drift away to avoid the charge. It is also quicker. Ball handler must read the
defender and decide to pass or pull up for a jump shot.

2 on 1, 3 on 2, 5 on 0 Drill

- Set up in “V” formation to start.


- #2 will be back on defense
- #1 and #3 bring it down vs #2
- #4 and #5 stop at the Hash Marks
- 1,2,3 vs 4,5 back
- 5 on 0 back. Score on coaches call.
5 on 0 into 5 on 5 Dummy/Live Drill

- Dummy 5 on 0 down. When they come


back, it is 5 on 5.
- Other team goes ofter a score or a T.O.

** The dribbler has freedom, the cutter has freedom. The people without the ball have no
freedom. They must react to the ball. The R&R is the perfect combination of freedom and
structure.

** When you put in the pin and skip layer, now you are giving the choice to a player without
the ball

Layers 9-16 : You can pick and choose which of these layers you put in.

Partner Shooing Straddle The Line

- Step back with your right foot and take a


dribble. Bring that foot back. Shoot the ball to your partner.
- Right hand dribble and left hand dribble.
- Now we are working on shooting off the
dribble.

Three Person. Choose Wing Or Corner Drill

- Dribbler can choose to pass to the wing or


the corner

Pin and Skip Drill

- Bottom person is the screener. Call Out


“Pin”
- Skip it for a Jump Shot.
- Shooter must move to get in line with the
screen. This way the defender will have to fight over the screen.
- Variation – Skip it and screener post. Hit
the post.
- Change it up so that the corner is the
screener.
- Rotation: Passer to shooter, shooter to
screener, screener to def., def to passer.

** Every Zone is set up to have two weak side defenders begging to be Pin screened.

** Hook and Look along with Pin Screens can attack any zone.

Circle Reverse

- This is not a planned action. It is used to


get us out of trouble.
- If the circle reverse is not open, that
person who is in the safety spot should laker cut.

** The person making the basket cut can stop and set a pin screen. Chances are, they did not
get the ball on the pass and cut because of great help side defense. Make them pay for this by
setting a pin screen.

** The cutter can receive a pin screen as well as they cut out.

** 5 out is the toughest to set pin screens. I might be easier to designate pin screeners on this.
4 and 3 out are easier because you have natural pin screeners on the lanes.

** In 3 out, the posts can cross screen.


a. Have one post set pin screens then automatically set a cross screen for the other post
- Use this if you have two posts but only one is a good scorer.

Post Screening(Layer 9)

- Screen and then shape up to the ball


- Post can move lane to lane or designate
them to a side
- If you want the post to get open, have
them set screen then shape up. Their defender will hedge on the screen.

Back Screens (Layer 10)

- Pass and Cut then set a back screen


- Give the cutter another choice
- If you get one, give one
- Hold the ball longer on the top and let the
screens happen
- Don’t hold the ball in the corners
- You can also set back screens for the post.
These are actually cross screens but we still call them backs.

Delay Game

- 5 out higher and wider


- At 15 seconds run a play
- At 8 seconds left, use a back out dribble.
Post will sprint to set the screen. Screen and roll for last shot. Other three widen out and
be ready to circle move.

Delay Game (Sprint)

- #1 will back dribble, 5 will sprint to the


screen.
- In this situation, 4 slides, 3 slides, 2 will be
the safety

“At”

- Call the dribble could make on the dribble


at
- Make sure your chest is pointed at the
person you are dribbling at.
- Iowa women wave them to go.

Zone Offense

- When the second person hooks and


looks, they should not stop at a spot right next to where the first person is posting up.
This is bad spacing.

Laker Cuts

- When the post catches, wait for the


cutter. Fake to the cutter and make your move in the opposite direction of the fake.

** 4th – 8th Grade layers 1-8

** Short Corner Rip and Finish – Kiss My Butt

** Free Throw Routine

- Blocks out distractions


- Focus on the routine not outside things
- Visual, Auditory and Mental Distractions
- Same routine every time puts you in a
rhythm

4 Out Cut and Backscreen Drill

- 1 will pass to 3 and cut. 1 will set a BS for


2
- 4 will fill. 3 will hit 4. 3 will pass and cut
and BS for 2
- 4 will hit 2 for a shot. Could be a JS or a
lay-up.
- Could hit the screener for a shot as well.

3 Person Backscreen Drill

- Top will pass to the wing, cut and set a BS


for the corner. Hit the corner for a shot.
- Hit the screener on the pop.
- Hit the pop then the cutter will post. Feed
the post.

** Use Backscreens as a way to keeps spots filled when you make the wrong cut after a basket
cut.

Back Up Dribble

- Trigger for the post to sprint out and set a


ball screen
- High ball screen and roll
- Good late in the quarter for a last shot
- Drill: 30 seconds of R&R then with 8
seconds left whoever has the ball back dribble. Post will sprint and set the screen. If you
are playing 5 out, designate a screener.

Quick Hitter – Screen the Screener Out Of 32


- 4 comes up to set screen for 1
- 5 comes up and sets screen for 4 on the
roll
- 5 will pop after the screen

** 5 on 0 Work

- Pass and Cut for 20 seconds then coach


will call what he wants to score out of.
- Back screen, pin and skip, Laker cut,
dribble at

Dribble At & Back Cut Drill

- 1 will dribble at 2 forcing the basket cut


- 3 will fill up
- X3 will jump over the read line. 3 will back
cut for a lay-up
- Give them a bounce pass at the FT line
sooner then later.
Pin and Skip/Post/Laker Cut Combo Drill

- Pin and Skip


- Hit the screener on the post
- Laker cut for basket
- 5 out, who sets the pin screen? Offensive
players who’s defender is the farthest in the lane receives the screen.

** Three rules for using a screen. Wait, Wait, Wait

** Alternate Currents when passing the ball on offense.

- Try not to do this : pass-hold-pass-hold


- This is better: pass-pass-hold, pass-pass-
hold

Relocate Drill or “X” Cut Drill

- Left frame is relocate to corner. Right


frame is the “X” Cut
- Both sides alternating

When do you choose the Laker Cut or the “X” Cut?

- After the pass to the post, if the defender


stays tight, then Laker Cut. This is usually early in the game.
- If your defender doubles the post, then
relocate
- If your defender backs off a bit to play the
Laker Cut then “X” Cut.

Corner

- This is a counter to teams that really block


the basket cut and stand you up. It is basically a screen away or an “X” Cut

Power Dribble

- This is an untraditional pick and roll.


- Great to be used when you have a post
with the ball on the perimeter.
- Post can backscreen, pop, catch then
Power Dribble

Advanced Post Slides

- These start with a regular post slide.


- The dribble is stopped and can’t make the
pass to the post. The post will then circle move to the safely valve spot
- If you have a post that can shoot 3’s, they
can slide all the way to the 3 point line for a shot (Safety Valve). This is called a Euro 3.
Attacking a 1-3-1 Zone

- 4 Out 1 In
- Post will work short corners and mid post
- Post could stay on a side or go side to side
- When you hook and look, hook into the
elbows and the front of the rim.
- Don’t be afraid to shoot from the corners
- Use your dribble to attack gaps.
- Pin and Skip
- Pin screen the bottom person in the zone

Crystal Lake Trips Drill

- Two trips 5 on 0, each trip after that, add one defender (guard who you want). Last
trip is 5 on 5
- Coach calls out how they score on each end.
- Wings run wide. If you get to the FT line extended and you do not get the ball, cross
under the basket
- Seven Trips Total
1. Pitch ahead to the 5 (5 runs rim to rim) (5 on 0)
2. Pitch ahead and feed the post (5 on 0)
3. Back up dribble and screen and roll (5 on 1)
4. Pass and Cut 7 passes (5 on 2)
5. Laker Cut (5 on 3)
6. Dribble At (5 on 4)
7. 5 on 5 score on anything (5 on 5)

Drill Set Up

- Have the three defenders on the end where the offense is going for the first trip.
- Keep score then have the other group go and try to beat the score.

2-3 Zone Offense

- 3 OUT vs a 2-3 Zone


- 1 permanent post and on post who can
come in and go on perimeter
- Could play 5 OUT vs 2-3 as well.

1-2-2 Zone Offense

- Crystal Lake matches up with this zone


initially in 3 OUT.
- This makes the defense match up initially
like man to man
- When you dribble vs a zone. Date the
gaps but do not get married to them. This will lead to traps.
- Vs 1-2-2 zone weak side post needs to
look to pin the zone.
- Central tells their players to never just
skip the ball. You must hear “PIN” before you can make a skip pass.
- The movement created by the offense vs
a zone is the thing that is the most confusing.

Circle Movement Shooting Drill


- After you pass, you will close out and
bother the shooter
- Teach Rip and Go
- Have two groups shooter at opposite
ends of the gym but on opposite sides of the rim.
- After 5 minutes, both groups will run to
other end of the floor and it begins again but now they are shooting from the other side
of the rim.
- Progression
1. 1:30 of SF and Rim Finish
2. 1:30 of SF and One Dribble
3. 2 minutes Catch and Shoot

- Defense call out shot and call out box on box out

- Play with the spots as well. You could work wing to wing

Offensive Color Code

GREEN = Pass and Cut. No screening


a. They can pass and cut, dribble at, and Laker cut
b. Try not to touch anyone
BLUE = Screening along with Pass and Cut
a. Ball Screens, Back Screens, Pins, Post Screening

** When you are in a 4 OUT formation, if you “X” Cut on the post side and Pin Screen on the
weak side, it will occupy defenders so your post can play 1 on 1.
** If you have a great post, play 4 OUT and have them work the short corners away from the
ball. After a player passes and cuts, they can set cross screen for the post to get open.
READ AND REACT
OFFENSE
WHAT IT’S NOT
• Not motion offense
– Motion offense is good if you have 5
intelligent great multi-dimensional players
– Most offenses are predicated on a certain
type of player.
– Its also not an offense set up around a certain
series of plays
WHAT IT IS
• It is a principled framework out of which your
players can play. It is a system of 2 man Read
and Reactions, that can be drilled to the point of
habit. These 2 man habits are not just a random
collection of good 2 man games. The Read and
React system ties these 2 man reads into a
seamless 5 man offense that can be adjusted to
any set, formation, type of player, or style of
play. In other words, you can custom the
framework of the Read and React to fit your
personnel and the style of play your team needs
to be successful.
WHAT IT CAN BE
• Entire man to man or zone offense. You
might only need a few layers of the
offense
• It can be your principled offensive
foundation used when your set plays
break down
• It can be a system of development with a
unifying curriculum.
GOAL OF READ AND REACT
• Easily taught and transferred coach to coach,
coach to player
• Simple enough to be mastered thru repetition.
• Built on habits, not high IQ
• Freedom and excitement for players
• The system would build 5 man coordinations
• Simple enough for kids, Complex enough for
pros
• Better fundamental = easier to run; likewise;
more you run it = better fundamentals
MOTION OFFENSE?

Motion offense Read and React

High IQ pre-requisite Developmental

Players w/o ball have Players w/o ball have 1


many options reaction
Too much freedom 1 player with ball has
freedom; 4 has
diciplined reactions
FLEXABILITY
• Don’t need certain type players to run this
offense
– Teams with not post
– Teams with strong post
– Teams with small quick guards
– Deliberate teams
– 5 out / 4 out / 3 out
– High post, mid post, low post
– Screen or no screens
HABITS DEFINITION
• Basketball is played by habit
• When players read the ball they have instant
reaction
• Being consistent with what we demand from
players lowers their anxiety and increases their
confidence
• The less players have to think, the better. The
less they think the quicker they move
• The less they think and the more good habits
they accumulate, the closer they get to playing
by instinct.
KEYS TO REACTION
• Every player watches the ballhandler
– So all reactions are off the ball movement
– All movement is reaction off single movement
of ballhandler
– Anyone can be trained for 1 specific reaction
for one specific movement.
LEVEL A

LAYING THE FOUNDATION


LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• As the ball is drives right,
the circle movement is
too the right.
• It does not matter where
the ball originates at,
corner, wing, or top.
• We use the NBA 3pt. line
for spacing
• 4 man can kickback to
the perimeter or drop to
the 5 man cutting
baseline.
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 3 man can kick back
to the perimeter or
drop to the 5 cutting
baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 1 man can kick back
to the perimeter or
drop to the 5 cutting
baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 2 can drop to the 5
cutting baseline or
kickback to the
perimeter
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• As the ball is driven to
the left, the circle
movement is to the
left.
• Note: All drives are
NORTH/SOUTH
DRIVES, not east or
west.
• 5 can kickback to the
perimeter or drop to
the 4 cutting baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 2 can kick back to the
perimeter or drop to 4
cutting baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 1 can kickback to the
perimeter or drop to 4
cutting baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 3 can kickback to the
perimeter or drop to
the 4 man cutting
baseline.
LAYER 2: North South Dribble
Penetration: the baseline adj.
• baseline drives create special
situations.
• 1. the opposite corner must be
filled for a natural pitch
• 2. we must have a 45 degree
pitch
• 3. we must have a 90 degree
pitch
• the opposite wing (4 man) and
the top guard (3 man) have
shortend their circle
• movement to create the 45
degree and the 90 degree
pitch windows.
LAYER 2: North South Dribble
Penetration: the baseline adj.
• same on opposite
side of floor.
LAYER 2: North South Dribble
Penetration: the baseline adj.
• 4 out example of layer 2.
• Here the 2 man drives
baseline
• 3 man fills opposite corner for
natural pitch
• 4 man circle move for 90
degree pass
• 1 man circle moves for safety
• 5 man moves up the side of
the lane since the drive
occured below him (this is
• discussed in layer 4) this also
creates the 45 degree pass
window
LAYER 2: North South Dribble
Penetration: the baseline adj.
• 3 out example of Layer 2
• Here we have:
• 3 man filling the opposite
corner for the natural pitch.
• 1 man circle moving for the
safety pass
• 4 and 5 moving out the post,
up the side of the lane
(because penetration
• occured below them)
(discussed later in layer 4)
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• The second most common move
after dribble penetration is to pass
to a
• teammate one pass away.
• we have two rules:
• RULE 1: When you pass (one
spot away) you must basket cut
(Rear or Front
• cut your defender)
• RULE 2: open spots are filled from
the baseline up.
• SCORING OPPORTUNITIES
• 1. If your defender is over the 19 ft
arc, then you must rear cut.
• 2. fill the open spot, draw your
defender over the read line and
rear cut
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• Pass from the top and
fill up from the
baseline
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• Pass from the wing
and fill up from the
baseline
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• Front Cut
– On the pass the
defense does not
move, we make a front
cut
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• Rear Cut
– If the defense jumps to
the ball we rear cut to
the rim
– If we pass back to the
player making a rear
cut we try to pass the
ball behind the back
heel of the defender to
the open space.
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• DEFENSE OVER
THE READ LINE
• Here the pass is
made to the top and
the corner man
comes to fill up. The
defense steps over
the read line and we
rear cut to the rim for
a pass and layup.
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
• If the ball penetrates
the lane above the
post, then the post
slides to the short
corner
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
• If the ball penetrates the lane
below the post, then the post
slides up the lane line.
• NOTE: Sometimes a perimeter
player may end up in the post
after a basket cut and must
react as a post player would if
penetration occurs
immediately. So its important
that perimeter players know
how to adjust in the post area
off penetration.
• the post must not hesitate,
they just go
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
• 4 OUT 1 IN
EXAMPLE OF
LAYER 4.
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
• 3 OUT 2 IN
EXAMPLE OF
LAYER 4
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
• The east / west
dribble forces the
basket cut
• we can use this layer
to create movement,
post up a perimeter
player, set up a good
read on the defensive
overplay)
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
• 4 OUT 1 IN
EXAMPLE OF
LAYER 5
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
• here the 4 man has
already basket cut, the 2
man is filling up from the
baseline. Then the 1 man
reverse direction and
dribble at 2, so he basket
cuts.
• This creates good
movement.
• the cutter can use 5 as a
screener during their
movement out to the
perimeter
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
• 3 out 2 in example
LEVEL B

COMPLETING THE
FOUNDATION
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• EAST WEST DRIBBLE: THE POWER DRIBBLE
(DRIBBLE HANDOFF AND ROLL)

• 1. Can be used as a form of pressure relief.


• 2. Inside players can initiate the Pick and Roll to
get inside.
• 3. It can be used to change "sets" 5 out > 4 out or 4
out > 3 out)

• Player signals he wants to do a DHO by doing a


power dribble with a step slide action towards a
player. This step slide must be so extreme that a
teammate cannot mistake it for a speed dribble.
Ballhandler will step across and turn his back to the
goal.

• Player will V cut, faking the basket cut & circles to


the outside.

• The ball is presented to the cutter with one hand on


top (hand closest to cutter) and one hand on the
bottom of the ball. Very similar to a hand off in
football.

• Cutter reaches thru the keyhole to "snatch" the ball


and get to the hole.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• if the roller is not open he executes the
same reaction as a basket cut and
moves out to open corner.

• THE POWER DRIBBLE


• 1. Its a pressure relief option for
everyone
• 2. Its a safe way for post players to
initiate a pick and roll on perimeter.
• 3. It can create mismatchs when it
forces teams to switch on the pick and
roll.
• 4. It can be used to change sets from
5 out to 4 out and 4 out to 3 out.
• 5. Its an easy way to transfer the ball
to a better playmaker in a great
playmaking situation.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• If 1st player mis-reads
the power dribble
then they continue on
to next player and
look to 'DHO' or
reverse and power
dribble the other
direction.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• Here after player #3 mis-
read and cut to the
basket, player 2 just kept
going and ran a DHO with
player # 1.

• If he wanted to, player #2,


could have reversed
direction and ran a
dribble handoff with
player #5.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• EXAMPLE OF 4 OUT
1 IN OFFENSE WITH
POWER DRIBBLE
USED.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• 3 OUT 2 IN
EXAMPLE OF
POWER DRIBBLE
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
LAYER 7: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
CIRCLE REVERSE
• Layer 7: Circle Reverse

• This layer is very similar to the


kick back for the dribble drive
motion offense.

• The offense attempts a North >


South dribble and is cut off and
forced to the outside.

• The 2 man starts his circle


movement and sees that his
defender doesn't help on the
drive. So he plants and
reverses his circle movement.
LAYER 7: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
CIRCLE REVERSE
• Here the 2 man is
running reverse circle
motion. We want him
to play "down hill" and
catch the ball going
towards the rim.

• The 3 man and 4 man


will adjust their circle
movement and
reverse direction .
LAYER 8: BACK SCREENS
• Layer 8: BACK SCREENS

• After any basket cut, you may backscreen your way


out

• Why Backscreen?
• - hard to defend
• - similar to basic layer basket cuts
• - dovetails into previous layers
• - its a North / South attack
• - natural movement
• - cutter alway fill ou
• - ordinarily its to get open, now its to get a
teammate open: "youv'e had your chance to score,
now give your teammate a chance to score" "Don't
hand in the lane"

• Sprint out of the lane, fill out with a purpose,

• setting a backscreen can mean a 3 for the screener

• How to backscreen:

• Jump stop and call out teammates name, cutter


cannot move until they hear the feet hit the floor.
LAYER 8: BACK SCREENS
LAYER 8: BACK SCREENS
• error correction:

• If you fill out to wrong side of


the floor, just set a backscreen
for a teammate any your still
good.

• if you get caught setting a


backscreen when a player
receives a pass, just be patient
and set a ball screen or set a
backpick after they pass the
ball.
LAYER 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS
• Layer 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS

• finish your cut and use or set


staggered screens as you go.

• while cutting, look for multiple


staggered screens

• encourage players to finish


cuts.

• some of these screens may be


"rub" screens.
LAYER 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS
LAYER 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS
• 4 out example:

• this works well when you


have a post already set
down in the post.

• you can keep the post on


one side of the floor,
ballside all the time, or
back side all the time.

• the post looks to screen


for cutters.
LAYER 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS
• 3 out example

• now have 2 post


screening
LEVEL C

POST PLAY
LAYER 10: 4 OUT 1 IN
ADVANCED POST REACTIONS
• Layer 10: 4 out 1 in
advanced post reactions

• These reactions are some


advanced moves for the
single post to use in a
dribble drive situation.

• Here the point drives


middle, starting opposite the
post.
• The post slides short
corner.
• The post defense follows
the cut.
LAYER 10: 4 OUT 1 IN
ADVANCED POST REACTIONS
• Here the penetration occurs on the
post side.

• - the post slides to the short corner


• - and then circle moves to the safety
valve position

• either of these moves can be used if


the post has previously mastered the L
cut and I cut.

• this circle move works great for a post


that is a good shooter.

• or

• start your best shooter in the post and


have them circle out on penetration.
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
• LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING

• Here the post is utilized as a screener


and looks to shape up after he
screens.

• You can assign the post to:

• 1. low
• 2. high
• 3. wide
• 4. one side high or low

• there are endless varieties depending


on the post players level of skill.
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
• here we keep the post
on the left side. This
opens up the right
side for driving and
the left side for
posting. Anyone that
crosses the left side
can get a pick from
the post.
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
• In the 4 out set the
post defense should
tell the guards where
to look to drive.

• Here the defense is


on the high side of the
post. So the guard
drives baseline and
the post looks to I cut
up the lane.
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
• defense is on the low
side, we look to drive
middle
LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
PASSING
• LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN: POST PASSING

• There are 4 different cuts that we make off a


post feed.

• note: you might move this layer up in the


teaching order, if you are a more post
oriented team.

• 1st cut:

• Laker cut Low:

• Feed the post and cut low below the post


and thru to the opposite side. The other
guards fill up to the open spot.

• when the guards rotate, they are looking to


see if their defender breaks the read line. If
so they will backcut.
LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
PASSING
• this the LAKER CUT
LOW
LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
PASSING
• this is the
RELOCATION

• this is ideal if the


wing's defender
double downs on the
post.
LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
PASSING
• this is the X CUT.

• screen up and then


roll to the basket.
LAYER 13: 3 OUT 2 IN DRIBBLE
PENETRATION
• Layer 13: 3 OUT 2 IN
dribble penetration

• the post will adjust to


where the dribble
penetration occurs.

• If penetration occurs
above the post they will
dive to the short corner.
LAYER 13: 3 OUT 2 IN DRIBBLE
PENETRATION
• If penetration occurs
below the post.

• they will I cut up to the


elbow of the lane, this
takes care of the 90
degree pass and the 45
degree pass.

• the opposite wing fills the


opposite corner for the
natural pitch pass and the
guard fill the safety valve
spot.
LAYER 13: 3 OUT 2 IN DRIBBLE
PENETRATION
LAYER 13: 3 OUT 2 IN DRIBBLE
PENETRATION
• here we have a drive
above the post and
two advance cuts by
the post.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• Layer 14: Countering Help Defense: Pin and Skip

• we will start teaching with a 5 out set.

• This layer may be taught earlier in the sequence if


you are struggling with teams using strong help
defense to stop your constant dribble penetration.

• In help defense, there will usually be 2 help


defenders. One of the 2 should be closer to the ball
than the other defender. This is the defender we
will screen.

• We screen with the weakside offensive player that


has his defender closer to him.

• Here it is player 4 screening defender 3.

• we want him to CUT HARD, to pin screen. this will


look like a flash to the ballside, drawing his defender
with him. This occupies 2 defenders.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• here defender 4 is playing
closer to the ball.

• so player 3 will CUT HARD,


drawing his defender with him,
and pin defender #4.

• the player that is pinning


needs to yell "PIN" to let the
ballhandler know that there is
a opportunity to skip pass.

• The player that is receiving the


skip pass, must get the
ballhandlers attention.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• After the player pin
screens, he rolls open
to the ball and buries
the closest defender
by the rim.

• this layer is a great


way to flow from 5 out
to 4 out and to go 4
out to 3 out.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• 4 OUT PIN SCREEN
EXAMPLE

• here the post is set up


opposite the ball. This
makes it easy for the post
to be the player that sets
the pin screens. He
simply looks for the
helpside defender and
pins him inside. After the
pin screen he will roll to
the ball and look for a
post feed.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• 4 OUT EXAMPLE OF PIN SCREEN
• POST IS BALLSIDE

• Here the post cannot be involved in


the pin screen, so we use our regular
rules and have offensive player #3 set
the pin screen on defender #4,
because he is closest to the ball.

• Offensive player #3 must CUT HARD,


trying to attract his defender with him.

• Offensive player #3 can now roll open


for a post feed. This would be a 4
OUT to a 3 OUT flow.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• Level 15: Attacking Zone Defenses

• We want to be able to attack zone defenses


with the same principles that we attack man
defense. We simply make a few
adjustments and then attack.

• We beleive that most man defense are not


really true man defense. Its usually a form
where 3 players are in man, while 2 are in
help or 1 player is in man and 4 are in help.

• we simply look to make a few adjustments.

• ZONE ADJUSTMENT #1: Pass and Seam


Cut
• don't just rim cut on passes, we look for
seams in the zone and cut into them. We
want to slow down for a moment in the
window so the ball can see us.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• ZONE ADJUSTMENT #2:
Add the short corner as
"spots" on the floor to get
too.

• our players can look to cut and


set up in the short corner,
instead of filling out to the
perimeter

• If the ball is entered into the


short corner, we treat it like a
baseline drive. We want all of
our passing windows filled.
natural pitch, 45 degree, 90
degree and safety.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• ZONE ADJUSTMENT
#3: penetrate and pitch
more

• help is already there in a


zone defense, so your
almost guaranteed to
attract 2 or 3 to stop the
drive for your pitch pass.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• ADJUSTMENT #4: the safety valve
advantage.

• Versus a zone, more than man defense, you


will get more shots for the player filling the
safety valve pass window.

• In a zone each defender is assigned a


specific area of the floor to cover. When
penetration occurs in the spot, the defender
will go with him. Leaving nobody to cover
that area on the perimeter.

• we look to pass back to the safety position.


If another defender comes up to cover the
safety position, then we have started to
stretch and distort the zone defense.

• Here if defender # 1 were to come up and


cover player # 3, we would have the zone
stretched and distorted.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• ADJUSTMENT #5: Pin & Skip

• When the ball is at the wings versus all


zones; 1-3-1, 2-3, 1-2-2; there will
always be 2 weakside defenders, 1
low and 1 high. this sets up for an
easy pin and skip situation.

• A good idea is to try and set up 2 pin


and skips back to back. this will really
start to set up poor closeouts and easy
penetration.

• Here defender #1 is the closest to the


ball, so defender # 4 will set the pin
screen and we look to skip to player #
3.
5 on 0 All Cuts
Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3

5 4 5 4 5 4

3 2 3 2 3
2

1
1 1

5 Out (Open) Set Any time you pass from the top Any time you pass from the wing
to the wing, you will basket cut to the top, you will basket cut
and then fill out to the opposite and fill to the same side corner.
corner.

Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6

5 4 5 4 5 4

3 3 2 3 2
2

1 1 1

Any time you pass from the wing Any time you pass from the Skip Pass Rule-
to the corner, you will basket cut corner to the wing, you will basket Any time a player makes a skip
and fill to the opposite corner. cut and fill to your same spot. pass, they are not required to cut.
Many times this player ends up
filling to the wing spot because
the wing has vacated their spot
when they pass and cut.
FastPrint (1 play) Sun Apr 17 15:25:35 CDT 2011 - pg. 1

5 Out Circle Movement Trainer


Frame 1 Frame 2

Coach Coach
4 5 4 5

3 2 3 2

1 1

Players in 5 out spots. Coach with a ball under the Coach will pass the ball to any player.
basket. Cones in front of all 5 spots as defenders.

Frame 3

Coach
4 5

3 2

Player will drive to the basket and all players must


circle accordingly. Dribbler will pass to someone for
a shot.

All Contents Proprietary


FastPrint (1 play) Sun Apr 17 17:42:17 CDT 2011 - pg. 1

Triangle Passing

1 1

2 3 2 3

1
2
3

1 1

3 2 3
2

A. Groups of 3 in a triangle formation around the gym.


B. One ball per group
C. 15-18 ft. spacing between players.
D. Catch the ball with your feet in the air
E. Step into your passes
F. Receivers show your hands.
G. 30-45 seconds each skill
H. Skills
1. Chest pass
2. Bounce Pass
3. Wrap around pass
4. Fake a Pass, Make a Pass
5. Pound, Pound, Pass - Each player will take two dribbles in either direction. The other two players must
read the movement and circle in the direction of the dribble. The dribble will pass after the second dribble.
6. Pass and Play Defense - Pass and play defense against the person you passed it to. That person will
pass around the defender and follow their pass. They will now be the defender.
7. Read & React Buildup
a. Pass, cut and go opposite
b. Dribble At
c. Power Dribble
d. Pass and receive a screen
All Contents Proprietary
FastPrint (1 play) Tue May 10 15:20:26 CDT 2011 - pg. 1

Layer 1 - Pass and Cut


Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3

5 4 5 4 1 4

3 2 3 2 5 2

1 1 3

5 out open post set-up. Players #1 passes to #2 and basket cuts. When the ball is passed from the
are postioned 2-3 steps outside After they basket cut, they will fill wing to the top, the wing will
the 3 point line. out to the opposite corner. The basket cut and fill out to the
wing and the corner on the same side. The corner will fill up.
opposite side of the pass must fill
up to the open spots.

Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6

1 4 2 4 5 4

5 2 1 3 3 x2 2

3 5 1

If the ball is passed from the When the ball is passed from the READ LINE RULES:
wing to the corner, the wing will corner to the wing, the corner will Any time you are one pass away
basket cut and fill out opposite. basket cut and then fill out to the from the ball and your defender is
Everyone must fill up to an open same corner. Many times they will over the 3 point line(Read Line)
spot. end up filling up to the wing after denying you the ball, you must
the wing has passed and cut. The basket cut(Back Cut).
corner may also post up for a
few counts and then fill out. Any time you are filling up to a
spot one pass away and your
defender is denying above the
read line, you must basket
cut(Back Cut)

All Contents Proprietary


FastPrint (1 play) Wed May 18 09:26:33 CDT 2011 - pg. 1

Layer 2 - Dribble At
Layer 2 - Dribble At

The point guard wants to make a pass to the wing. The wings defender is
x3 2
over the read line denying the pass. The wing should recognize this and cut
to the basket but they do not. This layer gives the point guard an option if
this happens. They will simply dribble at the wing, give them a wave of the
1 hand to signal them to cut. If the cutter is open then pass it to them, if they
are not, then the dribbler just takes their spot.

Drill #1 -

- Have groups on each side of the rim.


2 1 - #1 dribbles at the wing, the wing cuts for a lay-up.
x2 x1
- Alternate sides so they do not hit each other at the rim.

2 1 Notes -
1. Dribble along the 3 point arc righ at the cutter.
2. Try to make the pass as early as possible. This gives the cutter time to
make a play.

Drill #2 - Dribble At, Fill, Back Cut

- #1 will dribble at #2. #2 will cut.


3 - #3 will fill up and then back cut for a shot.
2

Filling action after the Dribble At -


5 4
The filling action is the same. #2 will basket cut and fill opposite, #3 will fill
up and #5 will fill up.
3
2

All Contents Proprietary


FastPrint (1 play) Wed May 18 09:41:52 CDT 2011 - pg. 1

Layer 3 - Post Pass And Cut (Laker Cuts)

x2
2 2 2
x3 x3
x1
1 1 1

Layer 3 - Post Passing (Laker Laker Cut Low Laker Cut High
Cuts)
- If you pass it to the post on - If you pass to the post on the
- Any time that a player passes the high side, you will then make baseline side, you will make you
into the post, they must basket a Laker Cut Low. Laker Cut High.
cut just as if they passed to a
perimeter player. They have two
options.

4 4
3 3 2 1
x2
x1
2 2 2 1
5 5
2
1
1 1

Filling Spots After The Laker In this situation, #2 passes to #3 Laker Cut Drill
Cut - and makes a Laker Cut Low. This - Line on the wings with a ball.
action will pull #1 from the top Defender on the ball.
In this situation, #2 passes to the spot to fill the wing. #5 will fill as - One person in the post.
post and makes a Laker Cut well. - Pass to the post, cut high or
High. This would pull #4 from the low and score.
corner to fill the open spot. In both situations, if #3 passes - Go for 1-2 minutes then switch
the ball out of the post, they sides.
can choose to stay in the post
or move out to fill the open Rotation
spot. - Defense to end of the line, post
to defense, shooter to post. New
person in on offense as cutter.

All Contents Proprietary


FastPrint (1 play) Mon May 16 15:07:36 CDT 2011 - pg. 1

Layer 4 - Circle Movement


Frame 1 Frame 2 Frame 3

5 4 5 4 5 4

3 2 3 3
2 2

1 1 1

When the ball is at the top and When the ball is at the wing and When the ball is at the wing and
dribbled to the basket to the left. dribbled to the basket to the left. dribbled to the basket to the right,
All 4 players must react to this All 4 players must react to this all 4 players must react to this
dribble pentration by moving one dribble pentration by moving one dribble pentration by moving one
spot to the left. spot to the left. spot to the right.

Frame 4 Frame 5 Frame 6

5 5 5 4
4 4 Natural Pitch
45 Degree

3 3 3
2 2 2
Safety Valve
1 1 1

When the ball is in the corner When the ball is in the corner Circle Movement Theory -
and dribbled to the basket to the and dribbled to the baseline,
left. All 4 players must react to Everyone will move one spot as When the team moves in this
this dribble pentration by moving before. The only adjustment is fashion to the dribbler they are
one spot to the left. that the opposite corner must moving away from the direction
stay. This is the natural pitch spot the defense is helping. They are
for the dribbler and must be filled. also putting themselves in the
best avaliable spots to receive a
pass from the dribbler. We refer
to these spots as the Natural
pitch, Safety valve and 45 degree
pitch windows.

In this frame, #1 is attacking the


basket with a right hand drive. #2
is moving to the Natural Pitch
Window, #3 to the Safety Valve,
#5 to the 45 Degree Window and
#4 is cutting to the basket

All Contents Proprietary


FastPrint (1 play) Mon May 02 12:31:38 CDT 2011 - pg. 1

R&R Shooting Drills

2
2
2
1
1
2 1
2
2
1 Drill #1: Two Line Natural Pitch (Continued)
* The dribbler will dribble right around the cone. #2
1
must react to the dribble and slide to the corner. #1
1 will hit #2 for a shot.

Drill #1: Two Line Natural Pitch * Variation - They do not have to shoot a jumpshot,
* Line #1 all have basketballs. Line #2 is at the they can catch and attack the rim or attack with 1
wing. or 2 dribbles and shoot a pull up jumpshot.

2
2 2
2 2
2 1
1
1
1
1
1
Drill #2: Two Line Safety Valve (Continued)
Drill #2: Two Line Safety Valve * Line #1 will drive left around the cone. Line #2
* Line #1 all have basketballs. Line #2 is at the must react to this dribble and fill the safely valve
wing. spot. #1 will pass to #2 for a shot.

2 2
2 2 2
2
1
1 1
1 1
1

Drill #3 - Two Line Dish Drill (Continued)


* Line #1 will drive right around the cone.
Drill #3 - Two Line Dish Drill * Line #2 must react to this dribble and cut to the
* Line #1 at the wing. All with balls. basket.
* Line #2 in the corner * #1 will hit #2 for a shot.

All Contents Proprietary


R&R ZONE ATTACK
• Introduction
- Layer 1 Pass and Cut
- Layer 2 Dribble At
- Layer 4 Dribble Penetration Circle Movement
- Layer 14 Pin and Skip
• Teaching
- 5 on 0 until they get the movement
- Add shell defense
- Go live 5 on 5
• You are using the same movement against the zone as you would attacking Man to
Man.
• The R&R turns trick dogs into hunting dogs.
• Adjusting Layer 3 – Pass and Cut
- Basket cuts are modified into Banana cuts
- Cutter needs to stop in the open spots of the interior of the zone.
- Pass and cut becomes Hook and Look
- The cutter will hold the spot until the next pass is made and caught. They can then
fill to another interior spot or fill out to the perimeter.
- You do not want any more than 2 post players on the interior.
- In a 4 OUT look, the cutters hold for 1 pass and then just get out. Do not go to a
second spot.
- In a 5 OUT look, hold then move to a second spot, then get out. Hunt your shot for
two passes.
- In a 3 OUT look, just pass and cut. Look for the ball but do not stay in because of the
two posts.
- 6 interior spots to hook and look into
a. elbows, mid posts, short corners
b. don’t have to be married to these spots.
- Cut into the seams of the zones. Basket cuts won’t work. They have defenders right
there.
- There is no magic formula for beating zones
- Keep people on pass away on the perimeter spots.
• Why hold the spot until the next pass?
- When the zone shifts, you will be open as the defense bumps you off.
• Stretching the zone
- Short corner spots stretches the zone from baseline to free throw line
- Playing SC to SC plays behind the zone. The zone can’t see you.
- Flash from behind the zone from SC to ball side mid post.
• Layer 3 Read Line still applies. You will not cut all the way to the basket but you will
hook and look.
• You have to have a little different mindsets in your cuts. You are not going to Lightning
Cut you are going to slow down and Banana Cut.
• 5 OUT vs 23 zone – Start corner people in the short corners
• The toughest part of selling the R&R is that it will take time to implement it. Unlike a
patterned offense, you will not teach this in 2-3 days.
• 4 OUT Formation
- Hook and look but then do not go to another spot after the next pass. Get out.
- Post is looking to move throughout the post spots and set pin screens. Look to flash
from behind the zone to seams.
- Vs a 1-3-1 zone, put the post at the FT line/ Everyone else hunt the front of the rim
on your cuts.
• 3 OUT Formation
- After you pass and cut, you can hook and look but not for long. There is no spacing
for this.
- Hook and look right in the middle of the lane if the posts are SC.
• The Read Line Still applies to the zone offense.
• More Short Corner Action

• FATZS – Flash after the zone shifts


- Action tip for some cutters. Particularly for a weak side post in a 32 or 41 set.
- After the zone shifts, they are blind to this person.
- Look for a hole in the zone to flash into.
- Watch out for other cutters. Do not cut to where they are.
• Adjustments to the Dribble At (Layer 2)
- Lay up cut is now a Banana Cut
- Dribble at test the zones coverage.
a. How far will the top go with the dribbler before they bump them off to the wing?

* Dribble At adjustment when you have a shooter in the post.

• You do not always have to stop at one of the interior spots. Sometimes, you can just cut
through looking for the ball. This especially true when you have two posts.
• Pin and Skip (Layer 14)
- Pin screen the defender who has the shortest recovery to the receiver.
- Who you pin really depends on where the shooter is.
- Zones beg to be pin screened. It is what this layer in made for.
- When you pin screen the bottom wing, after the skip pass, screener will roll to the
SC. This opens up the mid post area for a flash. You can also hit the SC and then look
for a flasher to the mid post area.
• Pin and Skip/SC/Laker Cut
• You do not have to set a pin screen to skip it, sometimes you can just skip it.
• Just like with a zone press. If you catch the ball in the middle of the floor, turn and face
the basket and look opposite.
• Top Guard Pins the Zone
• When you are receiving a Pin Screen, you as the shooter need to line yourself up so that
there is a straight line between you, the screener and the ball.
- This way the screener needs to fight all the way around the screen.
- The best people to pin are the ones who are in extreme help positions, deep into the
lane.
- If you have a permanent pass, you might even get double pins.
• Run a 3 OUT vs a 1-3-1 zone and look to set double pins.
• Keep in mind that when a 1-3-1 shifts, it looks just like a 2-3. The same is true for a 1-2-2
zone.
• Pass/Cut/Double Pin vs a 23 Zone

• Dribble At/Double Pin vs 23 zone


• Hit the pin screener after they shape up.
• Pin Screen/Cross Screen Combo out or 3 OUT
- Designate one post to be a permanent pin/cross screener.
- This person in constantly setting pins then setting center screens on the bottom
middle of the zone.
- Great if you have one good post and one post that is not very skilled.

• Double High vs 23 zone


- Both post look to set pins(flares) on the top two people of the zone.
• Vs a 1-3-1 zone, pin screen the weak side wing.
- In a 4 OUT set you could use your post as the screener or a wing.
• Designate a pin screener on one side of the lane in 4 OUT
- After you set a pin screen at the mid post area, you will shape up then slide to the SC
or the elbow
- This will open up the mid post area for a cutter.
- The post player owns the 3 spots on their side of the lane.
• Dribble Penetration Circle Movement (Layer 4)
- The safety will be open a lot on dribble penetration.
- Circle movement works just as well vs zone as Man to Man
- Any ball caught in the short corner must be thought of as baseline dribble
penetration.
- After you penetrate and pitch, you will cut and hook and look then get out.
• 41 High vs a 23 zone – Shooter at the High Post

• 41 Short – Shooter works SC to SC and Corners

• Power Dribble The Zone


- This will drag the person guarding the ball out of their area. After the hand-off. They
will have a hard time getting back their area. Attack the open spot.

• Half Court Traps


- Attack the same as a full court press
- Pass and cut to the middle of the floor (Hook and Look)

* Combo Layers vs trapping zones


- Pass and Cut along with Dribble Penetration
* Never change a winning game but always change a losing game.
- You must adjust if what you are doing is not working.
* Ownership
- The players must realize that they are only going to get better if they push each other in
practice.
- The offense will only be good if the defense working against them in practice is going hard.
- You can’t let teammates do something wrong and not say something. If you don’t say
something, they will do it wrong in the game and them we will all suffer.

• Common thinking is that the zone offense needs to set up in the gaps of the zone
initially. This is true but it does not always have to be that way. The movement along
with the dribble penetration will make it difficult on the zone. When you dribble attack,
attack those gaps.
- Sometimes setting up initially in the same spots as the zone makes them match up
as in a man to man. It can be confusing for them and to the offenses benefit.
READ AND REACT
OFFENSE
WHAT IT’S NOT
• Not motion offense
– Motion offense is good if you have 5
intelligent great multi-dimensional players
– Most offenses are predicated on a certain
type of player.
– Its also not an offense set up around a certain
series of plays
WHAT IT IS
• It is a principled framework out of which your
players can play. It is a system of 2 man Read
and Reactions, that can be drilled to the point of
habit. These 2 man habits are not just a random
collection of good 2 man games. The Read and
React system ties these 2 man reads into a
seamless 5 man offense that can be adjusted to
any set, formation, type of player, or style of
play. In other words, you can custom the
framework of the Read and React to fit your
personnel and the style of play your team needs
to be successful.
WHAT IT CAN BE
• Entire man to man or zone offense. You
might only need a few layers of the
offense
• It can be your principled offensive
foundation used when your set plays
break down
• It can be a system of development with a
unifying curriculum.
GOAL OF READ AND REACT
• Easily taught and transferred coach to coach,
coach to player
• Simple enough to be mastered thru repetition.
• Built on habits, not high IQ
• Freedom and excitement for players
• The system would build 5 man coordinations
• Simple enough for kids, Complex enough for
pros
• Better fundamental = easier to run; likewise;
more you run it = better fundamentals
MOTION OFFENSE?

Motion offense Read and React

High IQ pre-requisite Developmental

Players w/o ball have Players w/o ball have 1


many options reaction
Too much freedom 1 player with ball has
freedom; 4 has
diciplined reactions
FLEXABILITY
• Don’t need certain type players to run this
offense
– Teams with not post
– Teams with strong post
– Teams with small quick guards
– Deliberate teams
– 5 out / 4 out / 3 out
– High post, mid post, low post
– Screen or no screens
HABITS DEFINITION
• Basketball is played by habit
• When players read the ball they have instant
reaction
• Being consistent with what we demand from
players lowers their anxiety and increases their
confidence
• The less players have to think, the better. The
less they think the quicker they move
• The less they think and the more good habits
they accumulate, the closer they get to playing
by instinct.
KEYS TO REACTION
• Every player watches the ballhandler
– So all reactions are off the ball movement
– All movement is reaction off single movement
of ballhandler
– Anyone can be trained for 1 specific reaction
for one specific movement.
LEVEL A

LAYING THE FOUNDATION


LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• As the ball is drives right,
the circle movement is
too the right.
• It does not matter where
the ball originates at,
corner, wing, or top.
• We use the NBA 3pt. line
for spacing
• 4 man can kickback to
the perimeter or drop to
the 5 man cutting
baseline.
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 3 man can kick back
to the perimeter or
drop to the 5 cutting
baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 1 man can kick back
to the perimeter or
drop to the 5 cutting
baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 2 can drop to the 5
cutting baseline or
kickback to the
perimeter
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• As the ball is driven to
the left, the circle
movement is to the
left.
• Note: All drives are
NORTH/SOUTH
DRIVES, not east or
west.
• 5 can kickback to the
perimeter or drop to
the 4 cutting baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 2 can kick back to the
perimeter or drop to 4
cutting baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 1 can kickback to the
perimeter or drop to 4
cutting baseline
LAYER 1: North South Dribble
Penetration: Circle Movement
• 3 can kickback to the
perimeter or drop to
the 4 man cutting
baseline.
LAYER 2: North South Dribble
Penetration: the baseline adj.
• baseline drives create special
situations.
• 1. the opposite corner must be
filled for a natural pitch
• 2. we must have a 45 degree
pitch
• 3. we must have a 90 degree
pitch
• the opposite wing (4 man) and
the top guard (3 man) have
shortend their circle
• movement to create the 45
degree and the 90 degree
pitch windows.
LAYER 2: North South Dribble
Penetration: the baseline adj.
• same on opposite
side of floor.
LAYER 2: North South Dribble
Penetration: the baseline adj.
• 4 out example of layer 2.
• Here the 2 man drives
baseline
• 3 man fills opposite corner for
natural pitch
• 4 man circle move for 90
degree pass
• 1 man circle moves for safety
• 5 man moves up the side of
the lane since the drive
occured below him (this is
• discussed in layer 4) this also
creates the 45 degree pass
window
LAYER 2: North South Dribble
Penetration: the baseline adj.
• 3 out example of Layer 2
• Here we have:
• 3 man filling the opposite
corner for the natural pitch.
• 1 man circle moving for the
safety pass
• 4 and 5 moving out the post,
up the side of the lane
(because penetration
• occured below them)
(discussed later in layer 4)
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• The second most common move
after dribble penetration is to pass
to a
• teammate one pass away.
• we have two rules:
• RULE 1: When you pass (one
spot away) you must basket cut
(Rear or Front
• cut your defender)
• RULE 2: open spots are filled from
the baseline up.
• SCORING OPPORTUNITIES
• 1. If your defender is over the 19 ft
arc, then you must rear cut.
• 2. fill the open spot, draw your
defender over the read line and
rear cut
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• Pass from the top and
fill up from the
baseline
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• Pass from the wing
and fill up from the
baseline
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• Front Cut
– On the pass the
defense does not
move, we make a front
cut
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• Rear Cut
– If the defense jumps to
the ball we rear cut to
the rim
– If we pass back to the
player making a rear
cut we try to pass the
ball behind the back
heel of the defender to
the open space.
LAYER 3: Pass and Cut: Scoring
and Spacing
• DEFENSE OVER
THE READ LINE
• Here the pass is
made to the top and
the corner man
comes to fill up. The
defense steps over
the read line and we
rear cut to the rim for
a pass and layup.
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
• If the ball penetrates
the lane above the
post, then the post
slides to the short
corner
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
• If the ball penetrates the lane
below the post, then the post
slides up the lane line.
• NOTE: Sometimes a perimeter
player may end up in the post
after a basket cut and must
react as a post player would if
penetration occurs
immediately. So its important
that perimeter players know
how to adjust in the post area
off penetration.
• the post must not hesitate,
they just go
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
• 4 OUT 1 IN
EXAMPLE OF
LAYER 4.
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
• 3 OUT 2 IN
EXAMPLE OF
LAYER 4
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 4: Post Reactions to
Dribble Penetration
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
• The east / west
dribble forces the
basket cut
• we can use this layer
to create movement,
post up a perimeter
player, set up a good
read on the defensive
overplay)
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
• 4 OUT 1 IN
EXAMPLE OF
LAYER 5
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
• here the 4 man has
already basket cut, the 2
man is filling up from the
baseline. Then the 1 man
reverse direction and
dribble at 2, so he basket
cuts.
• This creates good
movement.
• the cutter can use 5 as a
screener during their
movement out to the
perimeter
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
LAYER 5: East West Dribble:
Speed Dribble
• 3 out 2 in example
LEVEL B

COMPLETING THE
FOUNDATION
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• EAST WEST DRIBBLE: THE POWER DRIBBLE
(DRIBBLE HANDOFF AND ROLL)

• 1. Can be used as a form of pressure relief.


• 2. Inside players can initiate the Pick and Roll to
get inside.
• 3. It can be used to change "sets" 5 out > 4 out or 4
out > 3 out)

• Player signals he wants to do a DHO by doing a


power dribble with a step slide action towards a
player. This step slide must be so extreme that a
teammate cannot mistake it for a speed dribble.
Ballhandler will step across and turn his back to the
goal.

• Player will V cut, faking the basket cut & circles to


the outside.

• The ball is presented to the cutter with one hand on


top (hand closest to cutter) and one hand on the
bottom of the ball. Very similar to a hand off in
football.

• Cutter reaches thru the keyhole to "snatch" the ball


and get to the hole.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• if the roller is not open he executes the
same reaction as a basket cut and
moves out to open corner.

• THE POWER DRIBBLE


• 1. Its a pressure relief option for
everyone
• 2. Its a safe way for post players to
initiate a pick and roll on perimeter.
• 3. It can create mismatchs when it
forces teams to switch on the pick and
roll.
• 4. It can be used to change sets from
5 out to 4 out and 4 out to 3 out.
• 5. Its an easy way to transfer the ball
to a better playmaker in a great
playmaking situation.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• If 1st player mis-reads
the power dribble
then they continue on
to next player and
look to 'DHO' or
reverse and power
dribble the other
direction.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• Here after player #3 mis-
read and cut to the
basket, player 2 just kept
going and ran a DHO with
player # 1.

• If he wanted to, player #2,


could have reversed
direction and ran a
dribble handoff with
player #5.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• EXAMPLE OF 4 OUT
1 IN OFFENSE WITH
POWER DRIBBLE
USED.
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
• 3 OUT 2 IN
EXAMPLE OF
POWER DRIBBLE
LAYER 6: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
POWER DRIBBLE
LAYER 7: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
CIRCLE REVERSE
• Layer 7: Circle Reverse

• This layer is very similar to the


kick back for the dribble drive
motion offense.

• The offense attempts a North >


South dribble and is cut off and
forced to the outside.

• The 2 man starts his circle


movement and sees that his
defender doesn't help on the
drive. So he plants and
reverses his circle movement.
LAYER 7: EAST WEST DRIBBLE:
CIRCLE REVERSE
• Here the 2 man is
running reverse circle
motion. We want him
to play "down hill" and
catch the ball going
towards the rim.

• The 3 man and 4 man


will adjust their circle
movement and
reverse direction .
LAYER 8: BACK SCREENS
• Layer 8: BACK SCREENS

• After any basket cut, you may backscreen your way


out

• Why Backscreen?
• - hard to defend
• - similar to basic layer basket cuts
• - dovetails into previous layers
• - its a North / South attack
• - natural movement
• - cutter alway fill ou
• - ordinarily its to get open, now its to get a
teammate open: "youv'e had your chance to score,
now give your teammate a chance to score" "Don't
hand in the lane"

• Sprint out of the lane, fill out with a purpose,

• setting a backscreen can mean a 3 for the screener

• How to backscreen:

• Jump stop and call out teammates name, cutter


cannot move until they hear the feet hit the floor.
LAYER 8: BACK SCREENS
LAYER 8: BACK SCREENS
• error correction:

• If you fill out to wrong side of


the floor, just set a backscreen
for a teammate any your still
good.

• if you get caught setting a


backscreen when a player
receives a pass, just be patient
and set a ball screen or set a
backpick after they pass the
ball.
LAYER 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS
• Layer 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS

• finish your cut and use or set


staggered screens as you go.

• while cutting, look for multiple


staggered screens

• encourage players to finish


cuts.

• some of these screens may be


"rub" screens.
LAYER 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS
LAYER 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS
• 4 out example:

• this works well when you


have a post already set
down in the post.

• you can keep the post on


one side of the floor,
ballside all the time, or
back side all the time.

• the post looks to screen


for cutters.
LAYER 9: MULTIPLE
STAGGERED SCREENS
• 3 out example

• now have 2 post


screening
LEVEL C

POST PLAY
LAYER 10: 4 OUT 1 IN
ADVANCED POST REACTIONS
• Layer 10: 4 out 1 in
advanced post reactions

• These reactions are some


advanced moves for the
single post to use in a
dribble drive situation.

• Here the point drives


middle, starting opposite the
post.
• The post slides short
corner.
• The post defense follows
the cut.
• The post executes a rear
LAYER 10: 4 OUT 1 IN
ADVANCED POST REACTIONS
• Here the penetration occurs on the
post side.

• - the post slides to the short corner


• - and then circle moves to the safety
valve position

• either of these moves can be used if


the post has previously mastered the L
cut and I cut.

• this circle move works great for a post


that is a good shooter.

• or

• start your best shooter in the post and


have them circle out on penetration.
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
• LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING

• Here the post is utilized as a screener


and looks to shape up after he
screens.

• You can assign the post to:

• 1. low
• 2. high
• 3. wide
• 4. one side high or low

• there are endless varieties depending


on the post players level of skill.
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
• here we keep the post
on the left side. This
opens up the right
side for driving and
the left side for
posting. Anyone that
crosses the left side
can get a pick from
the post.
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
• In the 4 out set the
post defense should
tell the guards where
to look to drive.

• Here the defense is


on the high side of the
post. So the guard
drives baseline and
the post looks to I cut
up the lane.
LAYER 11: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
BLOCKING
• defense is on the low
side, we look to drive
middle
LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
PASSING
• LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN: POST PASSING

• There are 4 different cuts that we make off a


post feed.

• note: you might move this layer up in the


teaching order, if you are a more post
oriented team.

• 1st cut:

• Laker cut Low:

• Feed the post and cut low below the post


and thru to the opposite side. The other
guards fill up to the open spot.

• when the guards rotate, they are looking to


see if their defender breaks the read line. If
so they will backcut.
LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
PASSING
• this the LAKER CUT
LOW
LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
PASSING
• this is the
RELOCATION

• this is ideal if the


wing's defender
double downs on the
post.
LAYER 12: 4 OUT 1 IN POST
PASSING
• this is the X CUT.

• screen up and then


roll to the basket.
LAYER 13: 3 OUT 2 IN DRIBBLE
PENETRATION
• Layer 13: 3 OUT 2 IN
dribble penetration

• the post will adjust to


where the dribble
penetration occurs.

• If penetration occurs
above the post they will
dive to the short corner.
LAYER 13: 3 OUT 2 IN DRIBBLE
PENETRATION
• If penetration occurs
below the post.

• they will I cut up to the


elbow of the lane, this
takes care of the 90
degree pass and the 45
degree pass.

• the opposite wing fills the


opposite corner for the
natural pitch pass and the
guard fill the safety valve
spot.
LAYER 13: 3 OUT 2 IN DRIBBLE
PENETRATION
LAYER 13: 3 OUT 2 IN DRIBBLE
PENETRATION
• here we have a drive
above the post and
two advance cuts by
the post.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• Layer 14: Countering Help Defense: Pin and Skip

• we will start teaching with a 5 out set.

• This layer may be taught earlier in the sequence if


you are struggling with teams using strong help
defense to stop your constant dribble penetration.

• In help defense, there will usually be 2 help


defenders. One of the 2 should be closer to the ball
than the other defender. This is the defender we
will screen.

• We screen with the weakside offensive player that


has his defender closer to him.

• Here it is player 4 screening defender 3.

• we want him to CUT HARD, to pin screen. this will


look like a flash to the ballside, drawing his defender
with him. This occupies 2 defenders.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• here defender 4 is playing
closer to the ball.

• so player 3 will CUT HARD,


drawing his defender with him,
and pin defender #4.

• the player that is pinning


needs to yell "PIN" to let the
ballhandler know that there is
a opportunity to skip pass.

• The player that is receiving the


skip pass, must get the
ballhandlers attention.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• After the player pin
screens, he rolls open
to the ball and buries
the closest defender
by the rim.

• this layer is a great


way to flow from 5 out
to 4 out and to go 4
out to 3 out.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• 4 OUT PIN SCREEN
EXAMPLE

• here the post is set up


opposite the ball. This
makes it easy for the post
to be the player that sets
the pin screens. He
simply looks for the
helpside defender and
pins him inside. After the
pin screen he will roll to
the ball and look for a
post feed.
LAYER 14: COUNTER TO HELP
DEFENSE: PIN & SKIP
• 4 OUT EXAMPLE OF PIN SCREEN
• POST IS BALLSIDE

• Here the post cannot be involved in


the pin screen, so we use our regular
rules and have offensive player #3 set
the pin screen on defender #4,
because he is closest to the ball.

• Offensive player #3 must CUT HARD,


trying to attract his defender with him.

• Offensive player #3 can now roll open


for a post feed. This would be a 4
OUT to a 3 OUT flow.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• Level 15: Attacking Zone Defenses

• We want to be able to attack zone defenses


with the same principles that we attack man
defense. We simply make a few
adjustments and then attack.

• We beleive that most man defense are not


really true man defense. Its usually a form
where 3 players are in man, while 2 are in
help or 1 player is in man and 4 are in help.

• we simply look to make a few adjustments.

• ZONE ADJUSTMENT #1: Pass and Seam


Cut
• don't just rim cut on passes, we look for
seams in the zone and cut into them. We
want to slow down for a moment in the
window so the ball can see us.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• ZONE ADJUSTMENT #2:
Add the short corner as
"spots" on the floor to get
too.

• our players can look to cut and


set up in the short corner,
instead of filling out to the
perimeter

• If the ball is entered into the


short corner, we treat it like a
baseline drive. We want all of
our passing windows filled.
natural pitch, 45 degree, 90
degree and safety.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• ZONE ADJUSTMENT
#3: penetrate and pitch
more

• help is already there in a


zone defense, so your
almost guaranteed to
attract 2 or 3 to stop the
drive for your pitch pass.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• ADJUSTMENT #4: the safety valve
advantage.

• Versus a zone, more than man defense, you


will get more shots for the player filling the
safety valve pass window.

• In a zone each defender is assigned a


specific area of the floor to cover. When
penetration occurs in the spot, the defender
will go with him. Leaving nobody to cover
that area on the perimeter.

• we look to pass back to the safety position.


If another defender comes up to cover the
safety position, then we have started to
stretch and distort the zone defense.

• Here if defender # 1 were to come up and


cover player # 3, we would have the zone
stretched and distorted.
LAYER 15: ATTACKING ZONE
DEFENSE
• ADJUSTMENT #5: Pin & Skip

• When the ball is at the wings versus all


zones; 1-3-1, 2-3, 1-2-2; there will
always be 2 weakside defenders, 1
low and 1 high. this sets up for an
easy pin and skip situation.

• A good idea is to try and set up 2 pin


and skips back to back. this will really
start to set up poor closeouts and easy
penetration.

• Here defender #1 is the closest to the


ball, so defender # 4 will set the pin
screen and we look to skip to player #
3.
Notes by Scott Bullock

Rick Torbett
The Read & React Offense
Notes by Scott Bullock

Contents
Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................4
What It’s Not...................................................................................................................................................4
What It Is.........................................................................................................................................................4
What It Can Be ................................................................................................................................................4
Goals of the Read and React...........................................................................................................................4
Secrets of the Read and React ........................................................................................................................4
Is the Read and React Another Motion Offense? ...........................................................................................4
Flexibility / Adaptability ..................................................................................................................................5
Definition of Read and React Habits...............................................................................................................5
Keys to Read and React .................................................................................................................................. 5
Youth Coaches ................................................................................................................................................5
Teaching the Offense..........................................................................................................................................6
Layer by Layer .................................................................................................................................................6
Read and React ...............................................................................................................................................6
Level A – Laying the Foundation .....................................................................................................................6
Layer 1 - Dribble Penetration & Circle Movement .....................................................................................6
Layer 2 – Dribble Penetration & Baseline Drive .........................................................................................6
Layer 3 – Pass and Cut : Scoring and Spacing .............................................................................................6
Layer 4 – Post Reactions to Dribble Penetration ........................................................................................7
Layer 5 – The Speed Dribble .......................................................................................................................7
Level B - Completing the Foundation .............................................................................................................8
Layer 6 - The Power Dribble .......................................................................................................................8
Layer 7 – Circle Reverse ..............................................................................................................................8
Layer 8 – Back Screens................................................................................................................................8
Layer 9 – Multiple Staggered Screens ........................................................................................................8
Level C – Post Play ..........................................................................................................................................9
Layer 10 – Advanced Post Reactions ..........................................................................................................9
Layer 11 – Post Blocking .............................................................................................................................9
Layer 12 – Post Passing ...............................................................................................................................9
Layer 13 – 3 out 2 in Dribble Penetration ................................................................................................10
Level D – Icing on The Cake ..........................................................................................................................10
Level 14 – Counter Helping Defense – Pin & Skip ....................................................................................10
Level 15 – Attacking Zone Defenses .........................................................................................................10
Level 16 – Seamless Transition – Fast Break to Half Court Offense .........................................................10
Level 17 – The Ultimate – Flowing Naturally from Set to Set...................................................................11
Notes by Scott Bullock

Conclusion ....................................................................................................................................................11
Drills to Build Habits .........................................................................................................................................12
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................................12
Layer 1 – Dribble Penetration & Circle Movement ......................................................................................12
Natural Pitch .............................................................................................................................................12
Middle Drive & Dish..................................................................................................................................12
Wing Drive & Dish.....................................................................................................................................12
Safety Valve ..............................................................................................................................................12
Read Drive: Circle Movement ...................................................................................................................12
Corner to Corner ....................................................................................................................................... 12
Natural Pitch Safety Value ........................................................................................................................13
Pitch or Dish (Top) .................................................................................................................................... 13
Pitch or Dish (Wing) ..................................................................................................................................13
Layer 2 – Baseline Adjustment .....................................................................................................................13
Corner To Corner ......................................................................................................................................13
Corner to 90 Degree .................................................................................................................................13
Corner to 45 Degree .................................................................................................................................13
Layer 3 – Scoring and Spacing ......................................................................................................................13
Front Cut ...................................................................................................................................................13
Rear Cut ....................................................................................................................................................13
Fill Rear Cut ...............................................................................................................................................13
Front Cut ...................................................................................................................................................14
Rear Cut ....................................................................................................................................................14
Fill Rear Cut ...............................................................................................................................................14
Layer 4 – Post Reactions ............................................................................................................................... 14
Elbow Slide................................................................................................................................................14
Short Corner Slide ..................................................................................................................................... 14
Layer 5 – Speed Dribble ................................................................................................................................ 14
Backdoor Cut ............................................................................................................................................ 14
Layer 6 – Power Dribble................................................................................................................................15
Dribble Handoff – Pick & Roll ...................................................................................................................15
Layer 7 – Circle Reverse ................................................................................................................................ 15
Circle Reverse ...........................................................................................................................................15
Layer 8 – Back Screens.................................................................................................................................. 15
Pass, Cut, & Back Screen...........................................................................................................................15
Layer 9 – Staggered Screens .........................................................................................................................16
Layer 10 – Advanced Post Reactions ............................................................................................................16
Post Rear Cut ............................................................................................................................................16
Circle Safety Valve .................................................................................................................................... 16
Layer 12 – Post Passing ................................................................................................................................. 16
Laker-Cut Low ........................................................................................................................................... 16
Laker-Cut High .......................................................................................................................................... 16
Relocate Corner ........................................................................................................................................ 16
Notes by Scott Bullock

X Cut..........................................................................................................................................................16
Layer 14 – Pin Screen and Skip Pass .............................................................................................................17
Pin Screen & Skip ...................................................................................................................................... 17
Strategies and Ideas .........................................................................................................................................18
Through the Players Eyes..............................................................................................................................18
Ideas and Strategies to Fit your Team ..........................................................................................................18
3 Out 2 In ..................................................................................................................................................18
4 Out 1 In ..................................................................................................................................................18
5 Out .........................................................................................................................................................18
Shot Selection and Turnover Control ...........................................................................................................18
Taking Our Game to a Higher Level ..............................................................................................................19
Untraditional Practice Plans .........................................................................................................................19
Notes by Scott Bullock

Introduction
Coach Torbett states that this is not an offense he has used to win championships but rather an offense
that he has developed after retiring from coaching. It is an offense that he has tested out in camps and
shared with coaching colleagues.

What It’s Not


The Read & React is not suited for a specific type of player. It is not a collection of set plays. In reality it
is really not a set offense.

What It Is
Ultimately the Read & React is offense. It is a principled framework out of which players can play. It is a
system of 2 man reads and reactions that can be drilled into habit. It ties the 2 man reads into a seamless
five man offense.

What It Can Be
It can be your entire man to man and zone offense. It can be the principled foundation of your offense. It
can also be a system of development taught in layers.

Goals of the Read and React


1) Easily taught and transferred from coach to coach or coach to player
2) Simple enough to master with repetition
3) Built on habits and not high IQ
4) Provide freedom and excitement for players. Encourage attacking skills
5) The system would build 5 man coordination
6) Simple enough for kids but contain potential for as much complexity for highest levels
7) Two edged sword : the better the fundamentals the better the execution and vice versa.

Secrets of the Read and React


The real secret to the read and react is the build-up drills contained on the third DVD. Getting in a high
amount of repetition with these drills is the key to being successful with this offense.

Is the Read and React Another Motion Offense?


The Read and React is not another motion offense. It is a developmental framework that can help build
skills a piece or layer at a time. Motion offenses tend to provide complete freedom and endless choices to
players. The read and react has specific reactions for specific reads. It has freedom but requires
disciplined habits.
Notes by Scott Bullock

Flexibility / Adaptability
If this offense was not named the Read and React offense he could call it the Adjustable offense. It is
completely flexible depending on the types of players that are in your system. It can be used with no post
players or very skilled post players. It can be used with quick penetrating teams or teams with more
deliberate style of play. It can be use with a 5-out, 4-out 1-in, or 3-out 2-in set. It can be used with screens
or no screens.

Definition of Read and React Habits


This is a game played by instinct not like chess where you have to think about each move and weigh all the
different options. The read and react is system of habits taught through drill and repetition. The habits
taught build on each other. The less the players have to think the better. The less they think the quicker
they move and react. Be patient in teaching these habits. Sometimes less is more. Master each layer of
habits before moving on. There is a difference between understanding something and being able to react
to something. The key here is reaction and not just understanding.

Keys to Read and React


The Read and React offense is keyed off of what the ball handler does. The ball handler is clearly the
initiator and the rest of the players are reactors. The players without the ball are not just free to react as
in a motion offense. They have a single trained response for each specific action of the ball handler.

Youth Coaches
Traditional Offenses have one thing in common. Master of the whole is necessary in order to be useful.
This is not true of the Read and React offense. This makes it the perfect offense for youth teams. You
don’t need the entire 17 layers to be successful at the youth level. The first 5 levels are sufficient to the
success of a youth team. This is actually true for all coaches at all levels. You don’t need to teach all layers
of this offense to be effective.
Notes by Scott Bullock

Teaching the Offense

Layer by Layer
The offense is built in layers. There are 17 total. You can’t add the next layer until the previous layer is
mastered. Don’t go to the next layer until the players are bored with the layer that they are on. Drill them
until they hate the drill and they are rolling their eyes at you. You want the read and react habits to be so
automatic that players can focus all their energy on their defender and reading the defense. If players are
constantly stopping and asking what to do then you are moving through the layers too fast.

Read and React


Each layer is made up of two-player read and react habits. Each layer is taught with drills to reinforce
these habits. Look at the offense as two halves making up the whole. One half is made up of the 2-player
read and react habits. The other half is the 5 player teaching layers.

Level A – Laying the Foundation


He teaches these layers in a 5-out set but that does not mean they have to be run in a 5-out set. He does it
for simplicity.

Layer 1 - Dribble Penetration & Circle Movement


The first layer teaches the reaction of perimeter players when dribble penetration occurs. All players on
the perimeter circle right or left depending on the direction of penetration. They circle in the direction of
the penetration. This leaves the penetrating player with the following options:

1) Take the ball all the way to the basket


2) Natural Pitch to adjacent player on the perimeter
3) Kick back to the safety value; the player filling behind
4) Dish to the baseline cutter

Layer 2 – Dribble Penetration & Baseline Drive


On a baseline drive, the opposite corner must not circle up like the rest of the perimeter players. He must
stay and fill the opposite corner. This is referred to as the baseline adjustment. It is the natural pitch
window for the baseline penetrator. Even if the opposite corner is empty it must be filled with the closest
player on that side of the floor on a baseline drive. The remaining players on the perimeters have only
minor adjustments. They must fill the 45 degree pitch option, the 90 degree pitch option, and the safety
valve pitch option. The opposite corner is the only real adjustment we make on a baseline drive.

Layer 3 – Pass and Cut : Scoring and Spacing


Every time you pass the ball to one player away you must always cut to the basket. Every pass must be
turned into a scoring threat with a basket cut. Every cut creates good things for your teammates. Every cut
Notes by Scott Bullock

takes one of the immediate help defenders away from the ball. In addition the cut allows your teammates
to fill spots and open up new scoring opportunities.

Two Basic Rules for this layer:


1) When you pass the ball to a teammate one spot away you must basket-cut. This is rule that the
offense will never break. This does not apply to skip passes.
2) Open spots are filled from the baseline up as quickly as possible. This will leave the basket cutter
with an open spot to fill.

Three Scoring Opportunities:


1) Before a pass is made we must be sure the receiver is open. The 19 foot arc is your Read-Line. If
your defender is over the 19 foot arc you must basket-cut. Don’t wait for a pass just cut.
2) When filling an open spot the player without the ball must view this movement as a great scoring
opportunity. As soon as your defender steps on or over the Read-line then Rear Cut.
3) When the pass is finally made scoring opportunity #3 presents itself. Passer can score on a Rear
Cut or Front Cut. If defender jumps in denial position then rear cut straight to the basket. If the
defender does not jump to the ball then front cut him. Front cut and Rear Cut must be drilled to
point of reaction.

Layer 4 – Post Reactions to Dribble Penetration

There are two different post reactions to dribble penetration. The reactions are the same no matter if the
post is playing ball side or weak side.

1) Post Slide #1 – When the ball enters the lane above the post player he slides to the short corner
area opening up the lane area. You create separation from the defender and prepare to receive
bounce pass.
2) Post Slide #2 – When the ball enters the lane from the baseline or below the post player then the
post slides up to the free throw line elbow area.

Layer 5 – The Speed Dribble

The speed dribble is an east west dribble. There are three east west dribbles used for pressure relievers.
The other two are power dribble and circle reverse. These two are more complicated so we cover the
speed dribble first. Whenever the ball handler dribbles at another player on the perimeter that signals for
that player to rear cut or back cut to the basket. Back door bounce pass can be made right off the dribble.

The speed dribble does three things to open up scoring opportunities :


1) It gets the entire team moving
2) It can create an immediate post matchup by sending a player down to the block
3) It also creates a great opportunity for a scoring option for the person filling the vacated spot.
Notes by Scott Bullock

Level B - Completing the Foundation


Layer 6 - The Power Dribble
The power-dribble signals a dribble handoff and then pick-and-roll. It’s a pressure reliever. It’s also a safe
way for post players to signal a pick and roll on the perimeter. The power dribble must be so obvious that
your teammate does not mistake it for a speed dribble. A power dribble is signaled by turning your back to
your defender and dribble at a teammate. If the teammate mistakes it for a speed dribble then the ball
handler can continue on to next teammate.

Layer 7 – Circle Reverse


Circle reverse refers to the action that takes place when dribble penetration is shut down. As dribble
penetration begins, the perimeter players begin to circle. As dribble penetrations is shut down they must
reverse the circle giving the ball handler additional options.

Layer 8 – Back Screens


Back screens are hard to defend and an important ingredient of a successful offense. He likes to require a
back screen after every basket cut. His philosophy is now you’ve had your chance to score give a
teammate a chance to score. Don’t hog the lane. Setting a back screen is not entirely an unselfish act
though. It can lead to a 3 point shot for the screener. Back screens are also helpful if a player basket cuts
and empties out to the wrong side where no empty slots exist. Instead of turning around and vacating just
set a back screen to vacate one of the spots. The 2 player read and react habit here is after a pass and
basket cut you always fill out with a back screen. He emphasizes calling players name and yelling back
screen as you set the screen. You have to get his attention. He doesn’t care if the defense hears. You set
the back screen by getting both feet in the air and landing on both. Timing is critical. The cutter cannot
use the screen until he hears your feet hit the ground. You should be yelling back screen before setting it.

Layer 9 – Multiple Staggered Screens


This is an interesting layer. These multiple staggered screens are not intentional but something that
happens when you are setting one back screen and another perimeter player has started a basket cut. It’s
something that you recognize and then take advantage of the situation. The basket cutter instead of
turning around to keep the lane clear for the cutter off the back screen continues on and just sets a
staggered screen. The nice thing about a 4 out 1 in is that you always have a second screener down there
for the double staggered.
Notes by Scott Bullock

Level C – Post Play

Layer 10 – Advanced Post Reactions


He reviews the post reactions discussed in layer four in regard to post reactions to dribble penetration.
These reactions are essential so that dribble penetration can occur from the perimeter without the posts
clogging the lane. He adds a few twists to each of these slides.

1) Post Slide #1 – When the ball enters the lane above the post player he slides to the short corner,
getting out of the way, and opening up the lane area. You create separation from the defender
and prepare to receive bounce pass. If the post defender follows you to short corner then you rear
cut toward the basket.

2) Post Slide #2 – When the ball enters the lane from the baseline or below the post player then the
post slides up to the free throw line elbow area.

Layer 11 – Post Blocking

He talks about post blocking in regard to a 4 out 1 in offense. The post player can be constantly setting
back screens for the cutters. He talks about picking a side of the floor perhaps for the post player to stay
on most of the time. He does this first to emphasize their strong hand and also to keep one side open for
penetrating lay-ups. In a 4 out 1 in you have the corners empty so wings can drive baseline without getting
defensive help from that side. He talks about the wing reading the post in order to decide which way to
drive. If the post is being defended on the high side then the wing can drive baseline and vice versa.

Layer 12 – Post Passing

When you feed the post make one of these cuts…


1) Laker-Cut Low – basket cut that must go below the low block along the baseline. Spacing is
important so post defender can’t guard post player and cutter at the same time.
2) Laker-Cut High – basket cut that must go above the ball side elbow
3) Relocate – if your defender doubles down to the post then relocate to the corner and prepare for
the pass.
4) X-Cut – Wing sets screen for guard above you and then cuts to the basket. It is deceiving
misdirection.

He will often teach these basket cuts as part of the first couple layers that say you must cut every time you
pass. As one player cuts the others must fill spots on the perimeter. As you are filling spots if your
defender steps across the read-line you must basket cut.
Notes by Scott Bullock

These rules for feeding the post apply to any position on the floor. If you feed the post from one of the top
slots you still must basket-cut.

Layer 13 – 3 out 2 in Dribble Penetration

Level D – Icing on The Cake

Level 14 – Counter Helping Defense – Pin & Skip


This layer could be taught much earlier if needed. There are no habits or skills previously taught that are
necessary for this layer. This layer teaches a pin screen on the weak side of the floor to counter help in the
lane. The pin screen is set on the player closes to the ball with the most distance to recover. The PIN
screen should yell PIN to alert his teammates to what is happening. He talks about the pass receiver
getting the ball handlers attention by doing the PE class jumping jack. Once the skip pass is made you can
shoot or feed the pinner who has now sealed in the post. He also talks about this as a natural way to
transition from 5 out to 4 out 1 in. It’s also great for creating an immediate post up opportunity for the
post player. You can start in a 4 out and transition to a 3 out with this same action.

Level 15 – Attacking Zone Defenses


He wants to build off the same read and react habits we have discussed to attack zones. He feels that most
man defenses are not necessarily true man to man defenses. With help side defense most man defenses
turn into some kind of zone defense. In short he wants to take the same habits and make minor
adjustments for zone defenses.

1) Pass and Seam Cut – instead of basket cutting, you cut through a seam and out the other side
2) Add Short Corner as Spots - Cutters can stop in these spots. If the ball ever enters this spot it’s a
lot like a baseline drive. All the same things that happen with a baseline drive should happen here.
Someone needs to occupy the opposite baseline corner, the two elbows, and the safety valve.
3) Penetrate & Pitch (even more) – Complete penetration to the basket against zones is usually
difficult but it is easy to attract two defenders and pitch to an open teammate.
4) Safety Valve Advantage – The Safety valve is almost always open on dribble penetration. If the
defense adjusts to cover this, then a few extra passes on the perimeter should find the open player.
5) Pin and Skip – He believes the pin and skip might be the best single weapon against a zone. All
zones are ready made for the pin and skip.

Note: As long as you don’t turn the ball over there is no way to mess things up.

Level 16 – Seamless Transition – Fast Break to Half Court Offense

Goal with seamless transition is to never give the defense a chance to regroup. He drills this by having 5
Notes by Scott Bullock

players circle under the hoop while he puts up a shot. He lets any of the players get the rebound. The
rebounder then pushes the ball up the court while the others fill lanes. The ball handler pretends the fast
break fails and stops at any of the perimeter positions. When the wings hit the arc they make basket cuts
and continue on to other side of the floor. He feels it’s extremely important for the wings to change sides
of the floor in transition taking their defenders with them. The wings can them optionally set back screens
for the two trailers coming down depending on the speed of the trailers. He calls this the secondary
break.

Full Court Trips – Drill with a set number of trips. Each trip is run with some specific type of offensive
action. They break back off missed shots and take it out of bounds on made shots.

Level 17 – The Ultimate – Flowing Naturally from Set to Set


He believes the hardest teams to defend would be teams that can flow from 5 out to 4 out to 3 out in a
single possession. When a team can flow from one set to the next naturally depending on the defense;
this is a sign that your team truly understands the read and react offense.

Conclusion

The strength and beauty of this offense is not in any one layer but lies in the combination of these layers.
Notes by Scott Bullock

Drills to Build Habits


Introduction
Secret to this offense lies in the drills that teach the read and react habits. You can run these drills with 2,
3, or 4 plays and get high amounts of repetitions. The more repetitions the quicker the reactions turn into
habits. You will be frustrated if you try and teach this offense without drilling the habits through these
drills. If you see your players thinking on the floor then you know they are not yet habits. They need to be
drilled more. You can actually also incorporate lots of fundamental skills (i.e. passing and shooting) into
these read and react drills.

Layer 1 – Dribble Penetration & Circle Movement

Natural Pitch Middle Drive & Dish Wing Drive & Dish

Safety Valve Read Drive: Circle Movement Corner to Corner

Requires a reverse pivot and pitch Combination of Natural Pitch and


by ball handler. Safety Valve Drills. Direction of
penetration is the key.

3 Player Drills
Notes by Scott Bullock

Natural Pitch Safety Value Pitch or Dish (Top) Pitch or Dish (Wing)

Safety Valve Pass requires jump


stop and reverse pivot.

Layer 2 – Baseline Adjustment

Corner To Corner Corner to 90 Degree Corner to 45 Degree

Layer 3 – Scoring and Spacing

Front Cut Rear Cut Fill Rear Cut


Notes by Scott Bullock

Front Cut Rear Cut Fill Rear Cut

Do these from all angles on floor

Layer 4 – Post Reactions

Elbow Slide Short Corner Slide

Done with post player on strong


and weak side.

Layer 5 – Speed Dribble

Backdoor Cut

Important to do this on both sides


Notes by Scott Bullock

of the floor.

Layer 6 – Power Dribble

Dribble Handoff – Pick & Roll

Layer 7 – Circle Reverse

Circle Reverse

Layer 8 – Back Screens

Pass, Cut, & Back Screen


Notes by Scott Bullock

Layer 9 – Staggered Screens

Layer 10 – Advanced Post Reactions

Post Rear Cut Circle Safety Valve

Add Circle Safety Valve

Layer 12 – Post Passing

Laker-Cut Low Laker-Cut High Relocate Corner

X Cut

X is the coach in these drills.


Notes by Scott Bullock

Layer 14 – Pin Screen and Skip Pass

Pin Screen & Skip


Notes by Scott Bullock

Strategies and Ideas

Through the Players Eyes

Benefits to Players
1) Develop and use your attack skills
2) No guesswork – watch the ball and react accordingly
3) No plays to learn – you will be learning moves that will help you in any system
4) More practice time to get better at game –

Ideas and Strategies to Fit your Team


3 Out 2 In

4 Out 1 In

Post in Short Corner – great formation for post who is not a great back to the basket player but good to
receive drive and dumps.

Post as Blocker – post player is used to constantly screen for cutters.

High Post that Ball screens – post player comes high and sets a ball screen after any pass to the wing and
basket cut by one of the perimeter players up top. A lot like UCLA offense.

4 Out Ball Side Triangle –

5 Out

Gut Drive Adjustment – weak side corner player will basket cut before starting his circle movement.

Delay Game –

Shot Selection and Turnover Control

1) The Know No Rule - Knowing Your Role equals no turnovers. Each player should play to their
strengths.
2) The WWW rule – When and Where equals Wins. Each player needs to know when and where to
shoot.
Notes by Scott Bullock

Taking Our Game to a Higher Level

Untraditional Practice Plans

To really teach this offense you need to move away from your traditional practice plans. Practices need to
be totally centered around read and react skills. It can’t be something you buy into half way.

Game Warm Ups – Should be a review time of read and react skills.

Fundamental Skill work – teach fundamentals using read and react drills. Do not make them a separate
thing. Teach layups with front cuts, rear cuts, Laker cuts, etc. Work on 3 point shooting through a back
screen drill with the shooter shaping up.
Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/29/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

Steve Pikiell
Stony Brook University
“From Last to First and How to Score”
• Cores
◦ Offense – spacing, ball reversal, post touch, shot selection
◦ Defense – no middle, no layup, good defense
◦ Taking ball out of bounds – we are scoring on out of bounds plays
◦ Transitions – get easy baskets
• Keep things simple
• Teach 1 thing and apply it to multiple things
• Transition
◦ Pass ahead
◦ Reverse on skip passes
• Keep terminology simple
◦ 1 word should give an automatic response
▪ Again = re-screen
▪ Opposite = run it on the opposite side
• Run Flex down (traditional Flex) and Flex up (set up screens/back screens)
• Save an out of bounds series for the end of the year
• Save an offensive series for the end of the year
• Empower your assistants
• Zone offense: Knockout
◦ guys have to hunt shots
◦ catch the ball and peek at the rim
◦ everyone has to read the knockout guy

5 Star Coaching Clinic, Iona College, 5/7/11 1


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/29/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

5 Star Coaching Clinic, Iona College, 5/7/11 2


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/29/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

5 Star Coaching Clinic, Iona College, 5/7/11 3


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/29/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

5 Star Coaching Clinic, Iona College, 5/7/11 4


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/29/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

5 Star Coaching Clinic, Iona College, 5/7/11 5


Notes by Jim Ponchak 6/29/11
www.twitter.com/coachponchak coachponchak@gmail.com

5 Star Coaching Clinic, Iona College, 5/7/11 6


Tem po Control and Delay Sets
2- Man Give & Go 2- Man Give & Go
SET SET

4 4

5 5 1
2

3 1 3 2

1 passes to 2 and m akes a basket cut and replaces 5 is the pressure release and he flashes and 2 can
2. throw to him and cut basket and 1 replces 2 and 2
then replces 1.

2- Man Give & Go


SET

5
1
3

Notes:
1 Cut all the way to the rim
2 Meet all passes and pass away from the defense
3 5 must flash to the ball in case of trouble
4 Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
3 Corner 3 Corner
SET SET

4 4
3 3

2 2

5 1 5 1

2 is your best handler besides 1. 1 cuts to the hoop then to the end of the stack.
5 is a pressure release. 3 flashes to the top
2 can attack if he is open.

3 Corner 3 Corner
SET SET

1 3
4 1

2 2

5 3 5 4

If 2 is overplayed he can go backdoor then replace


himself.

Notes:
1 Sprint to fill the top
2 Cut all the way to the rim
3 #2 can drive the ball at any tim e
4 #5 m ust flash to the ball if #2 has trouble
5 Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
4- Low
SET

2 4 5 3

1 can throw to either side and replace that side

Notes:
1 Look to penetrate and score or pass
2 Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball
3 Pass away from the defense
4 Keep the floor spread. Flash to the ball only when bal handler is in trouble
5 Look for "positive passes" to the corner players
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
5- High 5- High
SET SET

5 3 4 5 3 4

1 2 1 2

Any tim e there is a guard to guard pass the passer 2 passes to 4 and m akes a basket cut then replaces
and wing ex change 4. 5 & 1 ex change and 2 dribbles to the top.
Best 1- on- 1 player is in the m iddle.

5- High
SET

1 3 2

5 4

4 can dribble at 2 and 3 goes backdoor and 2 front


cuts 4.

Notes:
1 Stay above the FT line ex tended
2 Back cut any overplay by the defense
3 Meet all passes and pass away from the defense
4 Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball
5 Look to get the ball to best player in high post and let them attack the rim .
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
Alley Cat Delay Alley Cat Delay
SET SET

5 5

4 4
2 2
3 3
1 1

The area that each guy is reponsible for is shaded. 1 dribbles at 2 and makes an entry pass. 4 screens
The high post looks to screen and release pressure for 2 who is cutting to the hoop.

Alley Cat Delay Alley Cat Delay


SET SET

5 5
1

1
4
4
2
3 3 2

5 always stays opposite the ball.


2 dribbles at 3 and makes and entry pass. 4 comes
across and screens for 2 on the shuffle cut.

Alley Cat Delay


SET

5
2

1
3 4
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
Box Box
SET SET

2 3 2

5 4 5 4
1
3

1 picks a side and that bottom guy comes up off of 2 now com es up
4's butt and pops out.
If 4's m an after a few times through plays on top, 4
can go backdoor.

Notes:
1 Go shoulder to shoulder off post player when cutting to the top
2 Meet all passes and pass away from the defense
3 Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball
4 Post can flash out as pressure release or cut to basket
5 Cutter can also back screen post, then step out as a change up
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
Clem son Stack Clem son Stack

2 3 3
4 5 4 5
2
1

1 dribbles to either side and m akes an entry to the 2 dribbles middle and 3 pops.
low m an curling. After the pass 1 cut to the hoop
then replaces in the stack.

Clem son Stack

1
4 5
3

1 can always look to go backdoor.

Notes:
1 Cut Shoulder to shoulder off the post
2 Meet all passes and pass away from the defense
3 Cut all the way to the rim
4 Back cut any overplay by the defense
5 Flash to the ball if ball handler is in trouble
6 Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
Clem son Stack 2

2 3
4 5

If 2 and 4 cant get open, 5 flashes.


Tem po Control and Delay Sets
False Motion False Motion
layups only layups only

5 5

4 1
3 3

2 4
2 1

1 passes to 2 and m akes a basket cut. 2 passes to 4 and m akes a basket cut. 3 replaces 2,
4 replaces 1 and 1 replaces 4. 5 replaces 3.

False Motion
layups only

5
1

3
4

4 passes to 3 and m akes a basket cut then replaces


in the corner. 1 can fake likes he com ing up and go
backdoor and then 2 takes 1's spot.

Notes:
1 Sprint to fill the spots
2 Cut all the way to the rim
3 Back cut any overplay
4 Meet all passes and pass away from defense
5 Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
False Motion Backdoor False Motion Backdoor
Wing Entry Backdor Wing Entry Backdor

5 5
1

4 3 4 3

2 2
1

1 makes the wing entry and cuts to the hoop then 4 will dribble at the top and this is a signal for 2 to
fills corner. autom atically go backdoor and 3 replaces 2.
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
Four Corner Four Corner

4 5 4 5

3 1 2 3
2 1

1 looks to penetrate and if he has to pass to either 2 can pass to 3 who drives and can kick to either 4
guard they drive middle and 1 replaces them . or 5 for a layup if their m an helps.

Notes:
1 Look to penetrate and score or pass
2 Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball
3 Pass away from the defense
4 Keep the floor spread. Flash to the ball only when ball handler is in trouble.
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
Marquette Spread Marquette Spread

3 5 4 3 4

2 5 2
1

1 passes to 3 and then cuts basket. 5 replaces 1 and


4 replaces 5.

Marquette Spread

3 4 2

5 1

Norm al action in the spread.

Notes:
1 Stay above FT line ex tended
2 Back cut any overplay by the defense
3 Meet all passes and pass away from the defense
4 Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball
5 High post looks to go 1 on 1
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
Rapid Cut Delay Rapid Cut Delay

3 1
5 3
2 4 2 4

5
1

1 picks a side, opposite big starts to cut to the If 4 cuts to the elbow and is overplayed he will go
elbow once the point guard breaks the lane line backdoor then replace 2 who goes to the elbow and
ex tended. The big is reading if his defender is pops.
playing high or low. If he if high then he goes back
door and if he is low he pops up.
1 passes to 5 then goes backdoor.
3 replaces 5 and 1 replaces 3.

Rapid Cut Delay

4 3 1

2 5

5 cuts and replaces and 3 cuts to the elbow.

Notes:
1 Cut all the way to the rim
2 Meet all passes and pass away from the defense
3 Sprint to fil the stack
4 Back cut all overplays by the defense
5 Be aware of 5 second count when youbhave the ball
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
Triangle Delay Triangle Delay
SET SET

4 3 5 4 5
1

2 1 2 3

1 passes to 2 and screens foul line

Triangle Delay
SET

4 2 5

1 3

Notes:
1. Meet all passes and pass away from the defense.
2. Back cut any overplay by the defense.
3. Screen can be either a down screen or back screen.
4. Screener can slip cut at anytim e.
5. Wings can look to drive the ball to the basket.
6. Be aware of 5 second count when you have the ball.
Tem po Control and Delay Sets
Triangle Delay 2 Triangle Delay 2
SET SET

4 3 5 4 5

2 1 2 3

1 passes to 2 and 3 back screens 1. 1 fills if there is no layup.

Triangle Delay 3
SET

4 3 5

2 1

If 2 is being denied, the top guys can m ake the


entry into the wing and screen the middle. The
screener looks for the slip then goes to the foul line.
The wings at any point can go backdoor.
DEFENSE AND REBOUNDING PRACTICE DRILLS
by Tom Izzo

Defensive Mindset
1. Defense does win championships
2. Best players must buy into the system

Stance
1. One hand up—always contesting
2. Contest passes—put pressure on the ball, not in the passing lanes
3. Square your feet—if you want to force left, move to your left
4. Knees are bent
5. Never come out of your stance!

Jump to the Ball


1. 2 lines at the guard spots
2. Offensive players pass back and forth
3. Defense must adjust, jumping to the ball
4. Move offensive players to different spots around the floor

Defending Cuts
1. Ball starts with the defense
2. Pass to the offensive player and close out
3. Offense passes to the wing and makes a basket cut
4. Open up to the man

Beat and Belt drill


1. Take away the flash to the high post
2. Then take away the cut to the basket

Elbow and Block coverage


1. Anytime the ball is on the wing you need the elbow and block covered
2. Playing solid defense, not taking chances
3. Always want offensive player to see 3 defenders in his path
4. Point hits a wing and cuts through and exits opposite
5. Recover to the help, not the man

Defending screens the screener play


1. Play it like Chicago
2. Opposite wing switches up

Defending screen and roll


1. Over the top
2. 3 ways to guard it
a. trap
b. jam
c. hedge
3. Step up the floor, not out
4. Guard goes under the defensive man

War Drill
1. On the rebound—hit and go
2. On the shot, offense crashes the boards
3. Defense makes contact and then goes to get the ball
4. If offense gets the ball they try to score
Dave Bollwinkel “Turn Your Team into a Championship Team”

3 C’s of teamwork:
1. Commitment
2. Communication
3. Collaboration

“The greatest discovery of our generation is that you can change your circumstances by
changing your attitude” – Williams James

1. Taking Ownership—Players need to treat the team as though it is their own


2. Self-Authorized Leadership—Authorizing yourself to lead. Step up and fill the
leadership void or take the leadership role when it is available.
3. Accountable Followership—Support people are going to do their job. For
example, people in a group project get upset when someone doesn’t pull his or her
own weight.
4. Communication—Be a good listener. Communication is a two-way street.

“Leadership isn’t a designated position” – Larry Wilson, Football Hall of Famer

TRUST is the single biggest factor in a team coming together

“As the challenge elevates…the need for teamwork escalates” – Sir Edmund Hillary

Characteristics of a Championship Team:


1. Shared Vision
2. Empathy
3. Synergy
4. Trust
5. Enjoyment

ANTS ON A LOG group activity: Put down two strips of tape, about 12 inches apart.
Have people stand next to each other, but they can’t step over the tape. Give them an
assignment to complete, such as getting in alphabetical order by their mother’s middle
name and time the activity.

To finish the task above, they will exhibit communication (talking and listening), trust,
collaboration, and will have a shared vision

Shared Vision—Need the team to keep their vision in their mind. Team members should
not only understand the vision but are committed to it and use this vision to guide their
actions and decisions.

Empathy—Caring about each other.


Synergy—The two biggest things that can derail a team are personal agendas and
unwillingness to accept your role. Role acceptance is a big key to success.

“Whether or not people pull together as a team depends on the mutual trust that you help
to create” – John H Zenger

Developing Trust
Be involved with your athletes
Do what you say you are going to do

Enjoyment—Taking pleasure from the activity.

“Which horses run fastest…those the jockey whips hardest or those that like to run?” –
John Hiam

Stages of Leadership Development


1. Leading yourself
2. Leading small groups
3. Leading large groups
4. Teaching leadership

Switch ends between drills. The drill must be started by the time the coach
reaches the other end. Players have the responsibility to lead the drill and get it
started.

** Eat lunch once a week with the captains or seniors


2011 UT Men's Basketball Coaches Clinic Notes

Scott Howard -Director of Scouting for Charlotte Bobcats


-fun facts: Bobcats had 452 plays last season (2009-2010)
Offense has changed over the years--defense must too.
Everything is now based on dribble drive offense
Focus of defense used to be on help and now needs to be on
the ball. Dribble drive offense is predicated on drawing help
defenders.
Force ball handlers to angles. Slower defenders need to body
up not back off ball handlers..it forces angles.
Defenders shouldn't guard everyone the same.
"60 by 2" Theory created by Tim Floyd at UTEP
60% of scoring comes from 2 players per team
Must have individual accountability for defenders
Pre switch for anticipated screens in ATO's
Have to be great at contesting shots.
It's about getting fouled. Design a offensive structure that
forces fouls. Get into the bench of the other team.
# of FT attempts is more important than %
Teams are 72% more likely to win if shoot more FT's than other
team.
PLAY HANDS OFF D!!!
Rebounding:
Every drill, every play, every day have emphasis on rebounding.
Coach to players: "If you want to hear me talk less than you
have to talk more."
Coaches should ask questions more than feed information.
Provokes thought.
Keep score every drill and play
Evaluating Players: Except players for what they are not what
they could be or force them into what you want them to be.
Rob Babcock-Minnesota Timberwolves Director of Operations
"Skill Development"
Have to commit to player development and have an articulated
plan
Let players have evaluation of self
-make them find strengths and weaknesses
-let them do it before you evaluate them
-find 2 or 3 things to focus on from evaluation
Do pre tests->train skill->post tests
Have players monitor development
Don't allow mistakes to go uncorrected
Don't teach something you don't know about.
Competition, game speed, forced pressure and GAME
CONDITIONS
Players have to get better during the season
Commit at least 15 to 20 minutes every day of personal skill
development
Make workouts fun!!
TEAM IDEAS:
Take challenge from players behind and in front of you
Make sure all players touch ball in practice. Can't get better if
players don't touch ball
-1 on 1 and 3 on 3 facilitate that
REBOUNDING:
Box out is anticipation by seeing shot is about to happen.
Have to practice tracking the ball
Hard to jump with contact on you
Don't jump straight up...jump through other player
John Lucas-former NBA player
Coaching is:
mentoring-have to be who you say you are
counseling: you may be all they have
education: teach them how to play
positive confrontation: how do you confront someone to do
what the need to do
Define a player by their God given talents
Basketball is a triangle no matter how you look at it.
Elbow is the best place to score
Good offensive players must be an assassin. Challenge them
every day to do so.
Bigs have to be able to shoot
Take the players game->put it on the game->so they can be in
the game
You can't win without a PG and a Center
Post feeds should lead into post shot
Post player attacks top shoulder (denial shoulder) to post up.
Todd Wright- UT Men's Basketball Strength and Conditioning
Mimic energy system to game
Do allot of exercises upright like the game. Sit-ups don't
happen in the game.
Most injuries happen in feet, hips and back
Design warm-up to cuts and moves within the system
Defense Components: Stance, Eyes, and Pointing
All force starts with foot interacting with floor.

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy